NEC 830N User Guide

Add to my manuals
380 Pages

advertisement

NEC 830N User Guide | Manualzz
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 830N.
● For proper handset use, read this guide.
● Keep this guide in a convenient place for reference.
● Accessible SoftBank services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.
SoftBank 830N is compatible with 3G network technology.
Notes
・ Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.
・ Content of this guide is subject to change without prior notice.
・ Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information (P. 15-52) about unclear or missing information.
Download the latest edition of this guide from SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website.
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/r/support/830n/
Before Using This Guide
● SoftBank 830N is referred to as ”handset” in this guide.
● Most operation descriptions are based on default settings and begin in Standby.
● Sample screenshots* are provided for reference only. Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ
in appearance.
● Key illustrations are simplified and differ in appearance from actual handset keys.
● ”(Japanese)” appears next to functions or services which require Japanese ability to use.
* Standby Display used in this guide is based on SoftBank 830N Glitter Orange model. Design theme of
Main Menu and windows is based on default setting Gallery.
Getting Started
1
Basic Operations
2
Calling
3
Security
4
Mail
5
Internet
6
Camera
7
TV
8
Music Player & S! Appli
9
Entertainment
10
Tools
11
Data Management
12
Connectivity
13
Customization
14
Appendix
15
i
Search Guide
●Function & Service Name Search
Table of Contents ................................................. P. viii
Menu List ........................................................ P. 15-19
Index ................................................................ P. 15-39
●Objective Search
Mastering
Basics
My Number &
E-mail Address
●Display Indicators
P. 1-7 - P. 1-9
Customizing
Handset
●Learning Basics
P. 2-2 - P. 2-9
830N Features
●Solving Problems
Troubleshooting ................................................ P. 15-6
Warranty & After Sales Service ...................... P. 15-51
ii
SoftBank Mobile
Features
Search Guide
Basic Operations
Text Entry
Messaging Services
Mobile Internet
Learn basic menu navigation
and key operations.
Enter text for composing
messages, creating Phone Book
entries, etc.
Use S! Mail or SMS to send text
messages. Attach and send files
via S! Mail.
Use Yahoo! Keitai to access
Mobile Internet sites tailored for
SoftBank customers.
P. 2-2
P. 2-12
P. 5-2
P. 6-2
My Phone Number
My Account Details
Customize E-mail Address
Exchange Information Wirelessly
Check your phone number on
handset.
Save your contact information
to Account Details to send it to
your friends.
Change the account name (part
before @) of your e-mail address.
Send your e-mail address to
compatible devices via infrared.
P. 1-22
P. 1-22
P. 14-22
P. 13-2
Download Music
Set Ringtones
Wallpaper
Add Shortcuts
Download songs from
Chaku-Uta® sites and set as
ringtones or play back on Music
P. 9-4
Player.
Set your favorite songs as
ringtones.
Set your favorite image to appear
in Standby with clock or calendar.
Add frequently used functions
to Desktop Icons.
Music Player
Camera & Video Camera
TV
Osaifu-Keitai®
Download songs and play them
on handset.
Shoot still images and videos.
Handset supports One Seg
Digital TV.
Use your handset for payment of
purchases with electronic money
or as a commuter ticket or point
P. 11-2
card.
P. 14-10
P. 9-2
P. 14-4
P. 7-2
P. 8-2
P. 2-5
Yahoo! Keitai Sites
Graphic Mail
Gaming Device
S! Quick News
A special portal site for SoftBank
handsets enhances your Internet
browsing experience.
Create HTML messages by
changing font and background
colors, inserting images, etc.
Play S! Appli games downloaded
from Yahoo! Keitai sites.
Subscribe to News and receive
automatic updates regularly.
P. 6-3
P. 5-4
P. 9-8
P. 10-5
iii
Intellectual Property Rights
iv
● Duplicating, modifying or publicly transmitting copyright-
● T9® is trademarks and/or registered trademarks of
protected contents (e.g. text, images, music, software)
photographed or downloaded from websites without the
permission of the copyright holders is prohibited by copyright
laws, with the exception that the duplication or quotation of
those is made only for personal use.
Shooting or recording a demonstration, performance or
exhibition may be prohibited in some cases even if it is for
personal use.
Shooting a photo of a person using this product without his or
her permission, or posting a photo of a person you shot on
websites without his or her permission may constitute an
infringement of portrait rights.
● Mobile Widget, S! Appli, S! Mail, PC Site Browser and Graphic Mail
are registered trademarks or trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
● SOFTBANK, SOFTBANK’s equivalent in Japanese, and the
SOFTBANK logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of
SOFTBANK CORP. in Japan and in other countries.
● Yahoo! and the Yahoo! and Y! logos are trademarks and/or
registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc. in the US.
● Osaifu-Keitai® is a registered trademark of NTT DOCOMO.
● Licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more of
the following United States Patents and/or their counterparts in
other nations:
4,901,307 5,490,165 5,056,109 5,504,773
5,101,501 5,506,865 5,109,390 5,511,073
5,228,054 5,535,239 5,267,261 5,544,196
5,267,262 5,568,483 5,337,338 5,600,754
5,414,796 5,657,420 5,416,797 5,659,569
5,710,784 5,778,338
Nuance Communications, Inc. and/or its affiliates in
the United States and/or other countries.
● The microSD™ logo and
microSDHC™ logo are trademarks.
● This product is licensed complying
with MPEG-4 Visual Patent Portfolio License, and you are
permitted to use personally and for the nonprofit purpose in
the following situations:
・ To record a movie based on the standard of MPEG-4 Visual
(MPEG-4 Video)
・ To play MPEG-4 Video recorded by the consumer engaged in
the nonprofit activities
・ To play MPEG-4 Video provided by the provider licensed by
MPEG-LA
When you use it for other purposes, such as promotion, inhouse information and profit activity, contact the U.S.
corporation MPEG LA, LLC.
● This product contains Adobe® Flash® Lite™
Player under license from Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Copyright© 1995 - 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC. All
rights reserved.
Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
● QR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc.
Intellectual Property Rights
● Powered by JBlend™ Copyright 2002 - 2009 Aplix
Corporation. All rights reserved.
JBlend and JBlend-related trademarks are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in
Japan and other countries.
● Java and all Java-related trademarks and logos are
trademarks or registered trademarks of US Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other
countries.
● Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are trademarks and/or
registered trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc.
in Japan and/or other countries.
● This product contains NetFront Mobile Client Suite
of ACCESS CO., LTD.
ACCESS, ACCESS logo and NetFront are
trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS
CO., LTD. in the United States, Japan and other countries.
©2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG
Group.
● This product is equipped with IrFront by ACCESS
CO., LTD.
©2008 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
● Bluetooth and the Bluetooth logo are
registered trademarks of Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. NEC Corporation is granted a
license for their use from Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
● Multitask, Privacy Angle, Life History Viewer, Quick Info,
Desktop info, Quick Album, Word Prediction, Tomo-Den and
Tomomato-Mail BOX are trademarks or registered trademarks
of NEC Corporation.
● Powered By Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D Edition™
MASCOT CAPSULE® are registered trademarks of HI
CORPORATION.
● G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are registered
trademarks in Japan of U.S. Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc.
and/or its affiliates.
● IrSimple™, IrSS™ or IrSimpleShot™ are trademarks of Infrared
Data Association®.
● Hyper Clear Voice is commercially available based on the
license for SRS VIP+ technology from SRS Labs, Inc. SRS, VIP+,
and the
symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc.
● TruMedia and Dialog Clarity
technologies are industrialized
based on the license from SRS
Labs, Inc.
Trumedia, Dialog Clarity, SRS and the
symbol are
trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc.
● This product contains software licensed complying with GNU
General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public
License (LGPL), etc.
For more details, visit “GPL・LGPL 等について “ at
http://www.n-keitai2.com/guide/download/
● FrameSolid™ by Morpho, Inc. is used for the frame
interpolation function.
FrameSolid™ is a registered trademark of Morpho, Inc.
v
Intellectual Property Rights
● This product is equipped with the font FontAvenue product by
NEC Corporation.
● BookSurfing is a registered trademark of CELSYS, Inc., Voyager
Japan, Inc., and INFOCITY, Inc.
● e is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.
● FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony
Corporation. FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony
Corporation.
● Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows Media® and Windows Vista®
are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
● Microsoft Windows Operating System is indicated in its
abbreviated form as Windows.
● OS (Japanese) are abbreviated as follows in this guide.
・ Windows Vista is an abbreviation of Windows Vista® (Home
Basic, Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, Ultimate).
・ Windows XP is an abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® XP
Professional operating system or Microsoft® Windows® XP
Home Edition operating system.
・ Windows 2000 is an abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows®
2000 Professional operating system.
● This product is antibacterial-coated.
Antibacterial part: Handset body (excluding Display, keys and
terminals)
Inorganic antimicrobial agent, coating: JP0122112A0003N
The SIAA logo indicates the quality control and
information disclosure for this product conform to
the guidelines of the Society of Industrial
vi
Technology for Antimicrobial Articles, as a result of evaluations
conducted under ISO 22196.
● ©ATR-Trek Co., Ltd.
● © 赤塚不二夫/ぴえろ
● ©TOMY
● ©2006 タカラトミー /KL/H
● ©SUGAR
● TM&©2008 Felix the Cat Productions, Inc. All Rights Reserved
● ©DAIKIN.H.T., 2000
● ©T2i Entertainment
● The other company names and brand names described in this
guide are trademarks or registered trademarks of the
respective companies.
Intellectual Property Rights
vii
Table of Contents
Before Using This Guide................. i
Search Guide .................................. ii
Intellectual Property Rights ......... iv
Table of Contents ....................... viii
Package Contents .......................... x
Safety Precautions........................ xi
General Notes ........................... xxiv
1
Getting Started
Handset Parts .......................... 1-2
Display ..................................... 1-7
USIM Card ............................. 1-10
Battery & Charger ................. 1-14
Power On/Off ....................... 1-18
Mobile Manners.................... 1-20
Codes ..................................... 1-21
Other Basic Information ....... 1-22
2
Basic Operations
Menu Operations.................... 2-2
Multitask ............................... 2-10
Text Entry .............................. 2-12
Phone Book ........................... 2-21
S! Addressbook Back-up ...... 2-28
Advanced Features ............... 2-30
viii
3
Calling
Overview................................. 3-2
Voice Call................................. 3-3
Video Call ................................ 3-7
Call Logs ................................ 3-10
Speed Dial ............................. 3-12
Calling While Abroad
(Global Roaming).................. 3-13
Optional Services.................. 3-14
Advanced Features ............... 3-16
4
Security
PIN Settings............................. 4-2
Prohibiting Unauthorized
Handset Use ............................ 4-3
Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming
Calls ......................................... 4-7
Setting Secret Data................. 4-8
5
Mail
Overview................................. 5-2
Sending Messages .................. 5-3
Receiving & Opening
Messages................................. 5-7
Handling Messages .............. 5-10
Advanced Features ............... 5-16
6
Internet
Overview................................. 6-2
Yahoo! Keitai .......................... 6-3
PC Site Browser ...................... 6-5
Page Operations ..................... 6-8
Bookmarks & Saved Pages... 6-11
Advanced Features ............... 6-13
7
Camera
Overview................................. 7-2
Capturing Still Images ............ 7-5
Recording Videos.................... 7-7
Various Camera Features ..... 7-10
Advanced Features ............... 7-13
8
TV
About TV ................................. 8-2
Initial Setup............................. 8-5
Table of Contents
Watching TV............................ 8-6
Recording/Playing
Programs ............................... 8-10
View/Record Timer ............... 8-12
Advanced Features ............... 8-14
9
Music Player &
S! Appli
About Music Player ................ 9-2
Music Playback........................ 9-5
S! Appli.................................... 9-8
Advanced Features ............... 9-10
10 Entertainment
Mobile Widget ......................
S! Quick News .......................
S! Info Channel .....................
Books .....................................
Advanced Features ...............
10-2
10-5
10-6
10-8
10-9
11 Tools
Osaifu-Keitai® ........................ 11-2
Life History Viewer ............... 11-6
Schedule ................................ 11-8
To Do List ............................ 11-11
Text Memo .......................... 11-13
Voice Memo ........................ 11-14
Calculator ............................ 11-15
Alarm ................................... 11-16
Bar Code Reader ................. 11-18
Text Reader ......................... 11-20
Advanced Features ............. 11-23
12 Data Management
About Data Folder ................ 12-2
Accessing Files ...................... 12-3
Editing Files........................... 12-8
File & Folder Management... 12-10
About Memory Card........... 12-11
Managing Memory Cards ... 12-12
Advanced Features ............. 12-15
13 Connectivity
Infrared.................................. 13-2
Bluetooth® ............................. 13-5
PC Connection....................... 13-9
Advanced Features ............. 13-11
14 Customization
Clock, Display & Sounds....... 14-2
Phone Book & Calls ............ 14-16
Mail...................................... 14-21
Internet ............................... 14-25
TV......................................... 14-27
Camera ................................ 14-31
Player & S! Appli................. 14-33
Entertainment..................... 14-35
Other Settings .................... 14-38
15 Appendix
Multitask Combinations....... 15-2
Software Update .................. 15-4
Troubleshooting ................... 15-6
Text Entry Key
Assignments ....................... 15-10
Kuten Code List .................. 15-13
Menu List ............................ 15-19
Specifications ...................... 15-34
Index.................................... 15-39
Warranty & After Sales
Service ................................. 15-51
Customer Service ................ 15-52
ix
Package Contents
The following items are included in the package with handset.
For additional information on accessories, contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-52).
■ Battery (NEBAL1)
■ Stereo Earphone Conversion
Cable (NELAH1)
■ Starter Guide
■ Warranty (Handset)
・ SoftBank 830N supports microSD™ and microSDHC™ memory cards. Purchase a memory card to use related functions.
・ Use only specified AC charger (sold separately) to charge handset.
x
Safety Precautions
● To ensure proper use of your handset, read these safety
precautions carefully before use. Keep this guide for future
reference.
● Observe these safety precautions to prevent injuries and
damages to property.
● SoftBank accepts no liability for any loss or damages incurred
by you or a third party as a result of missed calls, etc., due to
malfunction, erroneous operation or failure of this product.
■ Labels
■ Symbols
● Make sure to understand the following symbols and
precautions before reading this guide.
Action is prohibited.
Disassembly is prohibited.
Wetting the product is prohibited.
● Risks of injury or damage from improper use are categorized by
levels. Understand these labels before reading this guide.
DANGER
Great risk of death or serious injury
from improper use
WARNING
Risk of death or serious injury from
improper use
CAUTION
Risk of injury or damage to property
from improper use
Handling with wet hands is prohibited.
Action is compulsory.
Unplug power cord.
xi
Safety Precautions
■ Handset, Battery, USIM Card, AC Charger
(Sold Separately), Memory Card (Not
Included), & Stereo Earphone Conversion
Cable
DANGER
Use SoftBank specified devices (Battery,
AC Charger, etc.) only.
Use of non-specified devices may cause Battery to
leak, overheat, rupture or ignite; or may cause
Charger to overheat, ignite, or malfunction.
Do not disassemble/modify/solder
handset.
May cause fire, injury, electric shock or malfunction.
Also, Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite.
Modification of telephone equipment violates
statutory regulations and is subject to penalty.
Keep liquids away from handset.
If handset and/or battery is not dried after exposure
to fluids (water, pet urine etc.), overheating, electric
shock, fire, malfunction, etc. may occur.
xii
Do not charge, use, or leave handset in
places subject to high temperatures
(near an open flame or heating
equipment, in direct sunlight or inside a
car on a hot day).
May cause deformation or malfunction; or may
cause Battery to leak, overheat, ignite, or rupture.
Also, the outer housing may become hot resulting
in burns.
Stop vehicle in a safe location (where parking is
allowed) before using handset.
Do not use excessive force to attach
Battery or connect AC Charger to
handset. Battery or AC Charger may be
the wrong way around.
Battery may leak, overheat, rupture or ignite.
Safety Precautions
WARNING
Do not place handset, Battery, AC
Charger, or Stereo Earphone Conversion
Cable in a microwave oven or pressure
cooker, or on top of an induction heating
(IH) cooktop.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or
ignite; or may cause handset/AC Charger to
overheat, emit smoke, ignite, or malfunction.
Turn off handset when entering gas
stations or other places where flammable
gases (propane gas, gasoline, etc.)
generate. Do not charge battery in such
places.
Gases may ignite.
Before using a mobile phone with Osaifu-Keitai®
inside a gas station, be sure to turn it off. (If IC card
lock is activated, first deactivate it and turn power
off.)
Do not drop or throw handset or expose
it to excessive shock.
May cause battery to leak, overheat, rupture or
ignite; or may cause fire, electric shock, or
malfunction.
If you notice an unusual sound, odor,
smoke, etc. while using, charging or
storing handset, immediately do the
following:
1. Unplug AC Charger from outlet.
2. Turn handset power off.
3. Remove Battery from handset, being careful of
burn or injury.
Continuing use may cause fire or electric shock.
Keep liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) and
conductive materials (e.g. pencil lead,
metal fragments or metal necklaces,
hairpins, etc.) away from External Device
Port and Memory Card Slot.
May cause short circuit, resulting in fire or
malfunction.
xiii
Safety Precautions
■ Handling Battery
CAUTION
Do not place handset on a sloping or
unstable surface.
May cause handset to fall resulting in injury or
malfunction. Take particular care when vibrator is
activated.
Keep handset out of reach of infants.
Failing to do so may result in small parts being
accidentally swallowed, or may cause injury.
When a child uses handset, it is
recommended that a parent provide
proper instructions to the child and keep
an eye on how the child uses handset.
Failing to do so may cause injury, etc.
Do not store handset in humid or dusty
places or in places subject to high
temperatures.
May cause malfunction.
Be careful not to pinch your fingers in
the hinge when opening handset.
Failing to do so may cause injury.
xiv
DANGER
● Properly use and dispose of Battery after checking its
type as displayed on the label on Battery.
Display
Battery type
Li-ion00
Lithium-ion
Do not throw Battery into a fire.
May cause Battery to leak, rupture or ignite.
Do not puncture Battery with a nail, hit it
with a hammer, step on it, or subject it to
strong impact.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture or
ignite.
Safety Precautions
Do not let metal objects (pins, etc.) come
in contact with Battery Terminals. Do not
carry or store conductive materials (e.g.
pencil lead, metal fragments or metal
necklaces, hairpins, etc.) together with
Battery.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture, or
ignite.
If battery fluid gets into your eyes,
immediately rinse your eyes with clean
water without rubbing them, and
consult a doctor.
Failing to do so may result in losing your eyesight.
WARNING
If battery fluid gets on your skin or
clothing, immediately stop using and
rinse the fluid off with clean water.
Battery fluid may injure your skin.
If Battery is not fully charged after the
specified charging time has elapsed, stop
charging it.
If you continue charging, Battery may leak,
overheat, rupture or ignite.
If you notice an unusual odor,
overheating, discoloration, deformation,
etc. while using, charging or storing
Battery, remove it from handset being
careful of burn or injury, and keep it
away from fire.
Continuing use may cause Battery to leak, overheat,
rupture or ignite.
If Battery leaks or emits an unusual odor,
immediately stop using it and keep it
away from fire.
Battery fluid is flammable and could ignite causing
fire or could rupture.
If an abnormality in Battery from
external impact (deformed or scratched
from dropping) is visible, immediately
discontinue use.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture, ignite;
may cause handset malfunction or fire.
xv
Safety Precautions
Do not allow pets to bite Battery.
May cause Battery to leak, overheat, rupture, ignite;
may cause handset malfunction or fire.
CAUTION
Do not dispose of batteries as municipal
waste.
Bring used batteries to the nearest SoftBank Shop
or recycling center after insulating the terminals
with tape.
Be sure to observe local regulations on battery
disposal.
■ Handling Handset
WARNING
Do not use while operating a vehicle (car,
motorcycle, bicycle, etc.)
May cause a traffic accident.
Use of a mobile phone while driving is prohibited by
law, and is subject to penalty.
Stop vehicle in a safe location (where parking is
allowed) before using handset.
Keep handset power off near high
precision electronic devices or devices
using weak signals.
Failing to do so may interfere with the device
operation.
* Examples of such devices:
Hearing aids, implanted cardiac pacemakers,
implanted defibrillators and other electronic
medical equipment; fire alarms, automatic doors
and other automatic control devices.
xvi
Safety Precautions
Keep handset power off aboard an
aircraft.
Disable auto power-on functions (such as the alarm
function) before turning off handset.
May jeopardize safety of the airplane. Handset
operation aboard an airplane is prohibited by law
and subject to penalty.
If you have a weak heart, be careful with
incoming call vibrator and ring volume
settings.
These may affect your heart.
If thunder is heard outside, retract
Antenna, immediately turn handset
power off and move to a safe place.
Failing to do so may attract lightning and cause
electric shock.
Do not point infrared beam at anyone’s
eyes.
May cause eye injury.
Keep handset away from your ear when
calling in handsfree mode. When playing
games or music with EarphoneMicrophone connected to handset,
adjust the volume properly.
If the volume is too high, it may impair your
hearing. If surrounding sounds cannot be heard
clearly, it may result in an accident.
Do not place handset on the dashboard
close to airbags.
In case of airbag inflation, handset may hit
passengers resulting in injury, malfunction or
breakage.
If Display or Camera Lens is damaged, be
careful of broken glass pieces or exposed
internal components.
The Display’s reinforced glass prevents shattering;
however touching broken glass edges and exposed
pieces may cause injury.
If you use electronic medical equipment,
do not place handset in breast pocket or
inner coat pocket.
Do not allow fluids such as water, metal
pieces or flammable materials to enter
USIM Card Slot or microSD™ Memory
Card Slot.
Using handset near electronic medical equipment
may cause the equipment to malfunction.
May cause fire, electric shock or malfunction.
xvii
Safety Precautions
CAUTION
If handset affects car electronics, stop
use.
Handset use may affect electronics in some car
models and impair safe driving.
If skin abnormality occurs with use of
handset, immediately discontinue use
and consult a doctor.
Handset contains metal material. Depending on
your physical condition, you may experience
itchiness, rash, etc.
Skin contact for extended period may cause lowtemperature burns.
Do not bring speaker close to the ear
when making calls in handsfree mode or
when ring tone/melody is playing.
May impair your hearing.
Be careful not to pinch your fingers or
Strap when opening and closing
handset.
Keep magnetic cards away from handset
and make sure that a magnetic card is
not trapped when closing handset.
May cause injury or damage.
Failing to do so may cause magnetic data on a cash
card, credit card, telephone card or floppy disk to
be lost.
May contribute to impaired eyesight.
Do not swing handset by Antenna,
Strap, etc.
Handset may strike you or people around you, or
the strap may break, resulting in injury, malfunction
or breakage.
xviii
Use caution when using handset for an
extended period as handset may become
hot, especially in high-temperature
conditions.
Watch TV with adequate lighting and
distance from Display.
Do not turn volume up too high when
using earphones.
Using earphones for extended periods at high
volume may impair hearing or harm your ears.
Safety Precautions
If Display breaks do not inhale or touch
liquid crystal.
If liquid crystal enters your eyes or
mouth, immediately rinse with clean
water and consult a doctor.
If liquid crystal adheres to your skin or clothing,
immediately wipe off with alcohol and wash with
soap and water.
May result in losing your eyesight or harming your
skin.
■ Handling USIM Card
CAUTION
Be careful handling the Notch when
removing USIM Card (IC chip).
May injure your hands or fingers.
■ Handling AC Charger
Do not use in crowded locations.
Antenna may hit other persons causing injury.
Do not use Antenna if broken.
May cause burns or injuries upon skin contact.
Keep magnetized objects away from
handset.
May cause operation errors.
WARNING
Do not place Charger on a sloping or
unstable surface during charging.
May cause handset to fall resulting in malfunction.
Do not cover with clothing or bedding
during charging.
Heat may build up resulting in fire or malfunction.
xix
Safety Precautions
Use the specified power supply and
voltage.
Failing to do so may cause fire or malfunction.
AC Charger: 100 to 240 V AC
(for household AC outlets only)
Also, do not use commercially available transformer
for travel use. May cause fire, electric shock, or
malfunction.
Failing to do so may cause electric shock, shorting,
fire, or other dangers.
Hold and unplug AC Charger from outlet
if handset is not used for an extended
period of time.
Do not touch AC Charger with wet
hands.
Failing to do so may cause electric shock, fire or
malfunction.
If thunder is heard, do not touch AC
Charger.
If liquid (water, pet urine, etc.) gets into
AC Charger, immediately unplug AC
Charger from outlet.
May cause electric shock.
Failing to do so may cause electric shock, smoke
emission or fire.
May cause electric shock, overheating or fire.
If dust or dirt has gotten on the plug,
hold and unplug AC Charger from outlet
and wipe off with a dry cloth.
Failing to do so may cause fire.
xx
When plugging AC Charger into outlet,
keep conductive materials (pencil lead,
metal parts, necklaces, hair pins, etc.)
away from AC Charger plug/terminals
and plug Charger firmly into outlet.
May cause electric shock or malfunction.
Do not use AC Charger if the cord is
damaged.
Do not use AC Charger in humid places
such as in bathrooms.
May cause electric shock.
Safety Precautions
Do not short-circuit Charger Terminals
when Charger is plugged into an outlet.
Do not touch Charger Terminals with
your fingers, etc.
May cause fire, malfunction, electric shock or injury.
Do not place heavy objects on the cord
of AC Charger.
May cause electric shock or fire.
CAUTION
When AC Charger is connected to an
outlet, do not pull on cord or otherwise
subject Charger to strong shock.
May cause injury or malfunction.
Firmly hold plug and unplug AC Charger
from outlet before cleaning.
Failing to do so may cause electric shock.
Do not unplug AC Charger by pulling the
cord. Firmly hold plug and unplug AC
Charger.
Pulling the cord may damage the cord resulting in
electric shock or fire.
Do not charge a wet battery.
May cause battery to overheat, ignite or rupture.
Unplug Charger from outlet when
charging is finished.
Failing to do so may cause fire or malfunction.
xxi
Safety Precautions
■ Near Electronic Medical Equipment
● The following information conforms to “The Guidelines on Use
of Mobile Phones and Other Devices to Prevent
Electromagnetic Wave Interference with Electronic Medical
Equipment“ (Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference Japan,
April 1997), as well as refers to “The Investigative Research
Report on the Influence of Electromagnetic Waves on Medical
Equipment“ (Association of Radio Industries and Businesses,
March 2001).
WARNING
When using electronic medical
equipment other than implanted cardiac
pacemakers/defibrillators outside of
medical institutions, consult device
manufacturer about the influence of
radio waves.
Radio waves may interfere with the operation of
electronic medical equipment.
Observe the following in medical
institutions. Radio waves from handset
may affect electronic medical equipment.
・ Do not bring mobile phones into an operating
If you use an implanted cardiac
pacemaker or implanted defibrillator,
carry and use handset at a distance of at
least 22 centimeters away from the
implanted area.
Radio waves may interfere with the operation of
implanted cardiac pacemakers or implanted
defibrillators.
xxii
room, ICU (Intensive Care Unit) or CCU (Coronary
Care Unit).
・ Turn off mobile phones in hospital wards. Disable
auto power-on functions (alarm, etc.) before
turning off mobile phones.
・ Turn off mobile phones even in lobbies or areas
where use is permitted if there is electronic
medical equipment nearby.
・ Observe the instructions of individual medical
institutions and do not use or bring mobile phones
into prohibited areas.
Safety Precautions
Keep handset power off in crowded
places such as in packed trains because a
person with an implanted cardiac
pacemaker or implanted defibrillator
may be nearby. Disable auto power-on
functions (alarm, etc.) before turning off
mobile phones.
Radio waves may interfere with the operation of
implanted cardiac pacemakers or implanted
defibrillators.
xxiii
General Notes
Usage Basics
● As handset uses radio waves, it cannot be used where signals are weak or when it is out of service area. If you move to a place with
poor signal reception (e.g. beside/inside a building, in a tunnel, underground or mountain area), calls may be suddenly cut off.
● Take care not to disturb other people when using handset in public places.
● If you receive a call while walking, move to a safe place before answering.
● SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages arising from loss or alteration of data (Phone Book, images, sound, etc.) stored on your
handset or microSD™ memory card as a result of accident or malfunction. Back up important data such as Phone Book entries.
● Handset is a wireless station under Japanese Radio Law. You may be requested to submit your handset for inspection based on this
law.
● Using handset near a landline phone, TV or radio may affect the operation of these devices. Use handset as far away as possible
from these devices.
● Be aware of eavesdropping. Handset employs a digital signal that provides a high level of privacy protection. However, the possibility
of eavesdropping by a third party using special means cannot be ruled out.
<Eavesdropping>
Interception of radio signals by a third party during communication, either intentionally or accidentally
● Do not trap Strap or other objects when opening and closing handset. Doing so may cause malfunction or damage handset.
● Display has a protective film to ensure safety (prevent shattering) due to breakage if dropped or subjected to impact. Do not forcefully
remove or damage this film.
May cause injury.
● Using handset on trains or other public transportation may, in some rare cases, affect their electronic devices.
● A call may not be connected or you may hear noises:
・ In an extremely cold place (e.g. freezer storehouse) where handset may not operate normally
・ Near metal furniture which may interfere with signal transmission
・ Near electromagnetic sources or magnetized items, including electric products, audio-visual equipment and office appliances (e.g.
computer, microwave oven, speaker, TV set, radio, fax machine, fluorescent lamp, word processor, electric kotatsu, inverter-driven
air conditioner, electromagnetic cooker)
xxiv
General Notes
● Bluetooth devices operate at the same frequencies assigned to licensed in-house radio stations (in factory production lines), specific
unlicensed low power radio stations, and licensed amateur radio stations (hereafter, ”another radio station”) for mobile identification
in addition to scientific, medical, or industrial devices (microwave ovens).
1 Make sure that ”another radio station” is not operating nearby.
2 If this equipment interferes with an in-house radio station, immediately change frequency, move to another place or stop
transmission, and contact the following for advice (setting up of partitioning, etc.).
3 If interference between this equipment and a specific low power radio station or amateur radio station occurs, contact the
following.
SoftBank Customer Center From SoftBank handsets 157 (toll-free)
(From any other phones, refer to ”Contact” (P. 15-52))
● If Battery appears deformed or scratched from external impact, contact Customer Assistance.
● Keep a backup copy of data saved to handset. SoftBank accepts no liability for any loss of data stored on your handset.
● Do not sit with handset in back pocket of trousers or skirt. Do not place at bottom of bag where handset will be subject to excessive
weight. May cause malfunction.
● If you use handset for the first time or after an ex ended period of disuse, charge Battery before using handset.
● Battery operating time varies by the usage environment and the condition of Battery.
● Do not charge Battery:
・ In a humid, dusty, or shaky place
・ Near a landline phone, TV or radio
● Although AC Charger may become warm while charging, it is not a malfunction.
● Do not subject handset to excessive shock. Do not deform Charger Terminals. Doing so may cause malfunction.
● Charge in a location with an ambient temperature within the appropriate range (5 to 35 °
C).
● When Battery life nears its end, it may expand slightly. This is not a malfunction.
● Handset’s FeliCa reader/writer function uses ultra-weak radio waves not requiring radio licensing. Operates at 13.56 MHz range.
Maintain enough distance when using other reader/writers nearby. Be sure to check that other wireless stations operating at the
same frequency range are not nearby.
● Keep handset away from strong magnetic force. May cause malfunction.
● Do not scratch Display with metal objects, etc. Doing so may damage Display resulting in malfunction or breakage.
xxv
General Notes
● Do not insert sharp/hard objects in earpiece/speaker. May cause malfunction or damage.
● When handset is open, a gap forms between the Display backside and keypad. Keep foreign objects or liquids (water, metal
fragments, flammable materials or any other foreign objects) from entering gap.
Inside Cars
● Do not use handset while driving. Doing so may compromise safe driving and cause an accident. Handset operation in a car may be
punishable by law.
● Before using handset, stop the car in a safe place.
● Handset use may affect electronics in some car models. Confirm with your car dealer whether sufficient magnetic protection
measures are implemented in your car. Failing to do so may compromise safe driving.
Aboard Aircraft
Never use (or even power on) handset on an aircraft. Doing so may compromise flight safety and cause an accident. Handset operation
aboard an aircraft may be punishable by law.
Handling
● Keep away from liquids and moisture.
Handset, Battery, AC Charger and USIM Card are not waterproof. Do not use them in the rain or in other humid places (e.g.
bathrooms). When carrying handset near your body (pockets, etc.), moisture from sweat may corrode internal parts and cause
malfunction. Damage caused by moisture, as mentioned above, is not be covered by the warranty and repair may not be possible.
● Use a dry soft cloth (e.g. eyeglass cloth) to wipe handset.
Handset’s color LCD may be treated with special coating for enhanced visibility. Rubbing Display with a dry cloth may scratch the
surface. Clean handset carefully using a dry soft cloth for eyeglasses. If moisture or soil is left on Display, the coating may stain or
peel off.
Do not use alcohol, thinner, benzene or detergent, as it may cause discoloration and remove printed logos.
● Occasionally clean Terminals with a dry cotton swab.
Soiled Terminals may cause poor contact resulting in power failure and insufficient charging.
xxvi
General Notes
● Do not place handset near an air conditioner vent.
Condensation may form due to abrupt temperature changes, leading to internal corrosion and malfunction.
● Do not apply excessive force to handset and Battery.
Placing handset in a bag packed with many items or sitting down with handset in your pocket may damage Display, Internal Circuit
Board or Battery, and cause malfunction.
Doing so with external device connected to External Device Port may damage connector, leading to malfunction.
● Although handset becomes warm while being used or charged, it is not a malfunction.
● Do not leave the Camera Lens exposed to direct sunlight.
Doing so may discolor or burn Optical Element.
● Do not affix thick stickers or labels to the Display or Keypad side.
Doing so may result in malfunction.
● Do not leave Battery removed or uncharged for an extended period of time. Doing so may alter or erase the settings and data you
saved. SoftBank accepts no liability for any damages resulting from such loss or alteration.
● Do not store empty Battery.
Doing so may degrade performance and shorten life of Battery.
● Keep the covers of External Device Port and microSD™ Memory Card Slot closed.
If they are left open, dust or water may get inside handset causing malfunction.
● When removing Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable or AC Charger from External Device Port, do not pull the cord, hold the
connector. Pulling the cord may result in wire breakage or malfunction.
● If you use an outlet with pullout prevention feature, refer to the instruction manual of the outlet.
● Avoid extremely cold and high temperatures.
C, and a humidity of 45 to 85 %. If handset is left in an extremely hot place,
Use handset at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35 °
handset may power off automatically.
● Battery is a consumable item. Replace Battery with a new one if the operation time becomes extremely short even after it is fully
charged (depends on conditions of use). Purchase a new battery designated for handset.
● Charge Battery at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35 °
C.
xxvii
General Notes
● Bluetooth function should only be used within Japan. Handset’s Bluetooth function complies with and has obtained certification for
Japanese wireless standards.
You may be subject to penalty if used abroad.
● The FeliCa reader/writer function should be used within Japan. Handset’s FeliCa reader/writer function complies with Japanese
wireless standards and you may be subject to penalty if used abroad.
● The IC card authentication function should be used within Japan. Handset ’s IC card authentication function complies with wireless
standards and has obtained certification.
You may be subject to penalty if used abroad.
● Do not attach USIM Card with labels or stickers attached to handset.
May cause malfunction.
● When connecting an external device, do not insert the connector into External Device Port at an angle. When external device is
connected, do not pull the cord.
● Do not use handset without Battery Cover.
Battery may dislodge and result in malfunction or breakage.
● Do not attach labels or stickers to the backside of handset’s Display.
Labels or stickers may catch when handset is opened or closed, resulting in malfunction or breakage.
● Handset incorporates a security function compliant with Bluetooth standards for security with Bluetooth communication. However,
security may be insufficient depending on such factors as settings. Care is required for communication using Bluetooth.
● SoftBank accepts no liability for leak of data or information during communication using Bluetooth.
● Handsfree/remote control features are available only with compatible Bluetooth devices (headsets, audio devices, etc.).
(1) (2) (3)
● Frequency range
2.4 FH 1
Frequency range usable with handset’s Bluetooth function are as follow.
: Wireless facilities employing 2400 MHz range
(1) 2.4
(4)
: Modulation method is FH-SS method
(2) FH
: Estimated distance from which device causes interference is 10 m or less
(3) 1
: Device uses all radio frequencies form 2400 MHz to 2483.5 MHz, and it is not possible to avoid the frequencies
(4)
used by mobile object identification systems
xxviii
General Notes
● Precoutions using Bluetooth device
This product operates at radio frequencies assigned to licensed in-house radio stations used in production lines of a factory, specific
unlicensed low power radio stations, and amateur radio stations (hereafter, referred to as ”another radio station”) for mobile
identification in addition to scientific, medical, or industrial devices such as microwave ovens.
1. Before using this product, make sure that ”another radio station” is not operating nearby.
2. If radio interference between this product and ”another radio station” occurs, move immediately to another place or stop radio
transmission to avoid interference.
3. Contact ”SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-52)” on the back of the guide for details.
● To use Earphone-Microphone (sold separately), you must connect Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable into External Device Port.
Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable
● Do not force connector into External Device Port. Connector may be the wrong way around. Check direction of connector before
inserting to avoid damage.
● When using earphones to make/take calls, earphones must be equipped with a microphone to transmit your voice.
● You can also hear monaural sound (phone conversation, etc.) in both left and right earphones when you connect a stereo earphone
to Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable.
When a monaural earphone is connected, you can only hear the left channel of stereo audio.
● Do not expose Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable to excessive shock or throw it at something.
● Do not place heavy objects on Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable.
● Beware of use while driving a vehicle. Holding and using a mobile phone is subject to penalty. If it is necessary to receive a call,
indicate that you will call back with handsfree, and call back after stopping the vehicle in a safe location.
Camera
Creating public disturbances from using handset may be subject to penalties based on applicable laws and regulations (e.g. nuisance
prevention ordinance by municipal governments).
xxix
General Notes
Speaker
Since handset’s receiver (earpiece) also acts as a speaker, there is the possibility of loud sound directly entering your ear such as when
playing back sound or a call is received. Loud sound impacting your ear may impair hearing. As soon as a call has ended, be sure to
distance handset from your ear.
Touch Sensor
Do not press Touch Sensor with excessive force or use sharp objects (finger nail, ballpoint pen, pin, etc.). May damage sensor.
Copyrights
Copyrighted materials, such as music, images, computer programs and databases, and their respective copyright holders are protected
by copyright laws. Duplication of copyrighted materials is permitted only for individual or home use. Duplications (including data
conversion), modifications, transfers or network distributions of copyrighted materials for purposes other than stated above without
permission of the copyright holders constitute an infringement of copyrights and violation of copyright holders’ rights, potentially
causing claims for reparations or criminal punishment.
Always observe applicable copyright laws when making copies using handset and recording materials using handset camera.
The software installed in this handset is a copyrighted material and involves copyrights and human rights of copyright holders which
are protected by copyright laws. Do not duplicate, modify, alter, detach from the hardware, disassemble, decompile or reverse-engineer
the software in whole or in part by yourself, nor allow any third party to do the same, either.
Functional Limitations
After handset upgrade, subscription cancellation or long periods of handset disuse, TV becomes unavailable.
xxx
General Notes
Caution
Do not use handset if it has been altered. Using an altered device is a violation of the Radio Law.
This handset is certified to conform to the technical standards for specific radio equipment based on the Radio Law, and Technical
Conformity Mark
is printed on the model name seal as certification. If you remove screws and make alterations inside of handset,
the technical standards conformity certification becomes invalid. Do not use handset with the certification invalid, as it is a violation of
the Radio Law.
xxxi
General Notes
SAR Certification Information
830N meet the technical standards set by Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications (MIC) regarding radio wave absorption by a
human body.
These technical standards have been established on a scientific basis to prevent radio waves emitted from wireless devices such as mobile
phones that are used close to a human head from affecting human health. These standards require that the SAR (Specific Absorption
Rate), an indicator of the amount of average radio frequency energy absorbed in the side of a human head, must not exceed the permissive
value of 2 W/kg*. This value includes a substantial safety margin to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and physical size.
The value is equal to the international guideline recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection
(ICNIRP) that has a cooperative relationship with the World Health Organization (WHO).
* The technical standards are stipulated in the Radio Law (Article 14-2 of Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment).
The highest SAR value is 0.362W/kg for 830N. This value was obtained in accordance with the MIC testing procedure with handset
transmitting at its highest permitted power level. While there may be differences in SAR levels among individual products, they all meet
the MIC’s permissible value. Because mobile phones are designed to operate at their minimum power level required to communicate
with base stations, the actual SAR of handset during a call is usually below the highest value.
For further information about SAR, see the following websites:
・ Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications (MIC)
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/index.htm
・ Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB)
http://www.arib-emf.org/initiation/sar.html (Japanese)
xxxii
General Notes
SoftBank’s Body SAR Policy
*
Body SAR: The SAR value at the maximum transmission power when continuously talking with handset placed on the body and
using earphone-microphone.
** Specific Absorption Rate (SAR): The value measured when having talked continuously for 6 minutes.
*** Placement on the body: Measurements are taken with the rear of handset facing the body at a distance of 1.5 cm as the ordinary
handset position. In order to comply with radio frequency exposure requirements, use an accessory (e.g. belt clip, holster) that does
not contain metallic parts to maintain a 1.5 cm separation between the body and handset.
For more information, see SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website:
http://www.softbankmobile.co.jp/ja/info/public/emf/emf02.html
European RF Exposure Information
This handset 830N is a radio transmitter and receiver. This product has been confirmed not to exceed the limits recommended by
international guidelines for radio frequency.
These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection (ICNIRP) and include a substantial safety margin to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.
The influence on the human body of radio waves emitted from mobile phones is measured employing a unit known as the Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/kg. The maximum SAR value for this model handset, when placed on the
ear, is 0.292W/kg for 830N*. As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as
described in SoftBank’s Body SAR Policy. In this case, the maximum SAR value is 0.438W/kg for 830N.
Since the SAR is measured at the highest transmitting power level, the actual SAR during a call is usually much smaller. This is because
mobile phones are designed to operate at their minimum power levels necessary to communicate with base stations.
The World Health Organization (WHO) has stated that present scientific information about mobile phone use does not indicate any adverse
effects on the human body. They recommend limiting the talking time or using a handsfree device to keep the mobile phone away from
the head and body to reduce influence of exposure to radio waves.
Additional information can be found at the WHO website:
http://www.who.int/emf
* Measurements with handset placed on the body are carried out in accordance with the FCC standards. The values are based on
European requirements.
xxxiii
General Notes
Declaration of Conformity
The products “830N“ is declared to conform with the essential requirements of European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and
Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2.
The Declaration of Conformity can be found on the following website:
http://www.n-keitai.com/
Minding Mobile Manners
Use your handset responsibly. Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome. Take care not to disturb others when
using your handset. Adjust handset use according to your surroundings.
● Turn handset power off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm.
● Refrain from use in restaurants, lobbies, elevators, etc.
● Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, etc.
● Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
xxxiv
Getting Started
Handset Parts....................................... 1-2
Mobile Manners ................................ 1-20
Basic Key Operations ................................ 1-3
Opening/Closing Handset......................... 1-5
Touch Sensor ............................................. 1-6
Codes.................................................. 1-21
Display.................................................. 1-7
Display Indicators ...................................... 1-7
Mobile Widget (Japanese)........................ 1-8
Key Illumination........................................ 1-8
USIM Card .......................................... 1-10
Before Using USIM Card .........................
Other Notes on USIM Cards....................
USIM PINs.................................................
USIM Card Installation ............................
1-10
1-10
1-11
1-12
Activating Manner Mode........................ 1-20
Security Code ........................................... 1-21
Center Access Code.................................. 1-21
Network Password................................... 1-21
Other Basic Information ................... 1-22
Checking Battery Level............................
My Phone Number...................................
Checking Network Status........................
Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable ........
Using ECO Mode......................................
1-22
1-22
1-22
1-23
1-23
1
Battery & Charger.............................. 1-14
Notes on Battery Charging.....................
Battery Installation .................................
Open Port Cover......................................
Charging Battery.....................................
1-14
1-14
1-16
1-17
Power On/Off .................................... 1-18
Power On................................................. 1-18
Power Off ................................................ 1-19
1-1
Handset Parts
1
● SoftBank 830N
Getting Started
Front 1
2
Back
3
4
20
22 1
23
24
25
19
5
6
7
9
11
14
26
27
8
10
12
13
15
16
17
18
28
21
1 For optimal signal reception, do not cover Internal Antenna with hands or anything
else. Do not put stickers over Internal Antenna.
2 Earpiece also functions as speaker. Be careful of ringtone/alarm sounding close by
your ear when receiving or ending a call.
3 Key illustrations are simplified and differ in appearance from actual handset keys.
4 Battery Cover and Battery must be removed when installing memory card.
1-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Earpiece/Speaker2
Charging Indicator/Illumination
Light Sensor
Display
Touch Sensor
Xk, Xl & X;3
Multi Selector
Xd & b3
Mail Key
Xo3
Yahoo! Keitai Key
Xp3
Menu Key
Xi3
Shortcut Key
Wu3
Send Key
Wr3
Clear/Back Key
Wt3
Power/End Key
Wy3
Keypad
W0 - W93
Key
Ww3
q3
# /Manner Key
Strap Eyelet
Microphone
External Device Port
TV Antenna
Side Key
Ya3
Internal Antenna
Camera
Camera Indicator
Infrared Port
FeliCa Mark
Memory Card Slot4
Battery Cover
Handset Parts
Basic Key Operations
No.
Key/Operations
5
kl;
21
a
Press and hold a
Key/Operations
7
o
Press and hold o Compose a new message.
Description
Activate Quick Menu when Touch
Sensor is on.
8
6
Key/Operations
f
Turn Touch Sensor on/off.
i
Open Main Menu.
Set/cancel key operation lock.
10
u
Activate function assigned to key.
1
Press and hold u Assign a function to key.
Description
Access widgets.
g
Open Phone Book Search menu.
h
Open Received Calls window.
Press and hold h Open Received Address List.
Open Redial window.
Press and hold j Open Sent Address List.
d
Access Yahoo! Keitai portal.
Press and hold p Open Yahoo! Keitai menu.
11
r
Open Tomo-Den Window
12
t
Play messages on Answering
Machine.
Press and hold f Open S! Quick News List.
j
p
9
● In Standby (Handset Open)
No.
Description
Open Mail menu.
Getting Started
● In Standby (Handset Closed)
No.
Access Desktop Icons.
Press and hold t Set/cancel Answering Machine.
13
y
Show/hide Desktop Page.
Press and hold y Turn power on/off.
14
Press and hold 3 Set/cancel IC Card Lock.
Press and hold 5 Set/cancel ECO Mode.
Press and hold 7 Set font type, thickness and size.
Press and hold 8 Set Privacy Angle on/off.
1-3
Handset Parts
1
No.
Getting Started
14
Press and hold 0 Enter “+“ (international access
code).
Key/Operations
Description
16
Press and hold q Set/cancel Manner Mode.
● During Voice Calls
No.
Key/Operations
6
f
Increase earpiece volume.
y
h
Open Received Calls window.
j
Open Redial window.
7
o
Turn handsfree on/off.
8
p
Toggle Hyper Clear Voice modes
(High, OFF or Low).
9
i
Open Task Switch window.
10
u
Display function menu.
12
t
Hold call.
Description
End call.
Press and hold y Turn power off.
16
Press and hold q Set/cancel Manner Mode.
Press and hold a
Record other party’s voice.
● During Text Entry
No.
Key/Operations
Description
6
g
Insert line feed “ “ (when cursor is
at the end of text).
j
Add a space (when cursor is at the
end of text).
o
Toggle character entry modes (in
5-touch or T9 input mode). Toggle
double-byte and single-byte
characters (in 2-touch mode).
Decrease earpiece volume.
Press and hold g Continuously decrease earpiece
volume.
1-4
Key/Operations
13
21
Description
Press and hold f Continuously increase earpiece
volume.
g
No.
7
Press and hold o Toggle text input methods (in
5-touch, 2-touch or T9 input
mode).
8
p
Switch to pictograph/symbol list.
Press and hold p Access My Pictograms (in S! Mail).
Handset Parts
Key/Operations
Description
11
r
Cycle characters in reverse order (in
5-touch mode).
Opening/Closing Handset
Press and hold r Undo last operation (conversion,
pasting, cut, etc.) and return to the
previous state.
12
t
Delete one character to right of
cursor.
When cursor is at end of text, a
character to left is deleted.
Press and hold t Delete all text to right of cursor.
When cursor is at end of text,
delete all text.
15
w
1
Getting Started
No.
Slide Display open.
Slide Display shut.
Enter dakuten (゛) or handakuten
(゜) (in 5-touch or 2-touch mode).
Toggle case (in 5-touch or 2-touch
mode).
Insert line feed “ .”
Press and hold w Select area.
16
q
Toggle Shift, Caps Lock and lower
case modes (when entering
alphanumerics in T9 input mode).
Press and hold q Paste copied or cut text.
1-5
Handset Parts
1
Using Touch Sensor
Touch Sensor
Getting Started
Use to operate Camera, TV, Music Player, etc., with handset
closed.
● Touch Sensor is available in Landscape and Portrait Views.
Position handset as shown below.
● Lightly tap Touch Sensor (k, l or ;).
● Use l or k to select pop-up options (e.g. YES/NO).
Note
・ Simply tap Touch Sensor with finger. Do not use fingernails,
ballpoint pens, pins or other sharp objects to tap Touch Sensor.
Tip
・ Touch Sensor illumination color changes and handset vibrates
upon sensor recognition. Color change and vibration are
longer for a press-and-hold recognition.
・ Pressing for 30 seconds turns Touch Sensor off and handset
returns to Standby.
Touch Sensor
Landscape View
Portrait View
● Use a (sidekey) to enable/disable Touch Sensor.
● Touch Sensor illuminates when enabled. When illumination is
off, Touch Sensor is disabled.
Tip
・ Touch Sensor is illustrated as Xk, Xl, X; in this guide.
1-6
Display
Display Indicators
⑭ ⑮ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑳ ㉑
③
Battery Level
Signal Strength
Out of Range
Emission OFF Mode
USIM Lock Active
Yahoo! Keitai Mode
Yahoo! Keitai Communication in
Progress
Packet Transmission (No Data Transfer)
Connecting to Network for Packet
Transmission
/
Packet Transmission
(Sending/Receiving Data)
SSL Secured Site Connected
Unread Messages
Handset Message Memory Full
USIM SMS Memory Full ( when
there are unread messages)
USB Cable Connected in
Communication/microSD Mode
microSD Mode
/
Handsfree Device Connected in
Communication/microSD Mode
/
USB Cable & Handsfree Device Connected
in Communication/microSD Mode
Vibration Set for Incoming Calls & Messages
/
Vibration Set for Incoming Calls/Messages
No Ringtone for Incoming Calls & Messages
/
No Ringtone for Incoming Calls/Messages
Manner Mode
Auto Manner Mode Start On
Auto Manner Mode Release On
Alarm Set
Alarm Set for Today (appears prior
to set time.)
One Seg Timer Recording in Progress
New Messages at Voice Mail Center
Voice Messages on Answering Machine
Video Messages on Answering Machine
* Lock Key is ON by default.
/
1
Getting Started
① ② ③④⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩⑪ ⑫ ⑬
Handset & USIM SMS Memory Full
Software Updated
Dial Lock Active
Secret Mode/Secret Data Only Mode
Original Lock Active
Original Lock Active in Secret
Mode/Secret Data Only Mode
Infrared Transmission
Authenticating IC Card
S! Addressbook Back-up Synchronizing
IC Card Lock Active
ECO Mode
Privacy Angle On ( when
Backlight is Off)
Keypad Lock Active (After Closed,
Timer or Lock Key is ON*)
Bluetooth Communication in Progress
Bluetooth Power Saving
Bluetooth Call
Memory Card Inserted
Invalid Memory Card Inserted
Memory Card Reader/Writer in Use
Accessing Memory Card
Voice Call
Video Call
Maximum Call Cost Limit Reached
Tip
・ To see indicator descriptions:
Xi
Xd
Settings
Display
Xd
Xd
Icons
1-7
Display
1
Mobile Widget (Japanese)
Getting Started
Set Widgets to appear on Desktop.
● For information about Mobile Widget, see P. 10-2.
Add Widgets Here
More Features
Customize
Display Settings
● Wallpaper
● Display Color Scheme
● Set Font Type
● Interface Language
● Guard from Prying Eyes
● Display Quality
Softkey Functions
Use Pointer to select widget
Desktop Page
Tip
Key Illumination
Key backlight flashes in seven colors in a variety of patterns.
1-8
P. 14-4)
(
P. 14-7)
Standby Indicators
● Enable Indicator Selector
(
・ When Flash® is set to Standby and widgets appear, Flash®
stops.
(
Backlight
● Set Backlight & Power Saving
Key Illumination
● Set Illumination for Power On/Off
● Set Flashing Color for Power On/Off
● Set Flashing Pattern for Call Start
● Set Flashing Color for Call Start
● Set Illumination for Emotion-Expressing Mail
● Set Flashing Pattern for Alarm Notification
● Set Flashing Color for Alarm Notification
● Set Illumination for Snooze Notification
P. 14-10)
Display
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
(
P. 14-39)
(
P. 14-41)
Key Backlight
● Set Key Backlight Color
● Set Key Backlight Off
Getting Started
●
Set Flashing Color for Snooze Notification
Set Illumination for Ir/IC Transmission
Set Flashing Color for Ir/IC Transmission
Illuminate When Charging Begins
Set Flashing Color (When Charging Begins)
Set Flashing Pattern for Handset Open or Close
Set Flashing Color for Handset Open or Close
1-9
USIM Card
1
Before Using USIM Card
Getting Started
Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Card is an IC
card that contains customer information (phone number,
etc.). A USIM Card must be inserted to use your handset.
● Store Phone Book entries and SMS on USIM Card.
● Insert USIM Card into other USIM-compatible SoftBank
handsets to use information on Card.
● Do not apply excessive force when inserting/removing USIM
Card.
● SoftBank is not liable for any damage caused by inserting USIM
Card into other IC card readers/writers.
● USIM Card may become warm during use. This is not a
malfunction.
● Keep IC chip clean.
● For details, refer to the manual supplied with your USIM Card.
● Do not drop USIM Card or subject to excessive shock. Doing so
may cause malfunction.
● Do not bend USIM Card or place heavy objects on it. Doing so
may cause malfunction.
● Avoid extreme temperatures.
● Do not scratch, carelessly touch or short-circuit the IC chip.
Doing so may result in data loss or malfunction.
● Clean USIM Card with a dry soft cloth (such as is used for
eyeglasses).
● Use a SoftBank-designated USIM Card. Using a non-designated
card may result in handset malfunction.
1-10
Other Notes on USIM Cards
● USIM Cards are the property of SoftBank.
● USIM Cards will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged.
● Return USIM Cards to SoftBank upon cancellation or
suspension of service.
● Returned USIM Cards are recycled.
● USIM Card specifications and performance may change without
prior notice.
● Keep a separate copy of data saved on your USIM Card.
SoftBank is not liable for lost data.
● If USIM Card or handset (with USIM Card inserted) is lost or
stolen, suspend service immediately. For details, contact
SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-52).
● Downloaded files (S! Appli, videos, Saved Pages, etc.) saved to
handset or memory card may be inaccessible after USIM Card
replacement, handset upgrade or service subscription
cancellation. If a different USIM Card is inserted, the cookies
and cache are cleared to protect personal information.
IC Chip
USIM Card
USIM PINs
PIN1
PIN1 is a four- to eight-digit code to prevent unauthorized
handset use by a third party.
● Default PIN1 is 9999.
● PIN1 can be changed (P. 4-2).
● When PIN1 Code Entry Set is set to ON, PIN1 must be entered
each time handset is turned on to be used.
is locked and handset is disabled.
・ If PUK2 is incorrectly entered ten times consecutively,
operations requiring PIN2 entry are all disabled.
・ Write down your PUK.
・ To cancel USIM Card lock, contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
1
Getting Started
There are two security codes for USIM Cards: PIN1 and PIN2.
Note
・ If PUK1 is incorrectly entered ten times consecutively, USIM Card
PIN2
PIN2 is required to reset total call cost or to set a maximum
limit to call costs.
● Default PIN2 is 9999.
● PIN2 can be changed (P. 4-2).
PIN Lock & Cancellation (PUK)
If PIN1 or PIN2 is incorrectly entered three times
consecutively, PIN Lock is activated, limiting handset use to
specific functions. Enter Personal Unblocking Key
(PUK1/PUK2) to cancel PIN Lock.
● For information on PUK, contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
1-11
USIM Card
1
USIM Card Installation
2 Place USIM Card on tray with gold IC part
Getting Started
facing downward, in the orientation shown
● Remove Battery (P. 1-15) before inserting or removing USIM
Card.
Insertion
1
Notch
Pull Tray out by catch
USIM Card
Tab
Side with gold IC visible
facing downward
3 Push Tray all the way in
Properly Inserted
1-12
USIM Card
Removal
Pull Tray out by catch and remove USIM Card
If Tray Detaches
Do not use excessive force to pull Tray; may slide out
completely.
If Tray detaches, face Tray properly and align with gold
guide stripes, then push Tray in all the way.
1
Getting Started
1
Gold guide stripes
1-13
Battery & Charger
1
Notes on Battery Charging
Getting Started
● Charge battery at least once every six months. If battery is left
uncharged for a long period, it may become unusable or its
operation time may decrease.
● Avoid connecting too many things to one AC outlet. Doing so
may cause the AC outlet to overheat and cause a fire.
● Battery and AC Charger may become warm during charging,
but this is not a malfunction. If they become too hot, however,
stop charging and contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance (P. 15-52).
● If Charging Indicator flashes red during charging, battery may
be faulty. Contact SoftBank Customer Center, Customer
Assistance (P. 15-52).
● Depending on the conditions of usage, the battery may expand
as it nears the end of its life. However, this presents no safety
problems.
● Check the battery type on its label:
Mark
Li-ion00
1-14
Type
Lithium-ion battery
Lithium-ion batteries are a
recyclable resource. Do not
dispose of them as municipal
waste. Bring used batteries to your nearest
SoftBank Shop or recycling center after
insulating the terminals with tape. Observe
local regulations on battery disposal.
Battery Installation
Insertion
1 Press and slide battery cover off
①
②
2 Insert battery into place
④
③
Battery & Charger
3 Replace cover
Removal
1
1 Remove battery cover
2 Pressing Tab ( ① ), lift out battery ( ② )
Tabs on the underside
Tab
Getting Started
● Turn off handset before removing battery.
Align tabs with handset
grooves and slide the cover shut.
Note
・ Do not force Battery Cover shut. Tab may be misaligned, and
cause breakage.
1-15
Battery & Charger
1
Getting Started
1-16
1 Pull Port Cover in direction of arrow
2 Rotate Port Cover (as indicated by arrow)
Open Port Cover
●Using excessive force may cause damage.
●Keep Cover completely open (as illustrated) while Port
is in use.
Port Cover
Slot
Note
・ When handset is connected to an external device, be cautious
of Port Cover. Excessive force may damage it.
Battery & Charger
3 Extend Charger blades and plug into an AC
Charging Battery
Use only SoftBank-specified AC Charger ”ZTDAA1” (sold
separately). In this guide, the ZTDAA1 model AC Charger is
referred to as “AC Charger.”
4 Disconnect connector from handset
Press and hold Release Tabs to remove connector.
Note
Port Cover
External Device Port
・ Battery can only be charged while inserted in handset.
・ When Charging Indicator and Display Indicator
go out and
Connector
AC Charger
Release
Tabs
Open Port Cover
See P. 1-16.
2 Insert Charger connector into External Device
Port
Charging Indicator lights red while charging. When
charging is complete, Indicator goes out.
5 Unplug Charger from AC Outlet
6 Close Port Cover
Blades
1
Getting Started
Using AC Charger
AC Outlet
1
Outlet
Charge Unusual Stop Charge appears, disconnect handset
from AC Charger and remove battery. Set up handset and
Charger and start charging again. If the same error occurs, AC
Charger may be faulty. Contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance (P. 15-52).
More Features
Customize
Backlight
● Set Backlight during Charging
(
P. 14-7)
1-17
Power On/Off
Power On
1
Getting Started
● Make sure USIM Card is correctly
inserted before turning power on.
1
Press and hold y
● Powering Handset On for the
Setup prompt appears in Japanese.
Select NO and press d to exit.
After changing interface language to
English (P. 14-6), restart handset and
perform setup procedure as follows.
1
[Initial Settings] window
d
YES
2 Auto
zone
d
d
Select a time
■To Manually Enter Date & Time
d
Manual (Date Time Set)
d
Select a time zone
d
Enter date and time
Tip
・ If handset is turned on immediately
after powering it off or inserting
battery, WELCOME may appear in
Display for a while.
・ After USIM Card is replaced, Security
Code is required when powering
handset on for the first time. If Security
Code is incorrectly entered five times,
handset shuts down. Turn handset on
again.
1-18
3 Enter Security Code (9999)
d
Code
Enter new Security
d
YES
d
4 Select a font size
d
■When Separate Setting is
Selected
Set a font size for each function
window (P. 14-6).
5 [Keypad Sound Setting] window
ON or OFF
d
Tip
・ Setup prompt no longer appears when
First Time (Initial Setup)
all the initial setup items have been set.
・ The default Security Code is 9999.
● Retrieving Network Information
When o, p or i is pressed after initial
setup, a prompt appears. Select YES to
update network settings.
Tip
・ Retrieve network information to use
network-related services, such as mail
and the Internet.
・ To manually update network settings:
Xi
Xd
Settings
Connection
Retrieve NW Info
Settings
Xd
YES
Xd
Xd
Power On/Off
Power Off
Press and hold y
Handset shuts down.
●
Customize
Clock
● Hide Clock
● Set Auto Time Adjustment
● Manually Adjust Time
● Summer Time
● Time Zone (Sub Clock)
● Hide Sub Clock
● Summer Time (Sub Clock)
● Time Zone Major City (Sub Clock)
( P. 14-2)
1
Getting Started
1
Key/Touch Sensor
Set No Sound at Key/Touch Sensor
Touch
( P. 14-38)
More Features
Auto Power On/Off
Set Auto Power On/Off
●
(
P. 14-3)
Display Settings
● Set a Wake-up Image
● Set a Wake-up Message
● Set Font Sizes Collectively
● Set Font Size for Each Function Window
( P. 14-4)
Sounds
Set Handset Open/Close Sound
( P. 14-14)
●
1-19
Mobile Manners
1
Getting Started
Use your handset responsibly.
Inappropriate handset use can be both
dangerous and bothersome. Take care
not to disturb others when using your
handset. Adjust handset use according
to your surroundings.
● Turn handset power off in theaters,
museums and other places where
silence is the norm.
● Refrain from use in restaurants, lobbies,
elevators, etc.
● Observe signs and instructions
regarding handset use aboard trains,
etc.
● Refrain from use that interrupts the
flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
Activating Manner
Mode
Most handset sounds are muted in
Manner Mode.
1
Press and hold q
■To Cancel Manner Mode
Press and hold q
Note
・ When handset is set to vibrate for
incoming calls, be careful as handset
may slide off, slide into a stove, etc.
Tip
・ Shutter click sounds even in Manner
Mode.
・ Press and hold Wq to set or cancel
Manner Mode during a call. Short
beeps sound through the earpiece
when Manner Mode is set or canceled
during a call.
1-20
More Features
Customize
Manner Mode
● Set Manner Mode Type
● Configure Original Manner Mode
● Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Start
● Set Time for Auto Manner Mode
Release
● Toggle Auto Manner Mode Start and
Release On/Off
( P. 14-13)
Codes
Changing Security Code
1
i
Settings
d
Security
Security Code
d
Change
d
2 Enter current Security Code
d
Security Code
Security Code, 9999 by default, is
required to use some handset
functions. The code can be changed.
● If Security Code is entered incorrectly or
nothing is entered for 15 seconds, a
tone sounds and a message appears.
Enter correct Security Code.
● Security Code is referred to as 操作用暗
証番号 (operation code) on SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp. Website (http://
www.softbank.jp).
3 Enter new Security Code
d
YES
d
Network Password
Network Password, a four-digit code
assigned at initial subscription, is
required to use Call Barring.
● If Network Password is incorrectly
entered three times, Call Barring
settings are locked. Network Password
and Center Access Code must be
changed.
1
Getting Started
Security Code, Center Access Code and
Network Password are required to use
handset.
● Do not reveal these codes to others.
Write down your codes.
● SoftBank is not liable for any damage
due to handset misuse.
Center Access Code
Center Access Code, a four-digit code
assigned at initial subscription, is
required to access Optional Services via
landlines or to subscribe to fee-based
information.
Note
・ The warning tone does not sound in
Manner Mode or when Keypad Sound
is set to OFF.
1-21
Other Basic Information
1
Checking Battery Level
Getting Started
Use Battery Level meters as a guide only.
Battery Level Indicator
Battery Level indicator appears at top
of Display.
Sufficient
Low
Almost out. Charge immediately.
(Flashing) Charging
Battery Level Beeper &
Large Indicator
Check battery level by number of
beeps and large indicator.
1
i
d
Settings
d
Other Settings
d
Battery Level
A large battery level indicator
appears. Beeps sound according to
the battery level.
Three short beeps: Sufficient
Two short beeps: Low
One short beep: Almost out.
Charge immediately.
1-22
Note
・ The battery level beeper does not sound
in Manner Mode or when Keypad
Sound is set to OFF.
● When Battery Is Empty
Recharge Battery appears, the battery
alarm sounds for about 10 seconds, and
handset powers off in about 60
seconds. Charge battery.
My Phone Number
Check handset phone number.
1
i
0
Account Details appear.
■Add Other Information
o
d
Enter Security Code
d
Select an item
Enter
d
o
information
■View All Information
u
d
Display All Data
d
v to
Enter Security Code
switch tabs
■Reset Account Details
u
d
d
Reset
YES
Checking Network
Status
Check Network Status to confirm if
voice calls and/or packet transmission
is available.
1i
d
Settings
d
Other Settings
d
Network Status
Network information appears.
Dialing
Packet
Transmission
Description
not
not
available available
Voice calls/packet
transmission not
possible.
available not
available
Voice calls
possible, packet
transmission not
possible.
not
available
available
Voice calls not
possible, packet
transmission
possible.
Other Basic Information
Dialing
Packet
Transmission
Note
・ ECO Mode is canceled when power is
Voice calls/packet
transmission
possible.
“Out of Service Area“ appears when out
of range.
turned off and on again.
1
Getting Started
available available
Description
Stereo Earphone
Conversion Cable
Use Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable
(sold separately) to connect an
earphone.
Using ECO Mode
When set to ECO Mode, light, sound,
and Display settings are modified to
decrease battery consumption.
1
Press and hold 5
ECO Mode is set, and “ “ appears.
■Canceling
Press and hold 5
1-23
Basic Operations
Menu Operations ................................ 2-2
Accessing Handset Functions.................... 2-2
Desktop...................................................... 2-5
Navigating through Menus ...................... 2-8
Multitask ............................................ 2-10
Activating Another Function.................. 2-10
Toggling Functions ................................. 2-11
Text Entry........................................... 2-12
Overview..................................................
Entering Characters in 5-touch Mode....
Editing Text .............................................
Editing Templates ...................................
Using Dictionaries ...................................
Entering Characters in 2-touch Mode....
Entering Characters in T9 Input Mode ..
2-12
2-14
2-16
2-17
2-17
2-18
2-18
Phone Book........................................ 2-21
Overview ..................................................
Creating Phone Book Entries ..................
Using Phone Book ...................................
Phone Book Settings ...............................
2-21
2-22
2-23
2-25
S! Addressbook Back-up ................... 2-28
Overview .................................................. 2-28
Using S! Addressbook Back-up ............... 2-28
Advanced Features............................ 2-30
Main Menu...............................................
Desktop Icons...........................................
Text Entry .................................................
Templates.................................................
Dictionaries ..............................................
Phone Book..............................................
S! Addressbook Back-up..........................
2-30
2-30
2-31
2-32
2-32
2-33
2-36
2
2-1
Menu Operations
2
Accessing Handset
Functions
Basic Operations
● In this guide, most operations start from
Main Menu.
From Main Menu
Press i to open Main Menu. Use b to
select an item and press d to open sub
menus.
Using Softkeys & Multi
Selector
Press Softkeys or use Multi Selector in
Standby to access assigned functions.
● Softkeys
・ o: Open Mail menu.
・ p (Press and hold): Open Yahoo! Keitai
Keyword Search
Enter keywords to search for menu
items.
1i u
2 Enter keyword
d
<Example> Enter “mail“
menu.
・ u: Access the function assigned to the
key.
● Multi Selector
・
・
・
・
f:
g:
h:
j:
Open Active Desktop Page.
Open Phone Book Search window.
Open Received Calls window.
Open Redial window.
Corresponding results appear.
Main Menu
Tip
・ Handset returns to Standby after 15
seconds of inactivity.
2-2
3 Select an item
d
■Toggling Multiple Items
Press p to toggle items.
Menu Operations
From Quick Menu
1
a
Touch Sensor is enabled (On).
From Original Menu
● Menu Items
Icon
Function
Activate TV (P. 8-7)
Assign often-used functions to
Original Menu for quick access.
1i
p
Activate Camera in Photo
Mode (P. 7-5)
2 Tap k, l or ;
Activate Photo Slideshow from Quick Album
(P. 12-5)
Activate Camera in
Movie Mode (P. 7-7)
Quick Menu
■Returning to Standby
a or Press and hold a
Tip
・ Handset returns to Standby after a
2
Basic Operations
Use Quick Menu to access TV, Photo
Mode, Photo Slide-show, Movie Mode,
Voice Mode or Music when handset is
closed.
Press p to toggle between Main
Menu and Original Menu.
Activate Camera in Voice
Mode (P. 7-9)
Activate Music Player
(P. 9-6)
period of inactivity.
3 k or l to select a function
;
2-3
Menu Operations
Enter Menu Item
Number
2
Basic Operations
2-4
Enter these numbers for direct menu
access. Note that Main Menu Theme
must be set to Basic.
● See P. 15-19 for menu item numbers.
● See P. 2-30 for details on changing
Main Menu Theme.
<Example> Access Select Ring Tone
(menu no. 13)
1i
21
3
Menu Operations
Desktop
Icon Window
Add functions to Icon window and use
them as shortcuts. Notifications
appear to inform you of missed calls,
new messages, etc. Select a
notification to check the information.
Icon
Icon
Function
Function
Show Image
S! Quick News List
Play Video
Photo Mode
S! Appli
TV
Inbox Folder
Quick Search
Movie Mode
2
Basic Operations
Press d to access Desktop. From
Desktop, press p to toggle Icon
window and Info window.
The following shortcuts are set to Icon
window by default.
・S! Quick News List ・Photo Mode
・TV
・Quick Search
● Icons
Call Phone Number
Voice Mode
Compose S! Mail
Schedule
Compose SMS
To Do List
Access Webpage (Yahoo!
Keitai)
Text Memo
Access Webpage (PC Site
Browser)
Bar Code Reader
Play Melody
2-5
Menu Operations
Icon
2
Function
Icon
Function
Function/Information
Basic Operations
Text Reader
Play/Erase Msg.
Missed TV Programs
Music Player
Play/Erase VC Msg.
Timer Recording Finished
Life History Viewer
Calculator
● Notifications
Icon
Function/Information
Missed Calls
Maximum Call Cost Limit
Reached
Software Update
Dictionary
Answering Machine
Play/delete messages.
USB Mode Communication
Bluetooth
Answering Machine (Video
Message)
Play/delete Video Messages.
Network Re-search
Original Menu
Voice Mail
Receive IR Transmission
PC Site Browser
New Messages
Books
Failed Alarms
2-6
Icon
New S! Info Channel
New S! Info Channel Receive
Failure
New Weather Info.
Menu Operations
Icon
Function/Information
Weather Info. Receive Failure
● Accessing Icons & Notifications
1
d
Info Window
Content Keys Acquired
● Accessing Data and Functions
Press p to toggle Info window and
Icon window.
Notifications disappear after accessing the
functions/information. Answering
Machine and Voice Mail notifications
disappear after message is played back.
1d
p
2
Basic Operations
Phone numbers, functions, etc. saved
to Icon window appear in Info
window.
Icon Window
● Adding Icons
Add up to 15 icons per Desktop theme.
Select from three Desktop themes.
1
u
From a function
d
Add Desktop Icon
2 b to select an icon
d
■Scrolling Icons
v
■Changing Themes
o
d
Change Desktop
YES d
Select a theme d
Info Window
Desktop opens to previously used
window.
2b
Select an item
d
2-7
Menu Operations
● Items
2
Item
Basic Operations
What’s New
Item
Details
Access/view Notifications
(P. 2-6).
Recent
Messages
Access new messages
Schedule
Schedule
Access schedule entries
(today/tomorrow)
To Do List
Access To Do List entries
Shortcuts
Access Icons saved to
Icon Window
Phonebook
Phone Number
Access phone numbers
from Icon window
E-mail address
Select e-mail address
(from Icon window) to
Create S! Mail
Bookmarks
Yahoo! Keitai
Access bookmarked sites
PC Site Browser
Access bookmarked sites
2-8
Images &
Movies
Details
Still images
Open image
Video
Play video
Calendar
Open Calendar
Clock
Access Alarm list
(Set Main Time window
appears when clock is
not set)
Settings
・ Set items on/off
・ Change item order
Navigating through
Menus
Scrolling Pages
Use j or h to scroll next/previous
pages.
j
h
Menu Operations
Selecting Menu Items
Using Keypad
3
Menu Numbers
Return to Previous
Window or Standby
Press t to cancel operation and
return to previous window.
Press y to return to Standby.
● May not apply to all functions/windows.
Advanced
Main Menu
● Change Main Menu Theme
● Switch to Simple Menu
● Temporarily Change Design Theme of
Main Menu
( P. 2-30)
Desktop Icons
● Edit Title of a Desktop Icon
● Change Icon Image
● Check Icon Information
● Change Order of Desktop Icons
● Delete Desktop Icons
● Reset Desktop Icons
● Show/Hide Desktop Icons
( P. 2-30)
Menu Display Settings
● List View and Details View
● Set Main Menu Theme
● Save Last Selected Menu Item to
Memory
● Add a Menu Item to Original Menu
( P. 14-8)
Key/Touch Sensor
Change Function Assigned to Shortcut
Key
● Set Touch Sensor Backlight
● Set Vibrator and Illumination for Touch
Sensor Operation
● Set Touch Sensor Scroll
● Set Not to Use Touch Sensor
( P. 14-38)
●
2
Basic Operations
Use keypad to enter number
corresponding to menu item.
Customize
More Features
Desktop Icons
● Set Desktop Theme
● Show New Message Indicator as 3D
Animation
( P. 14-7)
2-9
Multitask
2
Activate up to three functions
simultaneously. Activate one function
per group at one time (except TV &
Music Group).
Basic Operations
Function Group
Function
Mail Group
Mail
Yahoo! Keitai
Group
Yahoo! Keitai
S! Appli Group
S! Appli
Settings Group
Settings, Optional
Services
Tools Group
TV & Music
Group
● See P. 15-2 for available combinations
of functions that can be activated at the
same time.
● Currently active functions are indicated
by task indicators in Task Indicator Area.
To switch to a different function, select
the corresponding task indicator.
Activate another function without
exiting current function.
1 While using a function
2 i Select another
function
i
d
■Mail Function
After step 1
o
■To Access Yahoo! Keitai Portal
p
After step 1
Data Folder, Tools,
Phone Book, Own
Data, Camera
■To Activate Function Assigned to
Shortcut Key
After step 1
TV, Music
Task Indicator Area
● Transmission fees are incurred while
accessing functions during a voice call.
2-10
Activating Another
Function
u
Multitask
Toggling Functions
1
■Opening Widget List
f
Tip
・ Alternatively, press and hold Xi to end
Multitask and return to Standby.
2
Basic Operations
When multiple functions are
i
active
■Ending Multitask
y
Quit Selected or Quit All
d
Function
Task Switch Window
■Switching Functions
v to select a task indicator
d
■Opening Main Menu
i
■Returning to Standby
r
Press i in Standby to reopen Task
Switch window.
2-11
Text Entry
2
Handset has three text input methods:
5-touch, 2-touch and T9 Input.
● This guide mainly explains Japanese
text entry in 5-touch mode.
● Guide Pane
Basic Operations
Overview
CHG
c to convert characters
All
Find
c to search Phone Book
Text input method
(2-touch/T9 Input mode) (No
indicator for 5-touch mode)
Insert/Overwrite mode
b to specify a text range
Area
Text Entry Window
A text entry window consists of
Character Entry Pane, Guide Pane and
Status Pane. Indicator and key
descriptions are as follows:
Character
Entry Pane
Guide Pane
w to insert line feed
A/a
w to switch case of each
character, or to add
dakuten (゛)/handakuten
(゜ )
AA → aa q to cancel Caps Lock
mode
● Character Entry Pane
Sel.
Press and hold w to
select area of text to copy
(cut)
Paste
Press and hold q to
paste copied or cut text
Area
Cursor
End mark (end of text)
q to set Shift mode
Aa → AA q to set Caps Lock
mode
Status Pane
Text Entry Window
to copy/cut
CR
aa → Aa
2-12
● Status Pane
Back
r to cycle characters on
a key in reverse order (e.g.
え→う )
Character entry mode
Kuten code input mode
(P. 2-32)
Double-byte/Single-byte
mode
Lower case input mode
Shift/Caps Lock mode
Bytes remaining for text
entry
Number of entered
characters (appears when
entering text to USIM
Phone Book/SMS message)
Text Entry
Split Windows
In some instances, a second window
opens with text entry window.
Changing Text Input
Methods
Function
window
u
[Text Entry] window
CHG Input Method d
Select a text input
d
method
Alternatively, press and hold o.
Text entry
window
Referring to Dictionary
from a text entry window
● Switching Windows
Press u and select Change Window
to switch windows.
Toggling Character Entry
Modes
1
[Text Entry] window
o
Press o to toggle entry modes.
Kanji/hiragana
Katakana
Numbers
Alphanumerics
Tip
・ In 2-touch mode, press Xo to toggle
single-byte and double-byte modes.
● When Battery Runs Out
Battery alarm sounds and Recharge
Battery appears. Text is automatically
saved. Access the same function to
continue text entry.
Text may not be saved depending on the
function.
● When y is Pressed
A message appears asking whether to
end text entry. Select YES and press d
to end text entry without saving the
text. To continue text entry, select NO
and press d.
2
Basic Operations
1
Interruptions during
Text Entry
● When a Voice Call Arrives
Answer the call. After call ends, text
entry window returns.
2-13
Text Entry
Entering Characters
in 5-touch Mode
2
Basic Operations
Press a key multiple times to cycle
through letters assigned to that key.
● For key assignment, see P. 15-10.
Kanji, Hiragana &
Katakana
Enter a reading (in hiragana) and
convert to kanji, katakana, etc.
● Using Word Prediction
Enter a character and Word Prediction
suggests words starting with that
character. Word Prediction also
suggests word selection for words to
follow. Switch to kanji/hiragana mode
to use Word Prediction.
2-14
<Example> Entering “ 携帯電話 “
1
[Text Entry] window
(4 times)
2
2g
Select “ 携帯“
d
“け “ is entered in Character Entry
Pane.
Suggestion list shows predictions
for words beginning with “ け “ in
Guide Pane.
“携帯 “ appears in Character Entry
Pane.
A suggestion list of words that
follow “ 携帯 “ appears in Guide
Pane.
■When Required Word Does Not
Appear
t
Continue hiragana (reading) entry
in Character Entry Pane to narrow
down selection.
Text Entry
3g
Select “ 電話 “
d
● Converting Hiragana
<Example> Entering “ 佐々木 “
1
3
[Text Entry] window
(once) j 3 (once)
2 (twice)
2
Dakuten (゛) &
Handakuten (゜)
<Example> Entering “が “
1 [Text Entry] window
(once)
w
2
d
Switching to Lower Case
<Example> Change “ つ “ to “っ “
■To Exit Suggestion List
t
1 [Text Entry] window
(three times)
Tip
・ Handset has a learning feature that
w
4
d
Basic Operations
If the required suggestion does not
appear or word prediction is set to Off,
convert to Kanji as shown below:
■To Change Conversion Range
v
Pictographs & Symbols
adds entered words to the suggestion
list. Press and hold Wt to delete an
added word from the suggestion list.
1p
■To Delete Last Input Character
t
■To Determine Entered Hiragana
without Converting It
d
2u
d
■To Reconvert to a Different Word
u
Select a word
2 Select a pictograph/symbol
d
2-15
Text Entry
■To Toggle Pictograph/Symbol
Categories
o or p
■To Toggle Full-Screen List and
Continuous Entry
2
Basic Operations
u
3t
Emoticons
d
d
Common Phrases
(Templates)
1
u
d
Common Phrases
2 Select a folder
Select a phrase
2-16
Enter alphanumerics, numbers or
katakana in kanji/hiragana input
mode.
1
The pictograph/symbol list
window is closed.
1 u Face Mark
2 Select an emoticon
Alphanumerics,
Numbers & Katakana
d
d (twice)
[Text Entry] window
p
Enter hiragana
d
Select a character
Editing Text
Deletion & Correction
1 [Text Entry] window
Move cursor to the left of
the character to delete
t
■To Delete All Characters to the
Right of Cursor
Press and hold t
■To Delete Entire Text
Move cursor to the end of text
Press and hold t
2 Position cursor
correct characters
Enter
Text Entry
Copy, Cut & Paste
Editing Templates
● Only one entry can be stored on
1
[Text Entry] window
d
Copy or Cut
d
i
d
Own Data
d
Common Phrases
u
2 Move cursor to beginning of
characters
1
Templates (Common phrases) Window
2 Select a folder
d
Saving Words to Own
Dictionary
Save frequently used words to Own
Dictionary. For each word, save a
reading (in hiragana). When the
reading is entered in a text entry
window, the word appears among the
suggestions.
1i
Own Data
Own Dictionary
2
Basic Operations
clipboard. If you copy or cut new text,
the previously copied or cut text is
overwritten.
● Copied or cut text can be pasted
repeatedly until you copy or cut new
text, or turn handset power off.
Using Dictionaries
d
d
3 Move cursor to end of
characters
d
4 Position cursor
Paste
u
d
Own Dictionary Window
Templates List Window
■When Security Folder Selected
d
Enter Security Code
3 Select an entry
Enter text
2 <New>
d
d
Enter word
d
Enter reading
■To Check Saved Words
d
Select a word
o
d
2-17
Text Entry
Using Downloaded
Dictionaries
2
Basic Operations
Download dictionaries from Yahoo!
Keitai sites. Dictionary must be
enabled in advance.
1
i
Own Data
d
Dictionary
d
DL
Entering Characters
in 2-touch Mode
Each hiragana character is entered by
combining two key presses.
● For combinations of character input
keys, see P. 15-11.
● Procedures for selecting predicted
words and for converting entered
hiragana are the same as those used in
5-touch mode (P. 2-14).
<Example> Entering “ キャンプ “
1
Downloaded Dictionary Window
2 Select a dictionary
d
” ★ ” appears next to the enabled
dictionary.
■To Disable a Dictionary
d
Select a dictionary with ”★”
Tip
・ If an emoticon dictionary is enabled, its
content is reflected in the emoticon list
when entering emoticons.
2-18
22 ( き )
80
(change to lower case mode)
81 (ゃ )
80
(change to upper case mode)
03 ( ん )
63
05 (゜)
(ふ)
2u
d
Tip
・ Pressing Ww also adds dakuten (゛)
and handakuten (゜) or toggles upper
case and lower case.
・ Press Xo to toggle double-byte and
single-byte modes.
Entering Characters
in T9 Input Mode
Press a key once for each character,
and select the word from the
suggestion list.
● For key assignment, see P. 15-12.
● When character entry mode is
“Number,“ 5-touch input method is
automatically applied.
<Example> Entering “春 “
● The following example is in Japanese
text entry mode.
1 [Text Entry] window
9
Word predictions for the key
combination appear.
6
Text Entry
■To Change Conversion Range
v
■Toggle Kanji and Hiragana
Suggestion Lists
■Toggle English and Japanese
Suggestion Lists
o
2 [Text Entry] window
c
b
Select word from among the
suggestions in Guide Pane.
■To Show Converted Words on
Suggestion List
u
For example, if you specify “はる ,“
then “張る ,“ “ 貼る “ and other
words that have the same reading
appear on the suggestion list.
■To Show Predicted Words on
Suggestion List
Re-entering Words
t
(ら)
3 (ん)
1
3 (ん)
5 (と)
2
Re-enter as shown below if the desired
word does not appear.
<Example> Entering “ らんらんと “
● The following example is in Japanese
text entry mode.
1
9
[Text Entry] window
0 (row わ )
(row ら )
9 (row ら )
0 (row わ )
4 (row た )
“らんらんと “ does not appear in
suggestion list.
2p
■If No Correction is Necessary
j to move cursor to the next
character
■To End Re-entering a Word
u
The words predicted/converted
from the re-entered word appear
on the suggestion list.
r
For example, if you specify “はる ,“
then “春休み ,“ “遥か “ and other
words that begin with the same
reading appear on the suggestion
list.
■To Exit Suggestion List and
Continue Character Entry
3 1 (ら)
Basic Operations
q
3d
4d
Cursor is on the first character of
the word. The edit window opens
in Guide Pane, where hiragana
characters of row ら appear.
2-19
Text Entry
●
More Features
●
●
Advanced
2
(
Basic Operations
Text Entry
● Switch between Lower Case & Upper
Case
● Switch between Single-byte & Doublebyte
● Cycle Characters in Reverse Order
● Undo Last Operation
● Move Cursor to Top/End of Text
● Overwrite & Insert Modes
● Insert Line Feed
● Input a Space
● Use Dictionary
● Quote Text
● Use Kuten Codes
( P. 2-31)
Templates
Edit a Folder Name
● Reset a Folder Name
● Edit Templates
● Reset Templates
●
(
Dictionaries
● Edit Entries
● Delete Entries
2-20
Edit Title
View Information
Delete Dictionaries
P. 2-32)
P. 2-32)
Customize
Text Entry
● Set Text Input Method
● Set Word Prediction
● Set to Show T9 Suggestion Words in
Kanji or Hiragana
● Clear Learning History
● Change Font Size
● Set Auto Cursor Movement in 5-Touch
Mode
( P. 14-38)
Phone Book
Overview
2
Save phone numbers, e-mail addresses and other contact information to Phone Book.
・ ・ Name & Reading
Group
4 Phone Numbers
3 E-mail Addresses
Address
Birthday
Memo
Still Image
Entry Number
Phone Book
Usage Examples
Speed
Dial
TomoDen
Save frequently accessed Phone
Book entries to Tomo-Den
( P. 3-12 ).
Reject
Calls
Reject calls from phone numbers
not saved in Phone Book
( P. 4-7 ).
Custom Settings
Incoming Ringtone Vibration
Incoming Image
Outgoing Message
Illumination
Abbreviated dialing for numbers
in Phone Book ( P. 3-12 ).
Basic Operations
Phone Book
Data & Settings
Contact & Personal Information
Others
Secret Data
When you make calls or write messages, specify
phone numbers or addresses from Phone Book.
● Back Up Important Information
Keep a separate copy of Phone Book entry information. When battery is exhausted or removed for extended periods, Phone Book
data may be lost or altered. Damage to handset may also affect data recovery. SoftBank is not liable for damages from lost/altered
Phone Book data.
2-21
Phone Book
Creating Phone Book
Entries
2
Basic Operations
<Example>
Enter a name, phone number and
e-mail address, and specify a group
1
2
i
u
d
Phone Book
Add to Phone Book
d
d
Phone
d
d
name
Enter last name
Check reading d
d
Enter first
d
Check reading
3
4
Select a group
d
d
Enter phone
d
number
Select an
d
icon
■To Save Additional Numbers
Select
<Not Stored> and repeat
the same step.
5
d
Enter e-mail
d
Select an
address
d
icon
■To Save Additional Addresses
Select
<Not Stored> and repeat
the same step.
d
Reading is entered automatically.
Edit as necessary.
d
6o
[Phone Book Entry] window
d
2 Select Image
a folder d
d
image
Phone Book Entry Window
2-22
■To Cancel Selected Image
d
Release This
Creating Entries from
Other Functions
Create entries from the following
functions:
・ Received calls
・ Dialed Calls
・ Redial
・ Text Reader
・ Receives/Sent Address List
・ Yahoo! Keitai
・ Phone Number Entry window
<Example> Create an entry from
Received Calls
1h
Setting Incoming Image
1
■To Capture an Image with Camera
d
Photo Mode
Capture
d
image
d
Select
Select a still
Select a record u
d
Add to Phone Book
d
Phone
d
Search Phone
Book Select an entry d
(twice)
2 Add
Phone Book Entry window with
the phone number automatically
entered opens.
Phone Book
■To Save As a New Entry
d
New
3
o
Resuming Phone Book
Edit Operation
If battery is empty or if another
function was activated while editing
an entry, resume operation as follows:
1
i
u
d
Phone Book
Add to Phone Book
d
d
Phone
d
Recall
o
1
i
Phone Book
d
2
■Video Call
o
Specifying a Search
Method
1g
Phone Book Entry List Window
■To Dial the First Phone Number
r
2 o or p to switch tabs
to select an entry
■To Save As a New Entry
d
New
2 Enter each item
r
Dialing from Phone Book
Basic Operations
Enter other items
d
YES
3 v to select a phone number
Using Phone Book
c
d
Phone Book Search Window
YES
2 Select a search method
d
Tip
・ Save entry before you exit Phone Book.
Otherwise, all changes will be lost.
Phone Book Entry Details Window
d
Search Reading:
Enter a reading and press c.
Search Name:
Enter a name and press c.
Search Phone No.:
Enter a phone number and press c.
2-23
Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
Search E-mail:
Enter an e-mail address and press c.
Search Memory No.:
Enter three-digit entry number.
Search Group:
Select a group to view saved
entries.
Search Column:
Press a key (1 - 0 or w) to
access the tab corresponding to
that key.
Search All:
Phone Book is organized by tabs
(Japanese syllabary order).
Accessing Entries from
Other Functions
● Access Phone Book from
Received Calls
1
.
Look-up Phone
d
● Access Phone Book from Dialed
Calls
i
d
Own Data
d
u
Dialed Calls
d
Look-up Phone Book
● Access Phone Book from Redial
1
j
u
Look-up Phone
d
● Access Phone Book from
Received Address List
1
2-24
u
Book
Tip
Card are indicated by
h
Book
・ Phone Book entries saved on USIM
Address List
Access Phone Book entries from
Received Calls, Dialed Calls, Redial and
Received/Sent Address List.
1
Phone Book Entry List Window
● Access Phone Book from Sent
u
Press and hold h
Look-up Phone Book
d
1 Press and hold j
u
Look-up Phone Book
d
Phone Book
Phone Book Settings
Set different ringtones, images, etc.
per entry item or Group.
● Indicators
The following indicators appear for set
items.
● To Customize by Group
Number/E-mail Address
<Example> Set a ringtone for
incoming voice calls
1
[Phone Book Entry Details]
v to select a
window
phone number u Ring
d
Tone/Image
2 Voice Call (Recv.)
3 Ring Tone d
d
Select a
d(
ringtone type
d
Select a folder
d)
Select a ringtone
■To Cancel Custom Settings
o
Select an item
<Example> Set illumination for
incoming messages
1 [Phone Book Entry List]
window
Setting
u
d
Group
2 Select a group
u
d
3 Mail (Recv.)
4 Illumination
d
Tone/Image
Select a pattern
Ring
d
d
2
Basic Operations
Customizing Handset
Response
● To Customize by Phone
■To Cancel Custom Settings
o
Select an item
Note
・ Custom settings are unavailable for
Ringtone (Incoming Calls)
Ringtone (Mail)
Illumination (Incoming Calls)
Illumination (Mail)
Vibration (Incoming Calls)
Vibration (Mail)
Incoming Image (Calls)
Outgoing Message (Incoming Calls)
secret Phone Book entries.
・ Custom Settings are canceled when
entry is set as secret.
2-25
Phone Book
Restricting Calls to/from
Specific Phone Numbers
2
Basic Operations
Restrict calls to/from specific numbers
in Phone Book. This can help manage
personal calls and prevent nuisance
calls.
1
[Phone Book Entry Details]
v to select a
window
u
phone number
d
Restrictions
d
Enter Security Code
2
3 Select a restriction type
d
Restrict Dialing:
Restrict outgoing calls to all
numbers except a specified
number. To call that number, you
need to dial from Phone Book.
Call Rejection:
Restrict incoming calls from a
specified number.
Call Acceptation:
Receive incoming calls only from a
specified number.
■To Cancel Restriction
Select a restriction type with
”★”
2-26
d
● When Restrict Dialing is Set
The following operations are disabled:
・ Dialing by Keypad
・ Dialing from Received Calls
・ Calling from Phone Book
(except: calling specified number in
Phone Book)
Tip
・ When Restrict Dialing is set, all
records on Redial, Dialed Calls and Sent
Address List are deleted.
・ Emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118
are available even when Restrict
Dialing is set.
・ If you change or delete the specified
number, the set restriction is canceled.
Cancel Restrict Dialing to edit or
delete.
Setting Entries as Secret
Prevent others from accessing certain
Phone Book entries by setting them as
secret data.
● Phone Book entries set as secret only
appear in Secret Mode or Secret Data
Only Mode (P. 4-8).
1 [Phone Book Entry Details]
window
u
Set Secret
d
■To Cancel Secret Setting
d
Release Secret
Tip
・ Phone Book entries saved in Secret
Mode or in Secret Data Only Mode are
automatically set as secret.
・ If a Phone Book entry that has been
saved to Tomo-Den is set as secret, the
entry is canceled from Tomo-Den.
Phone Book
・ Items that cannot be saved to USIM
Phone Book entries can be copied
between handset and USIM Card.
・ Phone Book entries set as secret cannot
1
i
d
Tools
USIM
d
Operation
Enter
d
Security Code
Note
Phone Book are not copied.
be copied.
・ You must end copying of Phone Book
entries to make/receive calls or
send/receive messages.
d
Phone →
USIM or USIM → Phone
d
d
Phone Book
2 Copy
3 Search Phone Book
4 Select an entry d
Repeat this step to specify other
entries.
5o
YES
d
More Features
Advanced
Creating Entries
● Save a Postal Code, Address & Memo
● Save Birthday
● Change Entry Number
( P. 2-33)
Phone Book Search
Change Index Tab of Phone Book Entry
List Window
● Change Font Size
● Change Phone Number/E-mail Address
Order
● Compose an S! Mail from Phone Book
● Compose an SMS Message from Phone
Book
( P. 2-34)
●
Managing Phone Book
Check Custom Ringtone/Image Settings
by Item
● Cancel Custom Ringtone/Image
Settings by Item
● Check Restriction Settings by Restriction
Type
● Cancel Restriction Settings by
Restriction Type
● Check Number of Phone Book Entries
● Edit a Phone Book Entry
● Copy a Phone Book Entry
● Delete Entries
● Delete Items from an Entry
● Delete an Entry from USIM Card
( P. 2-34)
●
2
Basic Operations
Managing USIM Phone
Book
Customize
Phone Book
● Set Preferred Search Method
● Change Group Name
( P. 14-16)
2-27
S! Addressbook Back-up
Overview
2
Basic Operations
Back up handset Phone Book to server.
● Separate subscription required.
● See SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website
(http://www.softbank.jp) for details.
Using S! Addressbook
Back-up
Synchronizing Phone
Book
Connect to Phone Book backed up on
server and bring it up to date with
handset’s Phone Book.
● The first time you synchronize will be in
Synchronize regardless of the setting.
● Synchronization can be any of the
following types.
Synchronize
Sync From
Client
Copy updated
information to server
Phone Book.
Sync From
Server
Copy update
information to
handset Phone Book.
Backup
Back up handset Phone
Book to server (note
that Server Phone Book
is deleted).
Restore
Restore server Phone
Book to handset (note
that handset Phone
Book is deleted).
1
d
Tools
S!
Addressbook Back-up
d
Security Code
3 Select type of
synchronization
Enter
d
d
YES
d
Synchronization starts.
Synchronization results appear
after completion.
4o
Checking Synchronize
Log
1 [S! Addressbook Back-up]
i
d
Synchronize handset
Phone Book and
server Phone Book.
Both Phone Books are
synced with the
newest information.
S! Addressbook Back-up Window
2-28
2 Start Sync
d
window
Sync Log
d
Select an item
S! Addressbook Back-up
More Features
Advanced
2
(
P. 2-36)
Customize
S! Addressbook Back-up
● Set Auto Synchronize
● Check Auto Synchronize Settings
( P. 14-16)
Basic Operations
S! Addressbook Back-up
● Delete Synchronize Log
2-29
Advanced Features
Main Menu
2
Desktop Icons
Start Here
Edit Title of a Desktop Icon
Basic Operations
【Main Menu】 .............................. P. 2-2
Change Main Menu Theme
【Main Menu】
d(
pattern
o
Select a
d)
YES or NO
Switch to Simple Menu
【Main Menu】 o
Simple
d
d
Menu
YES or NO
In Simple Menu, font size is larger and
menu options are limited to basic
ones.
Temporarily Change Design Theme
of Main Menu
【Main Menu】
o
theme
o
Select a
Next time you open Main Menu,
default Main Menu returns.
2-30
Delete Desktop Icons
d
Title
u
Select an icon
Edit
d
d
Enter title
Change Icon Image
d
u
Select an icon
CHG
d
Icon Image
Select Icon
d
Image
Select a folder
d
d
Select a file
To reset icon image, select Default
Icon Image and press d.
d
Select an icon
d
Delete
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
● To Select Delete selected
d
Delete selected
Select
d
o
d
icons
YES
● To Select Delete All
d
d
Delete All
YES
●
Reset Desktop Icons
d
Select an icon
d
Info Setting
u
Icon
Select an icon
d
YES
d
a position
d
u
Sort
v to select
Reset Desktop
d
d
Show/Hide Desktop Icons
d
Change Order of Desktop Icons
d
u
YES
Check Icon Information
d
u
o
d
Display Setting
Display always or Display at Use
d(
d)
When Display at Use is set, Desktop
Icons only appear when you press d
in Standby.
Advanced Features
Text Entry
Undo Last Operation
Input a Space
Start Here
【Text Entry】window ................ P. 2-12
Switch between Lower Case &
Upper Case
【Text Entry】window
u
Lower Case or Upper Case
d
u
Single-Byte or Double-Byte
【Text Entry】window
u
d
To Beginning or To
Jump
d
End
【Text Entry】window
Overwrite or Insert
d
u
d
Text entry windows always open in
Insert mode.
Functions While Entering Text
Insert Line Feed
Cycle Characters in Reverse Order
【Text Entry】window
r
character
Input a
【Text Entry】window
d
Space
u
Press j to add a space at the end of
text.
Move Cursor to Top/End of Text
Overwrite & Insert Modes
Switch between Single-byte &
Double-byte
【Text Entry】window
Press and
Use Dictionary
【Text Entry】window
u
Refer
d
d
Enter Word
Dic.
d
Enter word
Select a
d
dictionary
Select a word
d
Read descriptions of the word
●
2
Basic Operations
Functions Before Entering Text
【Text Entry】window
hold r
To Enter a Word from Search History
d
Reference History
d
Select a
Select a word
d
Select a word
dictionary
d
Read descriptions of the word
【Text Entry】window
w
Press g to add a space at the end of
text.
This procedure is available in 5-touch
mode.
2-31
Advanced Features
Quote Text
2
Basic Operations
【Text Entry】window
u
d
Quote Data
● To Quote from a Phone Book Entry
d
Quote Phonebook
Select a data
Search Phone Book
d
o
item to quote text from
● To Quote from Account Details
d
Account Details
Enter
d
Select a data
Security Code
d
o
item
● To Scan Text by Text Reader
d
Text Reader
Scan text
p
with camera
● To Scan Bar Code by Bar Code Reader
d
Bar Code Reader
Scan a
d
bar code with camera
Templates
Reset Templates
Start Here
【Templates (Common phrases)】
window ...................................... P. 2-17
【Templates List】window.......... P. 2-17
Edit a Folder Name
【Templates (Common phrases)】
u
Select a folder
window
d
Edit Folder Name
Enter
d
folder name
codes (P. 15-13)
2-32
Select
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
● To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
User entries are deleted, and
preinstalled templates return to default.
●
Dictionaries
Reset a Folder Name
Start Here
【Templates (Common phrases)】
u
window
Select a folder
d
d
YES
Reset Name
Use Kuten Codes
【Text Entry】window
u
d
Kuten Code
Enter kuten
【Templates List】window
u
a template
.................................................... P. 2-18
Own Dictionary
Edit Templates
【Templates List】window
u
a template
Edit
d
Edit phrase
【Own Dictionary】window ....... P. 2-17
【Downloaded Dictionary】window
Select
d
Edit Entries
【Own Dictionary】window
o
Edit word
Select an entry
d
d
Edit reading
Advanced Features
Delete Entries
View Information
d
● To Select Delete This
d
Delete This
YES
d
To Select Delete selected
d
Delete selected
Select
d
o
d
entries
YES
● To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
●
Downloaded Dictionaries
【Downloaded Dictionary】window
u
Select a dictionary
d
Dictionary Info
Delete Dictionaries
【Downloaded Dictionary】window
u
Select a dictionary
d
Delete
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
● To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
●
Edit Title
【Downloaded Dictionary】window
u
Select a dictionary
Edit
d
d
Title
Edit title
Save a Postal Code, Address &
Memo
【Phone Book Entry】window
d
or
Enter content
2
d
Save Birthday
【Phone Book Entry】
window
d
Enter date of birth
d
Basic Operations
【Own Dictionary】window
u
Select an entry
Delete
Creating Entries
Change Entry Number
【Phone Book Entry】window
d
Change entry number
d
Phone Book
Start Here
【Phone Book Entry】window.... P. 2-22
【Phone Book Entry List】window
.................................................... P. 2-23
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
.................................................... P. 2-23
【Phone Book Search】window
.................................................... P. 2-23
2-33
Advanced Features
Phone Book Search
Change Index Tab of Phone Book
Entry List Window
2
Basic Operations
【Phone Book Entry List】window
u
d
Change Display
Alphabet, Memory No. or Group
d
Change Font Size
【Phone Book Entry List】window or
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
u
d
Font Setting
Standard Font, Big Font or Small
d
Font
Change Phone Number/E-mail
Address Order
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
Select a phone number/e-mail
u
address
Move to Top
d
This procedure is available when more
than one phone number/e-mail address
is saved to a Phone Book entry.
Compose an S! Mail from Phone
Book
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
v to select an e-mail address
d
Compose S! Mail
Compose an SMS Message from
Phone Book
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
v to select a phone number
u
d
Compose SMS
Compose SMS message
2-34
Managing Phone Book
Check Custom Ringtone/Image
Settings by Item
【Phone Book Entry List】window
u
Ring Tone/Image
d
d
Select an item with “★“
u
Select an item with “★“
d
Check
Check Settings
settings of item
Cancel Custom Ringtone/Image
Settings by Item
【Phone Book Entry List】window
u
d
Ring Tone/Image
d
Select an item with “★“
u
Select an item with “★“
d
YES
Release Settings
d
Advanced Features
Check Restriction Settings by
Restriction Type
Edit a Phone Book Entry
a restriction type with “★ “
d
Check Settings
u
Cancel Restriction Settings by
Restriction Type
【Phone Book Entry List】window
u
d
Restrictions
d
Enter Security Code
Select
u
a restriction type with “★ “
d
Release Settings
YES
d
Check Number of Phone Book
Entries
【Phone Book Entry List】window
u
d
No. of Phone Book
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
u
d
Edit Phone Book
o
d
YES
Edit each item
To Save as a New Entry
d
Enter entry number
The edited entry is saved as a new entry
and the original entry remains the same
as before.
●
Copy a Phone Book Entry
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
u
Copy to USIM or Copy
d
d
YES
from USIM
【Phone Book Entry List】window
u
Select an entry
d
Delete Data
●
To Select Delete This
d
Delete This
●
To Select Delete selected
d
Delete selected
entries
d
o
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
d
YES
Code
d
YES
YES
d
Select
d
●
2
Basic Operations
【Phone Book Entry List】window
u
d
Restrictions
d
Enter Security Code
Select
Delete Entries
Enter Security
YES
d
Delete Items from an Entry
【Phone Book Entry Details】window
v to select an item
u
d
Delete Data
Delete Phone
No., Delete Mail Add., Delete
Address, Delete Birthday, Delete
Memorandums, Delete Image or
d
d
Delete This
YES
2-35
Advanced Features
Delete an Entry from USIM Card
i
d
Tools
USIM
d
Operation
Enter Security
d
d
Code
Delete
d
d
USIM
Phone Book
Search Phone Book
Select an
d
o
d
entry
YES
2
Basic Operations
S! Addressbook Back-up
Start Here
【S! Addressbook Back-up】window
.................................................... P. 2-28
Delete Synchronize Log
【S! Addressbook Back-up】window
d
u
Sync Log
Select Log
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
● To Select Delete selected
d
Delete selected
Select
d
o
d
Log
YES
● To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
●
2-36
Calling
Overview.............................................. 3-2
Voice Call.............................................. 3-3
Making Voice Calls....................................
International Calls.....................................
Answering Voice Calls...............................
Answering Machine ..................................
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-4
Video Call ............................................. 3-7
Video Call Window ................................... 3-7
Making Video Calls ................................... 3-7
Answering Video Calls .............................. 3-8
Call Logs ............................................. 3-10
Dialing from Call Logs ............................ 3-10
Call Time & Cost ...................................... 3-11
Speed Dial .......................................... 3-12
Abbreviated Dialing................................ 3-12
Dialing from Tomo-Den.......................... 3-12
Calling While Abroad
(Global Roaming) .............................. 3-13
Calling Japan and Other Countries ........ 3-13
Calling within the Same Country............ 3-13
Optional Services .............................. 3-14
Overview .................................................. 3-14
Advanced Features............................ 3-16
Outgoing Call Functions..........................
International Calls ...................................
Handling Incoming Calls .........................
Engaged Call Operations ........................
Answering Machine.................................
Call Logs ...................................................
Speed Dial ................................................
Optional Services .....................................
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-20
3
3-1
Overview
Voice call and video call are available on handset.
Voice Call
Video Call
Make Calls to:
Make Calls to:
3
Calling
SoftBank
Handsets
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
SoftBank Non-SoftBank Landlines
Handsets Mobile Phones
Other party must use a video call
compatible phone
Landlines
Emergency Calls
Your location is automatically reported to the
corresponding agency (police, etc.) when you
place emergency calls (110, 119, or 118) with
Softbank 3G handsets.
(Emergency Location Report)
830N reports Location Information based on
positioning signals from radio stations.
● Registration and transmission fees do not apply.
● Positioning accuracy is affected by location and
signal conditions. Always provide your location
and purpose on the phone.
● Location Information is not reported when
emergency calls are placed without Caller ID
(such as when the number is prefixed with
184). However, the corresponding agency may
obtain your Location Information in a life
threatening situation.
● Not available during international roaming.
Calling Abroad
from Japan
International Make/receive voice Global
Roaming
Call
and video calls.
Using Handset Abroad
Handset is Global Roaming
Service eligible.
(Prior application may be
required.)
• International phone service available • For details of service and eligible countries and regions, see
without separate application.
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (http://www.softbank.jp), or
contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P. 15-52).
3-2
Emergency calls are possible even while
some handset restrictions are active.
・ Restrict Dialing (P. 2-26)
・ Keypad Lock (P. 4-4)
・ Set Max Cost Limit (P. 14-19)
・ Emission OFF Mode (P. 4-7)
・ PIN1 Code Entry Set (P. 4-2)
Voice Call
Making Voice Calls
1
2r
・ Call ends when handset is closed.
Connect stereo earphone-microphone
to talk with handset closed.
Enter phone number
Available Keys during
Voice Calls
3y
Phone Number Entry Window
■Correcting Misentries
v to scroll cursor
Reenter
■Deleting Numbers
v to select a number
t
Press and hold t to delete all
numbers to the left of the selected
number.
■Deleting Phone Number
Press and hold t or y
c or press and hold
c
Hold Call
t
to end call
Tip
・ Always include the area code even
when dialing from the same area.
number(s)
Adjust Earpiece
Volume
Calling
Voice Call Window
3
・ When you hear a busy tone, the other
party is on another line.
・ When you hear a message saying that
the other party cannot be reached, the
other party’s mobile phone is off or is
out of signal range.
・ When you hear a message asking for
your caller ID, call again with your
number revealed.
・ After Display backlight turns off during
a call, if no keys are pressed for about
two minutes, Display goes off and
handset enters power saving mode
regardless of Lighting setting for
Backlight (P. 14-7). Handset can be
operated in power saving mode in the
same way as when Display is lit.
International Calls
International phone service available
without separate application.
1 Enter phone number
Int’l call
u
d
2 Select a country code
d
Select an international
d
r
prefix number
3 y to end call
3-3
Voice Call
Answering Voice Calls
1
2 y to end call
When a call arrives
3
r
Calling
Tip
・ Open handset to answer a call.
Answering Machine
Record caller’s messages on handset
when you are unable to answer voice
or video calls.
Tip
・ When Voice Mail or Call Forward is
activated, set a shorter ring time for
Answering Machine than that for Voice
Mail or Call Forward.
・ Answering Machine can be set or
canceled by pressing and holding Wt
in Standby.
・ Answering Machine is unavailable
when power is off, in a place with no
signal reception, or in Emission OFF
Mode. Use Voice Mail instead
(see P. 3-15).
● When a Call Arrives
Answering Machine activates after the
set ring time. Outgoing message plays,
and the caller’s voice/video message is
recorded.
Handset returns to Standby when
recording is complete. Answering
Machine notification and Display
indicator appear. The indicator shows
the number of messages.
Setting Answering
Machine
1
i
d
Settings
d
Incoming Call
Answering Machine
d
Select an
d
outgoing message
2 ON
3 Enter ring time
3-4
d
■To Answer Call during Recording
r
Voice Call
Playing Messages
1
d
or
Tip
・ Pressing Wt in Standby also plays
Select notification
recorded voice messages.
d
・ When there is a voice memo but no
voice message, the voice memo plays.
Menu:
Xi
Msg.
Play/Delete Voice Message Window
Items with a message recorded are
indicated by “ ★ .“
2 Select a message
d
■To Delete a Message While
Playing it
u
Erase
d
YES
Available Keys during
Playback
Play Next Message
a
Stop
d or t
Return a Voice Call
r
Return a Video Call
o
d
Tools
Xd
Xd
Play/Erase
Available Keys during
Video Message Playback
Play Previous/Next
Message
v or a
Adjust Volume
c
Pause/Play
d
Stop
t
Return a Voice Call
r
Return a Video Call
o
Activate Answering Machine when
unable to answer an incoming call.
Answering Machine setting returns,
after message is recorded.
1 When a call arrives
a
Answering Machine is activated
and starts recording.
3
Calling
・ To play voice messages from Main
Activate When Call
Arrives
Note
・ Answering Machine cannot be
activated when memory is full.
Tip
・ To play video messages from Main
Menu:
Xi
Msg.
Tools
Xd
Xd
Play/Erase VC
3-5
Voice Call
Answering Machine
● Delete Recorded Messages
More Features
(
Advanced
3
Calling
Outgoing Call Functions
● Show/Hide Caller ID
● Add Area Code and Country Code
(Prefix Numbers)
( P. 3-16)
International Calls
Enter “+“ to Call Abroad
●
(
P. 3-16)
Handling Incoming Calls
Reject Calls
● Place Calls on Hold
● Forward Calls
● Forward Calls to Voice Mail Center
( P. 3-16)
Engaged Call Operations
Handsfree
®
● Toggle Device (Handset and Bluetooth
Device)
● Make Other Party Clearer to Hear
(Hyper Clear Voice)
● Send Touch Tones
( P. 3-17)
3-6
P. 3-18)
Customize
Outgoing Calls
● Save Area Code and Country Code as
Prefix Numbers
● Save Touch Tones
● Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub Address
( P. 14-17)
Display Settings
● Set an Outgoing Call Image
(
●
●
●
P. 14-4)
International Calls
● Change International Access Code
Automatically Dialed with “+“
● Change a Country Code
● Save an International Access Code
( P. 14-17)
Incoming Call Alerts
● Adjust Ringtone Volume
● Set a Ringtone
● Set Vibration
● Set Illumination Color
● Set an Incoming Call Image
Show Phone Book Entry Images for
Incoming Calls
( P. 14-10)
Answering Incoming Calls
● Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any Key
● Set to Mute Ringtone by Pressing Any
Key
● Set to Answer Calls by Opening
Handset
( P. 14-12)
Call Settings
● Set Reconnection Tone
● Set Noise Reduction
● Set Weak Signal Alarm
● Set Clarity of Other Party Voice
● Automatically Record During Voice Call
● Set a Hold Message
( P. 14-18)
Video Call
■Deleting Phone Number
v to select the first or last
Press and hold t
number
Photo Mode Portrait
Photo Mode Scenery
Photo Mode Close-up
Video Call Window
Making Video Calls
1
2o
3
Calling
Main
window
Enter phone number
Call time
Video
call
settings
Sub
window
Video Call Indicators
Video Call Window
Hyper Clear Voice High
Hyper Clear Voice Low
Transmitting Audio
Transmission Failed
Transmitting Video
Transmission Failed
Sending Camera Image
Substitute Image
Handsfree ON
Handsfree OFF
Mute
3
Phone Number Entry Window
■Correcting Misentries
v to scroll cursor
y to end call
Tip
・ Always include the area code even
Reenter
number(s)
■Deleting Numbers
v to select a number
t
Press and hold t to delete all
numbers to the left of the selected
number.
when dialing from the same area.
・ Video calls made to emergency
numbers (110, 119 and 118) are
automatically switched to voice calls.
・ An error message with a possible cause
appears when a video call fails to be
connected.
・ Handset is unequipped with a front
camera. Image sent to other party is
substitute image or rear camera image.
3-7
Video Call
・ Charging may automatically stop or
3
Calling
camera image may switch to substitute
image if charging while making a video
call, depending on temperature and
handset usage (ex. also recording TV).
・ Call ends when handset is closed.
Connect stereo earphone-microphone
to talk with handset closed.
Available Keys during
Video Calls
Adjust
Earpiece
Volume
c or press and hold c
Hold Call
t
Toggle Main
Window
Images
Press and hold d to
toggle image as
follows: The other
party’s image → Your
image → The other
party’s image (sub
window off) → Your
image (sub window off)
1 When a video call arrives
Zoom In/Out v or press and hold v
Outgoing
Camera Image
Mute Audio
d
To cancel mute, press
again
3-8
Answering Video
Calls
r
2 y to end call
Tip
・ Open handset to answer a video call.
Video Call
Advanced
Handling Incoming Calls
Reject Calls
● Place Calls on Hold
● Forward Calls
●
Outgoing Calls
● Save Area Code and Country Code as
Prefix Numbers
● Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub Address
( P. 14-17)
Display Settings
● Set an Outgoing Call Image
(
●
P. 14-4)
Incoming Call Alerts
Adjust Ringtone Volume
● Set a Ringtone
● Set Vibration
● Set Illumination Color
● Set an Incoming Call Image
● Show Phone Book Entry Images for
Incoming Calls
( P. 14-10)
●
(
P. 3-16)
Engaged Call Operations
Handsfree
®
● Toggle Device (Handset and Bluetooth
Device)
● Set Image Quality
● Adjust Brightness
● Change White Balance
● Change Color Tone
● Change Photo Mode
● Backlight Lighting Time
( P. 3-17)
Set Weak Signal Alarm
Set a Hold Message
(
P. 14-18)
Video Calls
● Set an Image to be Sent during Video
Calls
● Redial Automatically as Voice Call When
Video Call Connection Fails
● Set an Image to Appear in Main
Window
● Automatically Switch to Handsfree
Mode in Video Calls
( P. 14-19)
3
Calling
Outgoing Call Functions
● Show/Hide Caller ID
● Add Area Code and Country Code
(Prefix Numbers)
( P. 3-16)
●
●
Customize
More Features
Answering Incoming Calls
● Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any Key
● Set to Answer Calls by Opening
Handset
( P. 14-12)
Call Settings
● Set Reconnection Tone
● Set Noise Reduction
3-9
Call Logs
Dialing from Call
Logs
3
Calling
Phone numbers and dates and times of
incoming and outgoing calls are saved
on handset as call logs. Access call logs
to return calls quickly.
International Video Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
International Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
1i
Packet Transmission
Redial/Received Calls
1
j or h
Dialed Calls Window
2 Select a record
r or o
■To Check Details of a Record
d
Select a record
Video Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
Redial Window
3-10
d
Own Data
d
Dialed Calls
Outgoing & Incoming Calls
Appears when outside the GMT+09
time zone.
Time appears in summer time when
summer time is set.
The following indicators appear in
Redial, Dialed Calls and Received Calls
windows.
Voice Calls
Outgoing & Incoming
Missed
Unchecked Missed
r or o
■To Check Details of a Record
d
Select a record
Dialed Calls
Answering Machine
Voice Messages
Video Messages
Call Log Indicators
2 Select a record
Received Calls Window
Call Logs
Checking Number of
Missed Calls
1
i
Own Data
Received Calls
Customize
Tip
・ Use indicated call times and costs only
d
d
2 All Calls or Missed Calls
d
More Features
Advanced
Call Time & Cost
Check the total and last call times and
costs.
Call cost and cost limit may be
unavailable depending on your
subscription.
Redial, Dialed Calls & Received Calls
● Change Font Size
● Show Ring Time (Missed Calls)
● Delete Records
( P. 3-18)
Checking Call Logs
● Change Colors of Names, Phone
Numbers and E-mail Addresses in Call
and Message Log Windows
( P. 14-14)
3
Calling
The total number of incoming
calls, number of missed calls, and
number of unchecked missed calls
appear.
as a guide. The actual call time and cost
may be different. Your handset may
not indicate call costs depending on
the service you subscribe. Indicated
costs do not include consumption tax.
・ When the last or total call time exceeds
199 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds,
counting restarts from zero seconds.
Incoming Call Alerts
● Open Missed Calls Window by Opening
Handset
( P. 14-10)
Call Costs
● Set Auto Reset of Total Call Cost
● Set/Cancel a Maximum Call Cost Limit
( P. 14-18)
Call Time & Cost
Reset Total Call Time
● Reset Total Call Cost
●
1
i
Settings
Time/Charge
d
Data
d
d
Call
Call
(
P. 3-19)
3-11
Speed Dial
Abbreviated Dialing
3
Calling
Just press a number key from 0 to
9 and then r to call Phone Book
entries with entry numbers 000 to 009.
● If a Phone Book entry has more than
one phone number, handset dials the
first number.
1
0 to 9
Saving Entries to Tomo-Den
1
r
1r
2 v to select an entry
CALL, MAIL or VIDEO CALL
d
r or o
Dialing from TomoDen
Save frequently accessed Phone Book
entries to Tomo-Den to quickly make
calls or send messages.
● Tomo-Den is unavailable in Secret Data
Only Mode.
● Although Tomo-Den is available in
Secret Mode, secret Phone Book entries
cannot be saved to Tomo-Den.
■To Send an S! Mail to All Tomo-
Tomo-Den Window
o
2 v to select a tab
Search Phone Book
d
an entry
Select
3 Select a phone number or
e-mail address
d
When a checkbox is selected, other
numbers/addresses become grayed
and cannot be selected. To select
another number/address, first
cancel the currently selected
checkbox.
4o
3-12
Dialing/Sending
Messages from TomoDen
Den Entries
u
Broadcast Mail
Compose S! Mail
d
More Features
Advanced
Speed Dial
● Cancel Entries from Tomo-Den
● Change Tomo-Den Entry Image
( P. 3-19)
Calling While Abroad (Global Roaming)
Calling within the
Same Country
1
Enter phone number with
r
area code
・ Do not omit “0“ from area code.
・ Country code not required.
More Features
Customize
Global Roaming
● Set Operator
● Activate Network Re-search for an
Available Operator
● Set Priority for Operators
● Show Operator Name While Roaming
( P. 14-20)
3
Calling
Make calls while overseas.
● Global Roaming Service may require
prior application. Details and
applications are available online at
http://www.softbank.jp
or by contacting SoftBank Customer
Center, General Information (P. 15-52).
● 830N is compatible with 3G networks.
Transmission is unavailable in
GSM/GPRS areas.
Calling Japan and Other
Countries
1
Press and hold 0
“+“ is entered.
2 Enter country code and
phone number with area
code (excluding the first “0“)
r
Tip
・ Do not omit the first “0“ from area
code when calling Italy.
3-13
Optional Services
Overview
Caller ID
Select whether to show or
hide your number when
making calls.
The following services are available
with your handset.
* Separate application is required.
Call
Forward
Activating Call Forward
3
Calling
Voice
Mail
Forward calls to a preset
phone number.
Forward calls to Voice Mail
Center when unable to
answer a call.
Missed Call Notification
Notification (SMS) arrives for
missed calls while handset
was off, out of range or
engaged, etc.
<Example> Forward calls to a specified
number after a set ring
time
1
i
d
Settings
Optional Services d
d
Voice Mail/Divert
Call
Place the current call on hold
Waiting* to answer another incoming
call. Talk with two parties
alternately.
Group
Calling*
Call
Barring
3-14
Call others during a call and
talk with multiple parties
simultaneously.
Select whether to restrict
incoming and outgoing calls
and SMS.
Voice Mail/Divert Window
d
YES
Voice/Video Calls,
Voice Calls or Video Calls
d
Enter phone
d
number
2 Divert ON
d
■To Search from Phone Book
c to select a search method
d
Search Phone Book
Select
d
Select a phone
an entry
d (twice)
number
3 No Answer
ring time
d
Select a
d
■To Forward Calls Immediately
d
Always
Tip
・ If No Answer is set, press Wr to
answer incoming call before the call is
forwarded. If Always is set, handset
does not ring/vibrate and all calls are
forwarded to the preset number.
・ Call Forward and Voice Mail cannot be
set simultaneously. Call Forward for
video calls is only available with Voice
Mail.
・ If you activate Call Forward when Voice
Mail has already been set, Voice Mail is
canceled.
Optional Services
Activating Voice Mail
<Example> Forward calls to Voice Mail
Center after a set ring time
1
2 No Answer
ring time
d
Select a
d
SMS notification informs you of missed
calls while handset was off, out of
range, engaged, etc.
1
Follow voice guidance.
● To Play Messages
1
■To Forward Calls to Voice Mail
Center Immediately
d
Always
Tip
・ If No Answer is set, press Wr to
answer incoming call before the call is
forwarded to Voice Mail Center. If
Always is set, handset does not
ring or vibrate and all calls are
forwarded to Voice Mail Center.
・ Voice Mail and Call Forward cannot be
set simultaneously. Voice Mail is only
available with Call Forward for video
calls.
・ If you activate Voice Mail when Call
Forward has already been set, Call
Forward is canceled.
1414r
[Voice Mail/Divert] window
d
Play Messages
d
YES
Canceling Call Forward &
Voice Mail
1
[Voice Mail/Divert] window
Voice Mail/Divert OFF
d
d
YES
More Features
Advanced
Call Forward & Voice Mail
● Delete Icons for Notifying Recorded
Messages
●
Check Current Setting Status
(
P. 3-20)
Call Waiting
● Set Call Waiting
● Answer Incoming Calls during Calls
● Check Current Setting Status
( P. 3-20)
Group Calling
Hold Current Call to Make Another Call
● Switch Parties
● Talk with Multiple Parties
Simultaneously
● Talk with a Specific Party
● End Call with a Specific Party
( P. 3-20)
●
3
Calling
[Voice Mail/Divert] window
d
Voice Mail ON
d
YES
● Missed Call Notification
Call Barring
Restrict Incoming/Outgoing Calls & SMS
● Cancel Call Barring
● Change Network Password
● Check Current Setting Status
( P. 3-21)
●
Caller ID
Show/Hide Phone Number
● Check Current Setting Status
(
●
P. 3-22)
3-15
Advanced Features
Outgoing Call Functions
International Calls
Show/Hide Caller ID
Enter “+“ to Call Abroad
Enter phone number
d
Notify Caller ID
d
or Cancel Prefix
Press and hold 0
Enter
country code
Enter area code
r
Enter phone number
d
Dial
3
u
Calling
OFF, ON
r or o
Alternatively, enter “186“ before the
phone number to show your number,
or “184“ to hide your number.
Show/hide Caller ID each time you dial
from Phone Book or call logs (Redial,
Dialed Calls or Received Calls).
Add Area Code and Country Code
(Prefix Numbers)
u
Enter phone number
d
Prefix Numbers
Select an
d
r or o
item
Store area codes and country codes
beforehand. Enter prefixes before
making calls.
Add prefix from Phone Book entry,
Redial, Dialed Calls or Received Calls
windows.
0046010 is set to 国際発信 by default.
3-16
Forward Calls
“+“ appears when you press and hold
0, indicating that the international
code set in Auto Int’l Call Set. is
entered.
Handling Incoming Calls
Reject Calls
When a call arrives
d
Rejection
u
Call
Place Calls on Hold
When a call arrives
r
answer call
y
To
Press y again to end the call on
hold.
When a call arrives
d
Forwarding
u
Call
This procedure is available when Call
Forward has been activated from Voice
Mail/Divert window.
Voice Calls
Forward Calls to Voice Mail Center
When a call arrives
d
Forwarding
u
Call
This procedure is available when Voice
Mail has been activated from Voice
Mail/Divert window.
Advanced Features
Engaged Call Operations
Start Here
【Voice Call】window ................... P. 3-3
【Video Call】window................... P. 3-7
Handsfree
【Voice Call】window/【Video Call】
o
d
window
YES
Press o again to cancel handsfree
mode.
Toggle Device (Handset and
Bluetooth® Device)
【Voice Call】window/【Video Call】
u
window
Bluetooth/Phone
d
Video Calls
Set Image Quality
【Voice Call】window/【Video Call】
p
window
Press p to toggle setting
High,
OFF or
Low.
Not available when handsfree is On or
when an external device (ex. stereo
earphone-microphone (sold
separately) is connected.
Voice Calls
Send Touch Tones
【Voice Call】window
i (twice)
d
d
Settings
Dialing
d (twice)
Pause Dial
●
Each time you press r, a touch tone
sequence until “p“ (pause) is sent.
Save touch tones in advance
(P. 14-17).
To send touch tones all at once:
Press and hold j
Send at one
d
time
【Video Call】window
u
d
V. Call Settings
Visual
d
Prefer.
Select an item
d
3
Calling
Voice & Video Calls
Make Other Party Clearer to Hear
(Hyper Clear Voice)
Adjust Brightness
【Video Call】window
d
V. Call Settings
d
Select a level
u
Brightness
d
Available when sending camera
image.
Change White Balance
【Video Call】window
u
d
V. Call Settings
White
d
Balance
Select an item
d
Available when sending camera
image.
3-17
Advanced Features
Change Color Tone
3
Calling
【Video Call】window
u
d
V. Call Settings
Color
d
Mode Set
Select an item
d
Available when sending camera
image.
Start Here
Start Here
【Play/Delete Voice Message】window
...................................................... P. 3-5
Delete Recorded Messages
u
window
Select a message
Delete This, Delete Rec. Msg. or
d
d
Delete All
YES
d
Available when sending camera
image.
Backlight Lighting Time
【Video Call】window
u
d
Display Light
All Time ON
d
or Same as Backlight
3-18
Call Logs
【Play/Delete Voice Message】
Change Photo Mode
【Video Call】window
u
d
V. Call Settings
Photo
d
Mode
Select a mode
Answering Machine
Selecting Delete All also deletes a
voice memo if it has been saved.
【Redial】window........................ P. 3-10
【Dialed Calls】window .............. P. 3-10
【Received Calls】window .......... P. 3-10
Redial, Dialed Calls & Received
Calls
Change Font Size
【Redial】window,【Dialed Calls】
window or【Received Calls】
u
window
Font Setting
d
Standard Font, Big Font or
d
Small Font
Show Ring Time (Missed Calls)
【Received Calls】window
d
Ring Time
u
Advanced Features
Delete Records
Call Time & Cost
Speed Dial
Start Here
【Redial】window,【Dialed Calls】
window or【Received Calls】
u
d
window
Delete
i
d
Settings
d
Call Time/Charge
Reset
d
Total
Enter Security Code
d
Reset Total Duration
d
d
YES
【Tomo-Den】window ................ P. 3-12
Cancel Entries from Tomo-Den
【Tomo-Den】window
v to
u
select a tab
Release This
d(
or Release All
Enter
d)
d
Security Code
YES
3
Calling
Delete Selected Entry
d
d
Delete This
YES
● Select Entries to Delete
d
Delete selected
Select
d
o
d
records
YES
● Delete All Entries
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
Selecting Delete All in Redial window
or Dialed Calls window deletes all
records from both Redial and Dialed
Calls.
●
Reset Total Call Time
Reset Total Call Cost
i
d
Settings
d
Call Time/Charge
Reset
d
Total
Enter Security Code
d
d
Reset Total Cost
d
d
YES
Enter PIN2
Change Tomo-Den Entry Image
【Tomo-Den】window
v to
u
d
select a tab
Image
d
Select a folder
Select
d
an image
3-19
Advanced Features
Optional Services
Answer Incoming Calls during
Calls
Start Here
3
【Voice Mail/Divert】window .... P. 3-14
【Voice Call】window ................... P. 3-3
Calling
Call Forward & Voice Mail
Delete Icons for Notifying
Recorded Messages
Call
r
Press d to toggle between two
parties.
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Call Waiting
d
d
Get Status
Check Current Setting Status
Get
Hold Current Call to Make Another
Call
waiting tone sounds
Check Current Setting Status
【Voice Mail/Divert】window
d
d
Erase Icon
YES
【Voice Mail/Divert】window
d
Status
【Voice Call】window
Group Calling
【Voice Call】window
Enter phone number
t
r
To dial from Phone Book, press u
d, search Phone
Phone Book
Book, select a number and then press
r.
To dial from Dialed/Received Calls,
d or u
Redial
press u
d to select a
Received Calls
phone number or name and then press
r.
Switch Parties
Call Waiting
Set Call Waiting
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Call Waiting
d
d
ON or OFF
YES
d
3-20
【Voice Call】window
d
Press d to toggle parties.
Advanced Features
Talk with Multiple Parties
Simultaneously
【Voice Call】window
While
u
Talk with a Specific Party
【Voice Call】window
While
u
talking with multiple parties
d
Select Ans. Call
Select
d
a party
The other parties are placed on hold
while talking with the selected party.
End Call with a Specific Party
【Voice Call】window
While
u
talking with multiple parties
d
Select Disc Call
Select a
d
party
Cancel Call Barring
Restrict Incoming/Outgoing Calls
& SMS
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Call Barring
d
d
Cancel All Barring
d
YES
Enter Network
d
Password
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Call Barring
d
Outgoing Calls or Incoming
d
d
Calls
Select an item
d
YES
Enter Network
d
Password
Emergency numbers 110, 119 and
118 are available even when Call
Barring is set.
When Bar All Outgoing Calls or Bar
All Incoming Calls is set for Call
Barring, Call Forward is unavailable
(When Call Forward is set, Call Barring
is unavailable).
If Network Password is incorrectly
entered three times consecutively, Call
Barring settings are locked. Network
Password and Center Access Code
must be changed. For details, contact
SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information (P. 15-52).
Change Network Password
3
Calling
talking with one party
d
Join Multi Party
Call Barring
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Call Barring
d
d
Set NW Password
d
YES
Enter current
d
Network Password
Enter
d
new Network Password
Enter new Network Password
d
again for confirmation
Check Current Setting Status
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Call Barring
d
d
Get Status
Select an
d
item
3-21
Advanced Features
Caller ID
Show/Hide Phone Number
3
Calling
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Caller ID
d
Notification
d
Activate/Deactivate
ON
d
d
or OFF
YES
Check Current Setting Status
i
d
Settings
Optional
d
Services
Caller ID
d
Notification
Get Status
d
3-22
Security
PIN Settings.......................................... 4-2
Setting Secret Data ............................. 4-8
Setting PIN1 Entry ..................................... 4-2
Changing PIN1/PIN2 .................................. 4-2
Secret Mode & Secret Data Only Mode.... 4-8
Hiding Handset Data ................................. 4-8
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset
Use ........................................................ 4-3
Activating Dial Lock ..................................
Setting Original Lock ................................
Disabling Keypad ......................................
Using Secure Remote Lock .......................
Using IC Card Authentication...................
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming
Calls ...................................................... 4-7
Rejecting Calls without Caller ID..............
Rejecting Calls from Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book .........................
Delaying Ringtone for Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book .........................
Emission OFF Mode...................................
4
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-1
PIN Settings
Setting PIN1 Entry
Changing PIN1/PIN2
Set to require PIN1 entry each time
handset is turned on.
4
1
Security
i
Settings
d
Security
d
Setting
d
ON
d
d
ON before changing PIN1.
1
PIN
2 Enter Security Code
3 PIN1 Code Entry Set
● PIN1 Code Entry Set must be set to
d
Enter PIN1
d
i
Settings
d
Security
d
Setting
d
PIN
2 Enter Security Code d
3 Change PIN1 Code or
Change PIN2 Code
d
4 Enter current PIN1/PIN2
d
5 Enter new PIN1/PIN2
Enter new PIN1/PIN2
again for confirmation
4-2
d
d
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
Activating Dial Lock
Prevent others from operating
handset.
1
i
Settings
Security d
d
d
Tip
even when Dial Lock is activated:
– Power on/off
– Calling emergency numbers 110, 119
and 118
– Answering incoming voice/video calls
Canceling Dial Lock
Enter Security Code
・ If Security Code is incorrectly entered five
d
If incorrect Security Code is
entered, press r and enter
correct Security Code.
4
Setting Original Lock
Prevent others from accessing handset
functions/data (e.g. Phone Book, Mail,
etc.) that contain personal
information. Original Locks can be
customized.
● For IC Card Lock and Call Remote Lock,
see P. 11-4.
Activating Original Lock
1
i
Settings
d
Security
Lock Window
3 Original Lock (High) Original Lock (Low)
d
Functions/data specified under the
selected lock type are locked.
■To Edit Title
d
Lock
Security
d
・ The following operations are possible
1
d
times, handset powers off. Turn handset
power on and enter correct Security
Code.
Lock
2 Enter Security Code
3 Dial Lock d
2 Enter Security Code
Tip
d
u
Select an Original Lock
d
Edit title
Edit Title
d
● When Original Lock is Set
Security Code entry is requested when
accessing a locked function or data.
Enter Security Code to unlock and
access function/data. Setting returns
when handset returns to Standby.
● Dial/Sending Mail and
Incoming/Mail Disp. cannot be
unlocked temporarily.
4-3
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
Customizing Original
Lock
Select functions/data to lock.
● Indicators
Selected functions/data locked.
All functions/data locked.
4
1
Security
[Lock] window
Select an
o
Original Lock
Lock
d
Function is locked. Press d again
to deselect. Repeat to select the
function to lock.
■To Select All Functions
u
d
Select All
■To Deselect All Functions
u
d
Release All
[Lock] window
Select an
o
Original Lock
2 Select a category (
Select a group)
d
Select All
Data
1
● Lock All Group
● Lock Category or Group
● Select and Lock Functions or
2 Select a category d
3 Select a group d
4 Select functions or data to
4-4
5 o (three times)
d
u
■To Cancel Lock for Category or
Group
u
3o(
Release All
d
o)
● Lock All Categories
1
[Lock] window
Select an
o
Original Lock
2u
Select All
d
■To Cancel Lock for All Categories
u
d
Release All
3o
1 [Lock] window
Original Lock
Select an
o
2 Select a category
3 u Select All
d
d
■To Cancel Lock for All Group
u
d
Release All
4 o (twice)
Disabling Keypad
Set Keypad Lock to automatically lock
handset keys when handset is closed or
when handset is not operated for a
certain period of time.
Setting Keypad Lock
1i
Settings
d
Security
d
Lock
d
Keypad
2 Enter Security Code
d
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
3 After Closed or Timer
d
Select an item
d
o
■To Lock When Handset Closed
d
d
After Closed
ON
■To Lock After Handset Closed a
Select time until
d
■To Lock by Pressing and Holding a
d
d
Lock Key
ON
Pressing and holding a with
handset closed activates lock.
■To Require Security Code to Cancel
Keypad Lock
Security Code
d
YES
d
4
o
● When Keypad Lock is Set
are available even when Keypad Lock
is set.
Temporarily Unlocking
Keypad Lock
● When Security Code is YES
1
When Keypad Lock is set
d
Enter Security Code
● When Security Code is NO
1
Open handset
Using Secure Remote
Lock
If your handset is lost, lock handset
functions remotely from a PC or other
mobile phones. Once the lock is set, all
key operations are disabled except for
turning the power on. For details, visit
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website
(http://www.softbank.jp), or access My
SoftBank from your handset by the
following procedure:
p
メニューリスト (Menu List)
d
d
My SoftBank
4
Security
Certain Time
d
Timer
lock activates
Tip
・ Emergency numbers 110, 119 and 118
Alternatively, press and hold a.
Tip
・ Alternatively, press Xp, or close and
reopen handset.
All key operations are disabled, except
for answering incoming calls and
turning power on/off.
When a call arrives or the alarm is
activated,
appears at the bottom of
Display to indicate some keys are
operable.
4-5
Prohibiting Unauthorized Handset Use
Using IC Card
Authentication
4
Security
Hold a FeliCa compatible contactless IC
card over handset to authenticate the user
ID without canceling Dial Lock or Keypad
Lock, or without entering a code number.
● IC Card Authentication is available even
when IC Card Lock is activated.
● Register up to two contactless IC cards.
Activating IC Card
Authentication
1
i Settings
d
Security d IC Card
Authentic. d Enter
Security Code d
IC Card Authentication Window
4-6
2 ON
d
OK
d
■To Activate Registered IC Card
ON d
■To Deactivate Authentication
d
d
OFF
YES or NO
Select YES to delete or NO not to
delete all registered IC Card data.
■To Register IC Card
u
New Ext. IC Card
d
■To Delete IC Card Registration
u
d
Del. Ext. IC Card
d
o
Select IC Card to delete
YES d
3 IC Card over handset e
mark
Once registered, the
disappears.
on Display
Prohibiting Outgoing/Incoming Calls
Rejecting Calls
without Caller ID
Incoming calls from hidden and/or
unidentified numbers can be rejected.
1
4
d
Settings
d
Security
Call
d
Setting W/O ID
d
Enter Security Code
Unknown, Payphone or
d
User Unset
d
Reject
■To Receive Incoming Calls
d
Accept
Select Ring
d
Tone or Select Calling Disp.
d
Select type
Select a
d
folder
Select a ringtone
d
or image
■To Receive Incoming Calls
d
Accept
・ This procedure is unavailable when Set
Mute Seconds under Ring Time (sec.) is
set to ON (P. 4-7).
Delaying Ringtone for Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book
Delay ringtone, for calls from numbers
not saved in Phone Book. It can
prevent you from accidentally
returning calls to nuisance calls from
Received Calls; as missed calls with very
short ring times are not saved in
Received Calls, when Missed Calls
Display is set to Not Display.
● This procedure is unavailable when
Reject Unknown is set to Reject.
1
i
d
Settings
d
Security
Reject
d
Unknown
d
Enter Security Code
2
2
■To Set Zero Seconds
d
OFF
3 Missed Calls Display
i
d
Settings
d
Incoming Call
d
Ring Time (sec.)
Set Mute Seconds d
d
ON
Enter time
before ringtone plays
d
Display or Not Display
Note
Rejecting Calls from Numbers
Not Saved in Phone Book
1
d
d
Tip
・ Secret Phone Book entries are also
treated as not saved in Phone Book.
・ You need not to specify a time when
OFF is selected.
Emission OFF Mode
4
Security
2
3
i
3 Reject
The following are prohibited in
Emission OFF Mode:
・ Incoming/Outgoing Calls
・ Incoming/Outgoing Messages
・ Yahoo! Keitai Access
1i
d
Settings
d
Security
Emission
d
OFF Mode
YES
d
Repeat procedure to cancel
Emission OFF Mode.
Tip
・ Emergency numbers (110, 119 and
118) are available even in Emission OFF
Mode.
4-7
Setting Secret Data
Secret Mode & Secret
Data Only Mode
4
Security
Activate Secret Mode/Secret Data Only
Mode to view secret Phone Book
entries, secret Schedule events and
secret files.
Secret Mode: View all data and secret
data.
Secret Data Only Mode: Only secret
data is available for Phone Book and
Schedule, although all data and secret
data can be viewed for images, mail,
and bookmarks.
Activating Secret Mode
& Secret Data Only Mode
1
i
d
Settings
d
Security
Secret
Mode or Secret Data Only
d
Mode
2 Enter Security Code
4-8
d
Canceling Secret Mode &
Secret Data Only Mode
1
In Standby, y
Hiding Handset Data
Files stored in Secret Folders are
accessible only when Secret Mode or
Secret Data Only Mode is activated.
● The following data can be stored in
Secret Folders: Images, videos, received
and sent messages, and bookmarks of
Yahoo! Keitai and PC Browser.
● Data saved on memory card or USIM
Card cannot be stored in Secret Folders.
● Each Secret Folder of Data Folder has a
fixed storage capacity as follows:
・ My Picture: Approx. 2 MB
・ Videos: Approx. 10 MB
Storing Data in Secret
Folders
1
Set handset to Secret Mode
or Secret Data Only Mode
2 In a data list window
u
Select a data item
d
Keep in Secret
Returning Data in Secret
Folders to Ordinary Data
1 Set handset to Secret Mode
or Secret Data Only Mode
2 In a data folder list window
Secret
d
3 Select a data item
Put Out
u
d
4 Select a destination folder
d
Tip
・ Functions available with Secret Folder
data are limited.
Mail
Overview.............................................. 5-2
Sending Messages ............................... 5-3
Sending S! Mail ......................................... 5-3
Sending SMS Messages ............................. 5-5
Receiving & Opening Messages ......... 5-7
Opening New Messages ...........................
Opening Inbox Messages..........................
Replying to Messages ...............................
Using Mail List ...........................................
5-7
5-7
5-8
5-8
Handling Messages ........................... 5-10
Message Storage Locations ....................
Opening Sent & Received Messages ......
Sorting Messages ....................................
Using Tomomato-Mail ............................
Prohibiting Access to Messages..............
Saving S! Mail Attachments ...................
5-10
5-10
5-12
5-12
5-13
5-14
5
Advanced Features ............................ 5-16
Sending Messages ................................... 5-16
Receiving/Opening Messages ................. 5-20
Managing/Using Messages ..................... 5-21
5-1
Overview
Handset supports S! Mail and SMS.
Available Mail Services
Send S! Mail messages to phone
numbers and e-mail addresses.
SMS
Exchange short text messages with other
SoftBank handsets.
5
Mail
SoftBank
Handsets
Server
Handset
Customize Handset E-mail Address.
Effective for blocking spam.
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
Server
5-2
Graphic Mail
Use HTML mail to change font size/color, background,
etc.
Emotion-Expressing Mail
● If recipient’s handset is turned off or
out of range, sent message is stored
on the server up to 30 days until the
recipient’s handset becomes available.
Exchange long text messages with S! Mail
compatible SoftBank handsets and other
(Separate e-mail compatible mobile phones and
contract PCs. Images and melodies can also be
required) attached to S! Mail.
S! Mail
Based on sender’s message, handset shows a pictogram
matching the sender’s mood.
PCs
Sending Messages
1
Attaching Files
Tip
Sending S! Mail
・ Add up to 20 recipients total between
To, Cc and Bcc fields.
Press and hold o
4 Select text field
Enter text
d
d
Composition Window
Videos
Music (Songs)
Widget
Account Details
To Do List
1 [Composition] window
Attach File
d
Select address field
d
Enter
Select address field
d
Enter address
Address
o
Enter subject
・
・
・
・
・
melody and music files, see P. 12-2.
d
■Adding Recipients
Text Entry Window
5o
■To Cancel Transmission
3 Select Subject field
Images
Melodies
Books
Phone Book entries
Schedule
Bookmarks
● For information about image, video,
d
Enter Address
d
Enter address
d
・
・
・
・
・
・
d
d
If
(double-byte mode) appears,
switch to single-byte mode
(P. 2-31).
When Start Packet Connection
d; or
appears
p
During Transmission
■If Resend mail? Appears
d
YES
2 Select a file type
u
5
Mail
2 Select address field
Attach the following files to S! Mail:
d
d
(
Enter Security Code
d)
d
Select a file
■Images with Large File Size
Attach Mail, QVGA Scale down
d
or VGA Scale down
■Attach Additional Files
Repeat steps 1 and 2 above
■Open an Attached File
d
Select an attached file
5-3
Sending Messages
・ Copy protected files cannot be sent as
attachments or output to external
devices.
Mail
Create html messages to change font
color/size and background color. Add
scrolling text, paste images, etc.
<Example> Change font size,
background color, insert an
image and set flashing text.
1
2
r
[Text Entry] window
d
Select a font
d
d
size
Enter text
d
b to select a
d
background color
■To Toggle Color Palettes
In Background color window
o
Toggle between 25-color and 256color palettes.
5-4
Select a folder
Select an image
d
d
■Inserting Images with Large File Size
Insert Mail or SubQCIF Scale
d
down
Graphic Mail
5
d
3
Note
d
4
Enter text
d
5u
d
d (twice)
d
Adding Addresses to
Blog/Mail Member List
Group addresses into Blog/Mail
Member list to upload blog images
and send messages by group.
● Set one Blog/Mail Member as a blog
upload destination.
1i
d
Own Data
d
Blog/Mail Member
d
Blog/Mail Member List
■To Specify as Blog Upload
Destination
p
Select Blog/Mail Member
Blog/Mail Member “★ “ specified
as upload destination appears.
■To Cancel Blog Upload Destination
Select Blog/Mail Member with
“★ “
p
Sending Messages
2 Select a Blog/Mail Member
list
d
Sending SMS Messages
Send short text messages to SoftBank
handsets, specifying phone numbers as
address.
1
o
Compose SMS
d
Blog/Mail Member Window
address
d
o
Enter
SMS Composition Window
■To Save an Address from Phone
Book or Sent/Received Address List
u
<Not Stored>
Lookd
Phone Book,
up Address
Sent Address or Received Address
d
Select an address
d (twice)
d
2
Enter Address
Enter phone
d
number
3
4o
d
d
Enter text
d
Advanced
Composing Messages
● Enter Address from Phone Book
● Enter Address from Sent/Received
Address List
● Specify Blog/Mail Member List
Recipients
● Set To, Cc or Bcc
● Delete an Address
● Insert Header/Signature
● Enter My Pictograms
● Delete Text
● Change SMS Message to S! Mail
( P. 5-16)
5
Mail
3 <Not Stored>
More Features
Sending Messages
Set Priority (S! Mail)
● Server Storage Period (SMS)
● Check Delivery
● Save a Message to Draft without
Transmitting It
● Delete a Message without Transmitting
It
( P. 5-17)
●
5-5
Sending Messages
Attaching Files
● Shoot an Image/Video to Attach to
S! Mail
● Delete Files Attached to S! Mail
( P. 5-18)
Blog/Mail Member
Edit an Address
● Delete Addresses from a Blog/Mail
Member List
● Edit a Blog/Mail Member List Name
● Reset a Blog/Mail Member List Name
( P. 5-18)
●
5
Mail
Graphic Mail
Apply Effects to Entered Text
● Change Effects
● Cancel Last Applied Effect
● Preview Graphic Mail
● Cancel All Effects
● Create Graphic Mail Automatically
● Save Graphic Mail as a Template
● Download Templates
● Create Graphic Mail from a Template
● Edit a Template
● Edit Title of a Template
● Delete Templates
( P. 5-18)
●
5-6
Customize
S! Mail Settings
● Edit Header/Signature
● Insert Header/Signature Automatically
● Set to Check Delivery
( P. 14-21)
SMS Settings
● Set to Check Delivery
● Set Server Storage Period of SMS
Messages
● Set SMS Input Language
( P. 14-21)
Receiving & Opening Messages
Opening New
Messages
Urgent
Love
Try Hard
Hate
Invitation
Happy
Feedback
Angry
Request
Sad
Announcement
Fun
OK
Surprise
Reply
Question
Information
Opening Inbox
Messages
1o
Inbox
d
5
Folder List
2 Select a folder
d
appears if message content does not
match any of the above moods or
information.
1
[Received Result] window
d
Mail
2 Select a message
Indicator
Advice
Mail
Received Result window opens for new
messages.
By default, complete S! Mail messages
(including attachments) are
automatically retrieved. Transmission
fees apply, depending on your
subscription plan. While traveling
abroad, message retrieval may incur
high transmission fees.
● Emotion-Expressing Mail
When an S! Mail is received, a
pictogram matching the message
content appears.
If a message contains a specific
keyword, a corresponding indicator
appears (P. 14-22).
● Indicators
d
Tip
Message List
・ Alternatively open new messages from
desktop notification.
・ Indicator may not always correspond to
message content.
Received Result Window
5-7
Receiving & Opening Messages
3 Select a message
d
Replying to
Messages
1
Using Mail List
[Inbox Message List]
window Select a message
d
o
■When Original Message Has
5
Mail
Multiple Recipients
To Sender or To All
Message Window
■To Check Previous/Next Message
v
Tip
・ Use Xk or Xl to scroll.
・ Some attachments may require
content keys to open/play the file.
2 Edit subject/text
1o
d
Server Mail
d ( YES
Mail List
d)
d
o
Replying (Quote
Message)
1
[Inbox Message List]
window Select a message
d
p
2 Edit subject/text
Mail List
u
d
Message Receive
d
Receive This
2 Select a message
o
Tip
・ Attachments are automatically deleted
from reply messages.
・ Quoting text is only available for
S! Mail replies.
5-8
Retrieve Mail List and select messages
to download or forward.
■To Receive Multiple Messages
u
d
Message Receive
d
Receive Selected
d
o
Select messages
Receiving & Opening Messages
■To Receive All Messages
u
Message Receive
d
Receive All
d
Tip
・ If download fails while retrieving all
Advanced
Receiving Messages
● Manually Retrieve Messages
messages, download is canceled.
・ When there is only one message,
message opens upon retrieval.
Customize
More Features
(
P. 5-20)
(
P. 5-20)
Server Message Operations
● Update Mail List
● Switch Mail List Views
● Check Server Message Information
● Forward a Server Message
● Delete Server Messages
● Check Server Memory Status
( P. 5-20)
5
Mail
Checking Messages
● Retrieve Complete S! Mail
● Delete S! Mail from Server
● Read Out Messages
● Check Message Information
Incoming Message Alerts
● Adjust Ringtone Volume
● Set a Ringtone
● Set Ringing Duration of Incoming
Message Ringtone
● Set Vibration
● Set Illumination Color
● Open New Mail Window by Opening
Handset.
( P. 14-10)
Incoming Message Settings
● Customize E-mail Address
● Do Not Show Emotion Indicators
● Set Priority When Receiving Messages
during Operation
● Set Whether to Read Out Received
Messages
● Set Voice to Read Out Messages
● Set Manual Retrieval of S! Mail only
after Notification
( P. 14-22)
Reply Settings
● Change Quotation Marks
(
P. 14-23)
5-9
Handling Messages
Message Storage
Locations
Press o to open Mail Main Menu.
Sent, received and draft messages are
saved in the locations below.
Opening Sent &
Received Messages
3 Select a message
d
<Example> Open a Sent Message
1
o
Outbox
d
Received messages
5
Mail
Sent messages
Draft messages
Message Window
Folder List
2
Select a folder
d
■To Check Previous/Next Message
v
Tip
・ When Outbox/Inbox becomes full,
Message Menu
Trash Box messages and then the
oldest messages in Outbox/Inbox are
deleted next time a new message is
sent/received. Unread and protected
messages and Secret Folder messages
are not deleted.
Message List
5-10
Handling Messages
Mail Windows
Message types, statuses, and attached
file types are shown by indicators.
①
③
③
Inbox Message
List
Message Windows
②
③ Message Type/Attached File Type
Outbox
Message List
②
③
Received Message
Window
Unread Received Message
Read Received Message
Protected Unread Message
Forwarded Message
Replied Message
Message Sent to a Single
Recipient
Message Sent to Multiple
Recipients
Sent Message
Window
SMS on Handset
SMS on USIM Card
S! Mail with Text Unreceived
Image Attached/Image Inserted in
Text
Video Attached
Melody Attached
Song Attached
Copyright-protected File Attached
Phone Book Entry, Schedule Event
or Bookmark Attached
Widget Attached
E-comic Attached
Forwarded Server Message
Other Type of File Attached
Multiple Files Attached
The following marks appear on indicators
to inform you:
Folder Contains Unread Messages
Locked Folder
Folder with Auto Sort Set
Protected Message
Delivery failed to Some Recipients or
Some Attachments Deleted
Delivery Failed/All Attachments
Deleted
Attachment Deleted
High Priority Message
5
Mail
Inbox Folder
Outbox Folder
List
List
Message List Windows
②
General Folder
Trash Box Folder
Secret Folder
② Message Status
①
②
① Folder Type
Tip
・ Copyright-protected files cannot be
opened/played unless they are saved in
Data Folder.
・ If Delivery Report was received,
appears in
field of message.
5-11
Handling Messages
Tip
Sorting Messages
・ Only one Inbox folder can be specified
Automatically sort incoming/outgoing
messages into folders.
1
5
[Folder List]
folder u
Select a
Auto-sort
d
Mail
■When Auto Sort is Already Set to
the Folder
Select another criterion
2 Address Sort
u
■To Sort by Subject
d
Enter
■To Sort Messages Failed to be
Replied/Sent
Reply Impossible or Send
d
Impossible
■To Sort Addresses Not Stored in
Phone Book
Unregistered Add.
5-12
Canceling Auto Sort
1
d
Look-up Address, Look-up
Group, Look-up Member
d
or Enter Address
Subject Sort
d
subject
for sorting Reply impossible
messages.
・ Only one Outbox folder can be
specified for sorting Send impossible
messages.
・ Search addresses from Phone Book,
Received Address List, or Sent Address
List in Look-up address.
d
[Folder List]
folder u
Using TomomatoMail
Store e-mail addresses in TomomatoMail and check messages with stored
addresses by selecting Tomomato-Mail
BOX.
Checking TomomatoMail
1o
Select a
Auto-sort
Tomomato-Mail BOX
d
d
u
2 Select a criterion
Release
d
3 Release This
d
YES
d
■To Cancel Multiple Criteria
d
Release Selected
d
o
Select criteria
d
■To Cancel All Criteria
d
Release All
YES
Tomomato-Mail Folder List
Window
YES
d
2 Select a folder
Handling Messages
Storing Tomomato-Mail
1
[Tomomato-Mail Folder List]
window → Select a folder
o
d
Enter Address
d
Enter Address
■To Store E-Mail Address From
mail box and folder lock.
・ Trash Box folder can also be locked.
・ Security Code entry is required to view
Setting Mail Box Lock
1
messages in locked mail boxes and
folders.
o
d
Mail Setting
d
Mail Box Lock
d
Enter Security Code
2 Select a mail box
Storing Messages in
Secret Folders
d
Set handset to Secret Mode or Secret
Data Only Mode beforehand (P. 4-8).
● Unread Messages cannot be stored in
Secret Folders.
Repeat step 2 to specify other
boxes.
3o
Canceling TomomatoMail
Setting Folder Lock
1
1
[Tomomato-Mail Folder List]
window Select a folder
u
d
Unregister
d
YES
・ Repeat the same procedure to cancel
1 [Message List] window
Select a message
Keep in Secret
[Folder List]
Select a
u
folder
Folder Lock
d
Enter Security Code
d
d
YES
Locked folders are indicated by
5
Mail
Phone Book or Sent/Received
Address List
o
Select a folder
Phonebook, Sent Address or
d
Select a
Received Address
d
address
Tip
Prohibiting Access to
Messages
2 Keep This
.
u
d
d
■To Store Multiple Messages
d
Keep Selected
Select a
d
Repeat the same
message
step to specify other messages
d
YES
o
■To Store All Messages in a Folder
d
d
Keep All
YES
5-13
Handling Messages
● Returning Messages in Secret
Folders to Ordinary Messages
1 [Folder List] Secret d
2 Select a message
Put Out
d
3 Put Out This
a folder
5
u
d
d
Select
Mail
■To Return Multiple Messages
d
Put Out Selected
d
Select a
Select a folder
d
Repeat the same
message
step to specify other messages
o
d
YES
■To Return All Messages
d
Put Out All
Select a
d
d
YES
folder
Saving S! Mail
Attachments
Saving Image, Video, Melody,
Music and Flash® Files
1
5-14
[Message] window Select
u
a file
Save Data
d
d
YES
2 Select a folder
d
■To Set an Image as Wallpaper, etc.
d
YES
Select an item
d
Select NO and press d when you
do not want to set the image.
■To Set a Melody as Ringtone, etc.
d
YES
Select an item
d
Select NO and press d when you
do not want to set the melody.
Saving an Image
Inserted in Text
1
YES
u
d
d
d
Select a folder
d
Select an item
d
3 YES
d
Select
contact information (a
d
phone number, etc.)
(twice) Phone or USIM
d
d
New
2 Edit each item
o
Saving a Schedule Event
Schedule data
Select
d (twice)
Saving a Bookmark
1 [Message] window
Select
d
a link (URL, etc.)
(twice)
Select a
destination d ( Select a
d)
folder
Note
■When You Do Not Want to Set the
Image
NO
1 [Message] window
1 [Message] window
[Message] window
Save Insert Image
2 Select an image
Saving a Phone Book
Entry
d
・ Mail-attached bookmarks cannot be
saved to microSD.
Handling Messages
●
More Features
Advanced
Using Messages
Edit a Sent Message
● Edit & Send a Draft Message
● Forward a Message
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
5
Mail
Managing Messages
● Protect a Message
● Move Messages to a Different Folder
● Drop Messages into Trash Box
● Delete Messages
● Delete All Read Messages
● Delete All Delivery Reports
● Delete Attached Files
● Copy SMS Messages between Handset
and USIM Card
● Delete SMS Messages on USIM Card
● Change Message Color
● Add a Folder
● Edit a Folder Name
● Change Order of Folders
● Delete a Folder
● Check Number of Saved Messages
● Check Sent/Received Addresses
● Delete All Messages in Tomomato-Mail
Folder
( P. 5-21)
●
Save Sender, Recipient’s E-mail Address
or Phone Number to Phone Book
Call a Phone Number in Text
Send an S! Mail to an E-mail Address in
Text
Access the Internet from a URL in Text
Save Number/Address in Text to Phone
Book
Search for Information by Keyword
Switch Subject Field Views
Change Font Size of Text
Search for Messages in a Folder
Sort Messages
Filter Messages
Reset Message List View to Default
Switch All Unread Messages to Read
Messages
Open S! Mail Delivery Report
( P. 5-24)
Customize
Message View Settings & Others
● Set Message List View
● Play Attached Melodies Automatically
● Set Number of Text Lines to Scroll
● Set Font Size of Text
● Check Mail Settings
● Reset Mail Settings
( P. 14-23)
5-15
Advanced Features
Sending Messages
Start Here
【Composition】window .............. P. 5-3
【Text Entry】window .................. P. 5-3
【Blog/Mail Member List】 ........... P. 5-4
【Blog/Mail Member】window .... P. 5-5
【SMS Composition】window ...... P. 5-5
5
Mail
Composing Messages
Enter Address from Phone Book
【Composition】window/【SMS
Composition】window
d
d
Phonebook
Select
search method
Select an entry
d
Select an e-mail address
d
or phone number
5-16
Enter Address from Sent/Received
Address List
【Composition】window/【SMS
Composition】window
d
Sent Address or Received
d
Address
Select an e-mail
d
address/phone number
(twice)
Alternatively, select
and press v
to open Sent/Received Address List.
Specify Blog/Mail Member List
Recipients
【Composition】window
d
Blog/Mail Member
d
Set To, Cc or Bcc
【Composition】window
d
Select an address
d
Change Rcv. Type
d
or Bcc
u
To, Cc
Cc (Carbon copy): S! Mail copies are
sent to other addresses. Addresses in
the Cc field are revealed to the other
recipients.
Bcc (Blind carbon copy): S! Mail copies
are sent to other addresses. Addresses
in the Bcc field are hidden to the other
recipients.
When there is no address in the To
field, the message cannot be sent.
Delete an Address
Select a Blog/Mail Member list
d
All addresses in the selected Blog/Mail
Member list are entered in the address
field.
You must save addresses to a
Blog/Mail Member list in advance.
【Composition】window
d
u
Select an address
d
Delete Receiver
YES
d
Advanced Features
Sending Messages
Insert Header/Signature
【Composition】window
u
Set Priority (S! Mail)
Add Header or Add Signature
d
Save header/signature in advance.
【Composition】window
u
d
High, Normal or
Priority
d
Low
Enter My Pictograms
Check Delivery
【Composition】window/【SMS
u
Composition】window
Delivery Report or SMS Report
d
d
Req.
ON or OFF
When ON is set, handset receives a
delivery report.
Toggle categories by pressing o or
p.
My Pictograms are only available for
S! Mails.
Delete Text
【Composition】window/【SMS
u
Composition】window
d
d
Erase Message
YES
Change SMS Message to S! Mail
【SMS Composition】window
d
S! Mail Conversion
【SMS Composition】window
u
d
SMS Valid. Per.
Select a
d
period
Specify a period the SMS message is
stored in the server in case it fails to
reach the recipient because the
recipient’s handset is out of range, etc.
When None is set, the SMS message is
deleted from the server after it is
resent once in a certain period of time.
Save a Message to Draft without
Transmitting It
5
Mail
Server Storage Period (SMS)
【Text Entry】window
Press and
hold p
Select a pictograph
d
t
【Composition】window/【SMS
u
Composition】window
d
Save
The message is saved to Draft.
Messages saved in Draft can be edited
and sent at a later time.
Delete a Message without
Transmitting It
【Composition】window/【SMS
u
Composition】window
d
d
Delete
YES
u
5-17
Advanced Features
Attaching Files
Delete Addresses from a Blog/Mail
Member List
Shoot an Image/Video to Attach
to S! Mail
【Composition】window
d
Activate Camera
u
Photo
d
Mode or Movie Mode
d
Shoot image/video
5
【Blog/Mail Member】
u
address
●
●
Select an
Mail
To Select Delete this
d
d
Delete this
YES
To Select Delete all
d
Delete all
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
Delete Files Attached to S! Mail
【Composition】window
u
an attached file
Select
Delete
d
Att. File or Del All Att.Files
d
YES
Edit a Blog/Mail Member List
Name
【Blog/Mail Member List】
Select
u
a Blog/Mail Member list
d
Edit Member Name
Edit
d
name
Blog/Mail Member
Edit an Address
【Blog/Mail Member】window
u
Edit
Select an address
d
Address
Edit address
d
5-18
Reset a Blog/Mail Member List
Name
【Blog/Mail Member List】
Select
u
a Blog/Mail Member list
d
Reset Member Name
YES
d
Graphic Mail
Apply Effects to Entered Text
【Text Entry】window
r
Select beginning of
d
d
characters
Select end of
d
characters
Select effects
d
menu
Apply an effects
Select
and press p to select the
entire text.
Change Effects
【Text Entry】window
r
Select beginning of
d
d
characters
Select end of
d
characters
Select effects
d
menu
Change effects
Select
and press p to select the
entire text.
Cancel Last Applied Effect
【Text Entry】window
d
r
Advanced Features
Preview Graphic Mail
【Text Entry】window
r
t or p to close
d
preview
Cancel All Effects
Create Graphic Mail Automatically
【Text Entry】window
Enter text
r
d
p to
d
toggle effects
Emotion of the message is detected
from the entered text, and a set of
effects that matches the emotion is
automatically applied.
【Text Entry】window
Enter text
d
u
d
Template
d
d
YES
Save Template
Attached files except images inserted
in text are not included in a template.
Save up to 45 templates including
downloads. Delete saved templates as
needed.
Download Templates
o
d
Template
d (twice)
Download Templates
Follow onscreen instructions
Create Graphic Mail from a
Template
o
Template
d
template
d
o
Edit a Template
o
d
Template
Select a
d
u
d
template
Edit
d (twice)
Edit text
YES
d
Edit Title of a Template
o
d
Template
Select a
u
d
template
Edit Title
d
Edit title
5
Mail
【Text Entry】 window r
d ( d)
YES
d
Save Graphic Mail as a Template
Delete Templates
o
Template
u
template
●
●
Select a
●
d
Select a
d
Delete
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
templates
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
5-19
Advanced Features
Receiving/Opening Messages
Start Here
【Message List】................................... P. 5-7
【Message】window ..................... P. 5-8
【Mail List】............................................ P. 5-8
Receiving Messages
5
Manually Retrieve Messages
Mail
o
d
Retrieve New
Received Result window opens
d
Mail
Select a message
d
Press p or press and hold t to
cancel message retrieval.
Retrieve messages that were stored on
the server while handset was off or out
of range.
Checking Messages
Retrieve Complete S! Mail
o
Inbox
d
folder
notification
d
Select a
Select an S! Mail
d
o
An S! Mail notification is deleted
when you retrieve the message text.
Use this procedure when Message
Download under S! Mail Settings is
set to Manual.
Read Out Messages
u
【Message】window
d
Out Message
Read
Press d to stop reading.
Press o to end reading.
Check Message Information
【Message List】
d
u
Mail Info
This procedure is available only in
Inbox Message List window.
Delete S! Mail from Server
o
d
Inbox
Select a
d
folder
Select an S! Mail
d
u
notification
Delete
d
Notification, Server Mail
d
or Notifi./Server
YES
d
Server Message Operations
Update Mail List
【Mail List】
u
Mail List
Switch Mail List Views
【Mail List】 u
List Setting
d
Subject, Name or Address
d
5-20
d
Advanced Features
Check Server Message Information
【Mail List】 Select a message
u
d
Mail Info
Forward a Server Message
Delete Server Messages
【Mail List】 Select a message
u
d
Delete
●
●
●
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
messages
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
o
d
Server Mail
d
Mail Memory
Move Messages to a Different
Folder
Server
Managing/Using Messages
Start Here
【Folder List】...................................... P. 5-10
【Message List】................................. P. 5-10
【Message】window ................... P. 5-10
【Inbox Folder List】......................... P. 5-11
【Inbox Message List】.................... P. 5-11
【Received Message】window .. P. 5-11
【Sent Message】window.......... P. 5-11
【Tomomato-Mail Folder List】window
.............................................................. P. 5-12
Managing Messages
【Message List】
u
Move
Select a message
Move This,
d
Move Selected or Move All
d
Select a destination folder
d
o)
( Select messages
d
YES
d
A message can also be moved to a
different folder from Message
window.
5
Mail
【Mail List】 Select a message
u
d
d
Forward
o
Enter address
Check Server Memory Status
Drop Messages into Trash Box
【Message List】 u
Move to
d
Select a
Trash Box
d
o
d
YES
message
Protected messages and delivery
reports cannot be moved to Trash Box.
Protect a Message
【Message】window
u
d
Protect ON/OFF
If a message is protected, this
procedure cancels protection.
5-21
Advanced Features
Delete Messages
Delete All Delivery Reports
【Folder List】 u
Delete All
d
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
【Message List】
u
Delete
5
●
Mail
●
●
Select a message
d
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
messages
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
Protected messages cannot be
deleted.
Delete All Read Messages
【Inbox Folder List】
d
Read
YES
u
d
Delete
【Inbox Message List】window
u
d
Delete
Delete Read
d
d
YES
Protected messages cannot be
deleted.
5-22
【Inbox Message List】 u
d
Delete All Reports
Delete
d
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
Protected delivery reports cannot be
deleted.
Delete Attached Files
【Message】window (
u
attached files)
File or Del All Att. Files
d
YES
Select
Delete Att.
d
Copy SMS Messages between
Handset and USIM Card
i
d
Tools
USIM
d
Operation
Enter Security
d
d
Code
Copy
Phone→USIM or USIM→Phone
d
d
SMS
Inbox or
d
Outbox
Select a folder
d
d
Select an SMS message
o
d
YES
Delete SMS Messages on USIM
Card
i
d
Tools
USIM
d
Operation
Enter Security
d
d
Code
Delete
d
d
USIM
SMS
Inbox
d
or Outbox
Select a folder
d
Select an SMS message
d
o
d
YES
Change Message Color
【Message List】
Select a message
Press and hold w
Each time you press and hold w, the
message color toggles as follows: Red
→ Blue → Black
Advanced Features
Add a Folder
【Folder List】 u
Add Folder
d
d
Enter folder name
d
YES
Address Sort,
Select NO and press d when you do
not want to make Auto Sort settings to
the folder.
Edit a Folder Name
【Folder List】 Select a folder
u
d
Edit Folder Name
d
Edit folder name
Preinstalled folders cannot be
renamed.
【Folder List】 Select a folder
u
d
Sort Folder
Select a
d
position
The order of preinstalled folders
cannot be changed.
Delete a Folder
【Folder List】 Select a folder
u
d
Delete Folder
Enter
d
d
Security Code
YES
Folders containing protected
messages and preinstalled folders
cannot be deleted.
This procedure also deletes messages
stored in the folder.
Auto Sort settings are also canceled
when you delete a folder with Auto
Sort settings.
Check Number of Saved Messages
【Folder List】/【Message List】
d
No. of Messages
u
The total number of messages, and
the number of unread and protected
messages in a folder can be checked
from Folder List.
The number of messages in a folder
can be checked from Message List
window.
5
Mail
Subject Sort, Reply Impossible,
Send Impossible or Unregistered
d
Make auto Sort
Add.
o
d
settings
YES or NO
Change Order of Folders
Check Sent/Received Addresses
Press and hold h or press and
d
hold j
Select an entry
Delete All Messages in TomomatoMail Folder
【Tomomato-Mail Folder List】
u
window
Select folder
Del All in Folder
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
5-23
Advanced Features
Using Messages
Edit a Sent Message
o
d
Outbox
Select a
d
folder
Select a sent
o
Edit address,
message
o
subject and text
5
Mail
Edit & Send a Draft Message
o
d
Draft
Select a
d
message
Edit address,
o
subject and text
Forward a Message
【Received Message】window
u
d
Reply/Forward
d (twice)
Enter
Forward
o
address
The subject and text can also be edited.
Files attached to/inserted in S! Mails
are also forwarded.
5-24
Save Sender, Recipient’s E-mail
Address or Phone Number to
Phone Book
【Message】window
u
Address List
Select an e-mail
u
address/phone number
d
d
Save Address
YES
d
Phone or USIM
Select
d(
saving option
Search
Phone Book
Select an entry
d)
o
Edit each item
Select an address to save to Phone
Book when the message has multiple
recipients.
Call a Phone Number in Text
【Message】window
Select a
d
phone number
Voice
d
Phone or Video Call
Dial
d
Send an S! Mail to an E-mail
Address in Text
【Message】window
d
e-mail address
o
S! Mail
Select an
Compose
Access the Internet from a URL in
Text
【Message】window
Select a URL
d
Yahoo! Keitai or PC Site
d
Browser
Advanced Features
Save Number/Address in Text to
Phone Book
【Message】window
Select an
e-mail address/phone number
u
d
Save Address
d
Phonebook
●
【Message】window
u
Quick
d
Enter keyword
Search
d
d
Enter keyword
d
or
Select an
d
item from search results
To select a keyword from previous
entries, select History, press d, select a
keyword, and then press d.
Search for Messages in a Folder
【Message List】 u
Search
d
Search Sender,
Mail
Search Receiver or Search Subject
d(
Select a search criterion
d)
Select an address, enter
d
address or subject
Narrow down search results by
repeating the search operation.
5
Mail
●
Save to Handset
d
Phone
Select store
d(
Search Phone Book
method
d)
Select Phone Book
Edit
o(
d)
YES or NO
items
d)
( Enter entry number
To Save to USIM Card
d
USIM
Select store
d(
Search Phone Book
method
d)
Select Phone Book
Edit
o(
Overwrite or Add
items
d) (
d)
YES or NO
Search for Information by
Keyword
Sort Messages
Switch Subject Field Views
【Message List】
【Message List】 Press and hold
q
When Mail List Disp. is set to 2 Lines,
view toggles in the order Name →
Address.
When Mail List Disp. is set to 1 Line,
or to 1 Line+Body, the view cycles as
follows: Subject → Name → Address
Change Font Size of Text
【Message】window
hold v
u
Select a criterion
Sort
d
d
This procedure can be combined with
the Filter operation below.
Filter Messages
【Message List】
u
Select a criterion
Filter
d
d
This procedure can be combined with
the Sort operation above.
Press and
5-25
Advanced Features
Reset Message List View to
Default
【Message List】
d
u
Display All
This procedure returns the message
list view that has been changed by
search, sort or filter operation to its
original view.
5
Mail
Switch All Unread Messages to
Read Messages
【Inbox Message List】 u
d
d
YES
All
Read
Open S! Mail Delivery Report
【Outbox Message】window
d
Disp. Report
u
Only available in Message window of a
sent message with a requested delivery
report.
5-26
Internet
Overview.............................................. 6-2
Yahoo! Keitai ....................................... 6-3
Connecting to Yahoo! Keitai ................... 6-3
PC Site Browser ................................... 6-5
PC Site Browser ......................................... 6-5
Connecting to PC Websites ...................... 6-5
Page Operations .................................. 6-8
Navigating Pages ......................................
Open Linked Page in Multi Window .......
Jumping to Next or Previous Page...........
Selecting Links and Other Items...............
Playing Streaming Music and Video ........
6-8
6-8
6-8
6-9
6-9
6
Bookmarks & Saved Pages................ 6-11
Using Bookmarks .................................... 6-11
Using Saved Pages................................... 6-11
Advanced Features ............................ 6-13
Connecting to the Internet .................... 6-13
Page Operations...................................... 6-14
Bookmarks & Saved Pages...................... 6-17
6-1
Overview
Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai (SoftBank’s mobile portal site). Browse PC websites using PC Site Browser.
Internet
PC Websites
(P. 6-5)
Use PC Site Browser*.
6
Internet
Mobile Internet Sites
Yahoo! Keitai
(P. 6-3)
Press p to access.
Transmission & Information Fees
Some web contents automatically
connect to different pages incurring
transmission fees.
Information fees may also apply.
6-2
About Security
Handset supports SSL/TLS (encryption
protocols for Internet transmissions of
important/sensitive information). Root
certificates necessary to use SSL/TLS are
saved on handset by default.
・ When a security notice appears,
subscribers must decide for themselves
whether or not to open the page.
Opening secure pages constitutes
agreement to the terms of SSL/TLS
usage.
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp., VeriSign
Japan K.K., Cybertrust Japan Co., Ltd.,
Entrust Japan Co., Ltd., GlobalSign
K.K., RSA Security Japan Ltd. and
Secom Trust Systems Co., Ltd. cannot
be held liable for any damages
associated with the use of SSL/TLS.
* When Warning Messages is set to ON,
an alert appears each time handset
connects to a website using PC Site
Browser.
Yahoo! Keitai
Connecting to
Yahoo! Keitai
1
p
Using Access History
1
Press and hold p
History
d
Entering URLs
1 Press and hold p
URL
Enter
d
Enter URL Window
d
History List
2 Select a record
Web Page
2 Select an item
d
Repeat this step until the page you
want to view opens.
3 y to exit the Internet
YES
d
d
OK
d
Enter URL
d
Tip
Internet
2 <NEW>
6
・ A confirmation for SSL/TLS
communication appears each time a
secure page is opened. appears in
SSL/TLS compatible pages.
・ Some pages require user authentication.
Select text entry field and enter your user
ID or password.
Tip
・ Scroll web pages with Xk or Xl if Scroll
is On for Touch Sensor Setting.
6-3
Yahoo! Keitai
More Features
Advanced
Yahoo! Keitai
● Switch to PC Site Browser
● Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
( P. 6-13)
History
Save a URL in History to Bookmark
● Check a URL in History
● Delete Records in History
( P. 6-13)
●
6
Internet
Entering URLs
Access a Page from an Entered URL
Record
● Access a Page by Editing an Entered URL
Record
● Send an Entered URL Record by Mail
● Delete Entered URL Records
( P. 6-13)
●
Root Certificates
Check Certificate Details
● Switch a Certificate between Valid &
Invalid
( P. 6-14)
●
6-4
Customize
Internet
● Clear Cache
● Delete Cookies
● Initialize Memory Status of Internet
● Set Whether to Send Manufacture
Number
● Set Whether to Send Referer
● Enable/Disable Cookies
● Set Whether to Activate Scripts
● Check Internet Settings
● Reset Internet Settings
( P. 14-25)
PC Site Browser
① Tabs
PC Site Browser
View PC websites using PC Site
Browser. Scroll up, down, left, or right
to view entire page.
● You may not be able to view as you
want depending on the site.
● Note that transmission fees may be
expensive for pages with large amounts
of data.
② Page Toggle
Appears when viewing several pages.
Toggle pages with o.
Connecting to PC
Websites
1 Press and hold p
Browser
③ Layout Display
Appears when using PC Site
Browswer.
6
④ New Window
PC Site Browser Menu
Open link in a new window.
2 Home
②
④
③
PC Site Browser Window
PC Site
d
d ( YES or NO
d
Select an item
About Page Layout
d)
When using PC Site Browser, two page
layout types are available for each of
PC Screen and Small Screen:
PC Screen: Scroll pages vertically and
horizontally.
Small Screen: Scroll pages vertically.
Pages are laid out to fit Display width.
Repeat this step until the page you
want to view opens.
Internet
①
One for each title/URL appears when
viewing several pages in Multi
Window.
Web Page
6-5
PC Site Browser
3 y to exit the Internet
YES
Entering URLs
d
1
Tip
[PC Site Browser Menu]
d
Enter URL
・ Scroll web pages with Xk or Xl if Scroll
is On for Touch Sensor Setting.
Using URL History
1
6
[PC Site Browser Menu]
d
History
Enter URL Window
Internet
2 <NEW>
d
History List
2 Select a record
or NO
6-6
d)
d(
YES
OK
d)
d Enter URL
d ( YES or NO
More Features
Advanced
PC Site Browser
● Switch Page Layout Types
● Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
( P. 6-13)
History
Save a URL in History to Bookmark
● Check a URL in History
● Delete Records in History
( P. 6-13)
●
Entering URLs
Access a Page from an Entered URL
Record
● Access a Page by Editing an Entered URL
Record
● Send an Entered URL Record by Mail
● Delete Entered URL Records
( P. 6-13)
●
Customize
Internet
● Clear Cache
● Delete Cookies
● Initialize Memory Status of Internet
PC Site Browser
●
●
●
●
●
●
Set Whether to Send Manufacture
Number
Set Whether to Send Referer
Enable/Disable Cookies
Set Whether to Activate Scripts
Check Internet Settings
Reset Internet Settings
( P. 14-25)
6
Internet
PC Site Browser
● Do Not Show Alert When Activating PC
Site Browser & Switching Browsers
( P. 14-26)
6-7
Page Operations
Navigating Pages
Scrolling Pages
If a page extends beyond view, use b
to scroll page.
When a page includes multiple frames,
select frames to view.
Internet
1 b to select a frame
2 u Frame In d
Navigate through the frame as you
would a page.
■To Exit Frames
u
Frame Out
Open up to five pages simultaneously.
Press o to toggle pages.
1
Viewing Frames
6
Open Linked Page in
Multi Window
[Web Page]
Select a link
u
The linked page appears in a new
window.
p
d
Multi Window
■To Toggle Page
o
The page toggles each time you
press o.
■To Close Opened Page
t
d
YES
6-8
Tip
・ Use the following procedure to open
pages in Multi Window other than
linked pages.
Xu
Xd
Window Operation
Xd
Open New Window
Bookmark, Enter URL (,Yahoo! Keitai
Xd
Specify page to
or Home)
Xd
open
Jumping to Next or
Previous Page
Once opened pages are stored in a
temporary storage area (cache). Press
u, select History Back or History
Forward and press d to go back to the
previous page or proceed to the next
page, without connecting to the
network as long as the pages are
stored in the cache.
● Network connection is made when the
cache is full.
Page Operations
Selecting Links and
Other Items
Operate as follows when buttons and
menus appear in web pages.
⑥
① Link
Select a link and press d to access
the linked page.
② Text Box
Select a text box and press d to
open a text entry window to enter
text.
③ Pull-down Menu
Select a pull-down menu and press
d to open a list of options. Use c
to select an item and press d.
one item from a range of options.
indicates the item is selected.
⑤ Checkbox
Use b and press d to select
multiple items from a range of
options.
indicates the item is
selected.
⑥ Command Button
Select a command button and press
d to activate the assigned function.
Playing Streaming
Music and Video
■To Adjust Volume
v
■To Pause
d
Press d again to continue.
Note
・ Packet transmission fees are incurred
during streaming even if you pause
play.
・ Note that expensive packet
transmission fees may be incurred.
6
Internet
①
②
③
④
⑤
④ Radio Button
Use b and press d to select only
Play music and videos appearing on a
page as you download (streaming).
● Downloaded data is not stored.
● See P. 9-5 for details on using Music
Player.
1
[Web Page]
Select music
d
or video
2 YES
d
Once downloading starts, Music
Player activates and play starts.
6-9
Page Operations
More Features
Advanced
6
Internet
Page Operations
● Reload Page
● Save Images/Melodies in a Page
● Save Background Image of a Page
● Send URL of a Page by Mail
● Call a Phone Number in a Page
● Send an S! Mail to an E-mail Address in
a Page
● Access Another Page from a URL in a
Page
● Save a Phone Number/E-mail Address in
a Page to Phone Book
● Search for Information by Keyword
● Change Font Size of a Page
● Zoom Page In/Out
● Jump to Top/End of a Page
● Change Character Code of a Page
®
● Play Flash from the Beginning
● Check Title, URL or Certificate of a Page
● Show Key Guidance
( P. 6-14)
6-10
Customize
Internet
● Set Scroll Unit/Speed
● Set Whether to Show Images or Play
Melodies
( P. 14-25)
Yahoo! Keitai
● Set Font Size
®
● Set Flash Sound On/Off
(
P. 14-26)
(
P. 14-26)
PC Site Browser
● Set Page Layout
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Using Bookmarks
Save URLs to Bookmark for quick
access.
■From PC Site Browser
PC Site
Press and hold p
d
Bookmark
Browser
2 Select a folder
d
Saving URLs to
Bookmark
1
u
d
d
1 [Web Page]
d
Accessing Pages from
Bookmark
1
Press and hold p
d
Bookmark
Save an open page to Saved Pages to
view the page at a later time without
connecting to the Internet.
● Only Yahoo! Keitai pages can be saved.
● Viewable content is page as it was
saved.
Saving a Page
Add
YES
d
2 Select a folder
Using Saved Pages
Bookmark List Window
3 Select a bookmark
d
Tip
Pages
Pages
d
d
u
Saved
Add Saved
d
YES
Opening Saved Pages
1 Press and hold p
Pages
6
Internet
[Web Page]
Bookmark
Bookmark
d
Saved
d
・ To access a bookmarked page from
another page:
Xu
Xd
Bookmark
Xd
Bookmark List
Select a
Xd
Select a bookmark
folder
Xd
Bookmark Folder List Window
Saved Pages List Window
6-11
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
2 Select a page
d
More Features
Tip
Advanced
・ To open a saved page from another
page:
Xu
Xd
Saved Pages
Saved
Xd
Select a page
Pages List
Xd
6
Internet
Bookmarks
● Edit a Title
● Edit a URL
● Send a Bookmark by Mail
● Check Number of Bookmarks
● Create a Folder
● Edit a Folder Name
● Change Order of Folders
● Move Bookmarks to a Different Folder
● Delete a Folder
● Delete Bookmarks
( P. 6-17)
Saved Pages
Edit a Title
● Protect Saved Pages
● Check Number of Saved Pages
● Delete Saved Pages
( P. 6-18)
●
6-12
Advanced Features
Connecting to the Internet
Start Here
【Web Page】...................... P. 6-3, P. 6-5
【History List】.................... P. 6-3, P. 6-6
【Enter URL】window ........ P. 6-3, P. 6-6
Delete Records in History
Switch Page Layout Types
【Web Page】
d
Mode
u
【History List】
u
Delete
Change Disp.
The page layout toggles between PC
screen and Small screen.
Yahoo! Keitai
Switch to PC Site Browser
u
Switch to PC
d(
YES or NO
Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
【Web Page】
u
Home
d
u
●
●
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
records
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
History
Entering URLs
Save a URL in History to Bookmark
Access a Page from an Entered
URL Record
Open Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
【Web Page】
d
Keitai
●
Select a record
d
Yahoo!
【History List】 Select a record
u
d
Add Bookmark
YES
d
d
Select a folder
【Enter URL】window
d
OK
record
6
Internet
【Web Page】
d
YES
d)
PC Site Browser
Select a
d
Check a URL in History
【History List】 Select a record
u
d
URL
6-13
Advanced Features
Access a Page by Editing an
Entered URL Record
【Enter URL】window
Select a
d
record
Select URL entry
d
d
field
Edit URL
d
OK
Send an Entered URL Record by
Mail
6
Internet
【Enter URL】window
Select a
u
Compose Message
record
d
Enter address, subject
o
and text
Composition (S! Mail) window opens
with the URL inserted in the text.
Delete Entered URL Records
【Enter URL】window
Select a
u
d
record
Delete
●
●
●
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
records
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
i
d
Settings
d
Connection Settings
d
Certificate
Select a
u
certificate
Valid/Invalid
d
This procedure switches a valid
certificate to invalid and an invalid one
to valid.
Page Operations
Root Certificates
Check Certificate Details
i
d
Settings
d
Connection Settings
d
Certificate
Select a
d
certificate
6-14
Switch a Certificate between Valid
& Invalid
Start Here
【Web Page】......................P. 6-3, P. 6-5
Reload Page
【Web Page】
u
Reload
d
Advanced Features
Save Images/Melodies in a Page
Send URL of a Page by Mail
【Web Page】 u
Save File
d
d
(Select a file)
Save
d
d(
YES
YES or NO
d)
【Web Page】 u
Convenient
d
Compose Message
Tools
d
d
Attach URL
To play a melody, select Play and press
d.
To check file properties, select
Property and press d.
o
Composition (S! Mail) window opens
with the URL inserted in the text.
【Web Page】 u
Save File
d(
d)
Background Image
d
d(
Save
YES
d)
YES or NO
To check file properties, select
Property and press d.
Call a Phone Number in a Page
【Web Page】 Select a phone
d
Voice Phone or
number
d
d
TV Call
Dial
Send an S! Mail to an E-mail
Address in a Page
【Web Page】
d
address
o
Select an e-mail
Compose S! Mail
【Web Page】
Select a phone
u
number/e-mail address
d
Add to Phone Book
YES
d
d
Phone or USIM
d
New, Add or Overwrite
o
Edit each item
(
d) (
Overwrite or Add
YES
d) (
or NO
Enter entry
d)
number
Search for Information by Keyword
6
Internet
Save Background Image of a Page
Enter address, subject and text
Save a Phone Number/E-mail
Address in a Page to Phone Book
【Web Page】 u
Quick Search
d
d
Enter keyword
d
Enter keyword
or
d
Select an item
d
from search results
To select a keyword from previous
entries, select History, press d, select
a keyword, and then press d.
Access Another Page from a URL in
a Page
【Web Page】
Select a URL
d
6-15
Advanced Features
Change Font Size of a Page
【Web Page】 u
Change Font
d
d
Select a font size
Size
Only available when the page layout
type is Small Screen in PC Site
Browser.
Change Character Code of a Page
【Web Page】 u
Convenient
d
Change CHR Code
Tools
d
Select a character code
d
Use this procedure when characters of
a page are illegible.
Zoom Page In/Out
6
Internet
d
Zoom
d
Select a magnification
【Web Page】
u
Zoom is only available when PC Site
Browser is set to PC Screen.
Jump to Top/End of a Page
【Web Page】
d
Tools
u
Convenient
Head of Sentence or
d
End of Sentence
6-16
Play Flash® from the Beginning
【Web Page】
d
Tools
u
Replay
Convenient
d
Only available when using Yahoo!
Keitai.
Check Title, URL or Certificate of a
Page
u
Convenient
d
Site Info
d
Title, URL or Certificate
【Web Page】
d
Tools
Show Key Guidance
【Web Page】 u
d
Help
This procedure is only available when
using PC Site Browser.
Advanced Features
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Start Here
【Bookmark Folder List】window
.................................................... P. 6-11
【Bookmark List】window.......... P. 6-11
【Saved Pages List】window ...... P. 6-11
Bookmarks
Edit a Title
Edit a URL
【Bookmark List】window
Select
u
Edit URL
a bookmark
d
d
Edit URL
【Bookmark List】window
Select a
u
Compose
bookmark
d
Message or Attach to Mail
Enter address, subject and text
o
Compose Message: Composition (S!
Mail) window opens with the URL
inserted at the top of the text.
Attach to Mail: Composition (S! Mail)
window opens with the bookmark file
attached.
Check Number of Bookmarks
【Bookmark Folder List】window or
【Bookmark List】window
u
d
No. of Bookmarks
The total number of bookmarks can
be checked from Bookmark Folder List
window; and the number of
bookmarks in a folder can be checked
from Bookmark List window.
Create a Folder
Edit a Folder Name
【Bookmark Folder List】window
u
Select a folder
Edit Folder
d
Name
Edit folder name
d
Change Order of Folders
【Bookmark Folder List】window
u
Select a folder
Sort Folder
d
d
Select a position
The order of Preset folders cannot be
changed.
Move Bookmarks to a Different
Folder
6
Internet
【Bookmark List】window
Select
u
a bookmark
Edit Title
d
d
Edit title
Send a Bookmark by Mail
【Bookmark List】window
Select
u
d
a bookmark
Move
Move This, Move Selected or
d
Move All
Select a
d(
destination folder
Select
d
o)
bookmarks
YES
d
【Bookmark Folder List】window
u
d
Add Folder
Enter
d
folder name
6-17
Advanced Features
Delete a Folder
【Bookmark Folder List】window
u
Select a folder
Delete
d
Folder
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
This procedure also deletes all the
bookmarks saved in the folder.
Saved Pages
Delete Saved Pages
Edit a Title
【Saved Pages List】window
u
Edit
Select a saved page
d
d
Title
Edit title
【Saved Pages List】window
u
Select a saved page
d
Delete
●
●
Protect Saved Pages
Delete Bookmarks
6
Internet
To Delete All Bookmarks
【Bookmark Folder List】window
u
d
Delete All
Enter
d
d
Security Code
YES
■ To Delete Bookmarks in a Folder
【Bookmark List】window
Select
u
d
Delete
a bookmark
● To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
● To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
bookmarks
● To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
6-18
■
【Saved Pages List】window
u
Select a saved page
d
Protect ON/OFF
d
●
Use this procedure to toggle saved
pages between protected and
unprotected.
Check Number of Saved Pages
【Saved Pages List】window
d
No. of Pages
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
saved pages
YES
u
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
Protected Saved Pages cannot be
deleted.
Camera
Overview.............................................. 7-2
Viewfinder Indicators ............................... 7-3
Capturing Still Images ......................... 7-5
Capturing Still Images............................... 7-5
From Quick Menu ..................................... 7-5
Recording Videos................................. 7-7
Recording Videos ......................................
From Quick Menu .....................................
Chance Capture.........................................
Recording Only Sound ..............................
From Quick Menu .....................................
7-7
7-7
7-8
7-8
7-9
7
Various Camera Features .................. 7-10
Continuous Shooting ..............................
Add Frames to Images ............................
Auto Timer ..............................................
Panoramic Shooting................................
7-10
7-11
7-11
7-11
Advanced Features ............................ 7-13
Shooting Still Images/Videos ..................
Using Still Images/Videos........................
After Continuous Shooting ....................
After Shooting Framed Images ..............
7-13
7-13
7-14
7-15
7-1
Overview
Capture still images and record videos with handset camera.
7
・ Clean the lens with soft cloth.
Camera
Wide Range of Image Sizes
Select image size
accordingly. Use small sizes
for S! Mail attachments and
larger sizes for saving high
resolution images ( P. 7-13 ).
Various Camera Features
Among features included are
shooting with Auto Timer,
continuous shooting and
shooting framed images
(P. 7-10, P. 7-11 ).
Photo Mode Selection
Select a mode suited to the
subject/scene such as
Portrait, Scenery, and Sports
mode ( P. 7-13 ).
Chance Capture
Record videos even when
recording time is over
(P. 7-8 ).
Recorded videos are saved only
for the available recording time
from the end of recording.
Send by S! Mail
Non-SoftBank
Mobile Phones
7-2
SoftBank
Handsets
・ Still images are saved in JPEG format
and videos in MPEG4 format.
Shoot Still Images/Videos
PCs
Fingerprints or grime on the lens may
result in blurred images.
・ Handset movement during shooting
may cause image blurring when Shake
Correction is OFF. Setting Shake
Correction to Auto is recommended.
・ Although Camera is made with highprecision technology, some pixels may
appear brighter and some darker.
・ Shooting or saving images when
handset is warm may affect image
quality.
・ Exposing the lens to direct sunlight for
an extended period may result in
discoloration of photo images.
・ Shutter click and Auto Timer tone
sound at a fixed volume even in
Manner Mode.
Overview
Viewfinder Indicators
● Handset Open
① Focus Frame (Still Images)
A white frame appears for Auto
Focus. Focus Frame is green when
focus is locked, and red if focusing
failed.
Photo Viewfinder
● Handset Closed
②
①
Photo Viewfinder
⑭
⑮
② Shake Correction
Auto Shake Correction
③ Storage Location (Still Image)
①
⑩
⑪
②
②
⑰⑯
⑩ ⑪
Video Viewfinder
⑫
⑭
⑬
③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦⑧ ⑨
⑬ ⑫
Video Viewfinder
⑮
Storage Location (Video)
Handset
Memory Card
Storage Capacity (Video)
Blue: 500 KB or more
Yellow: Less than 500 KB
Red: No memory space
7
Camera
③④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨
Handset
Memory Card
Number of Files That can be Saved
(Still Image)
White number: 11 or more
Yellow number: 10 or less
Red number: No memory space
④ Camera Mode
③④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨
⑱
⑫
⑬
⑰
⑯
②
⑱
③ ④ ⑤ ⑥⑦ ⑧ ⑨
Movie Mode
Chance Capture
Photo Mode
Auto Continuous Shooting
Manual Continuous Shooting
Voice Mode
Panorama Cap. Mode
⑬ ⑫
7-3
Overview
7
Camera
⑤ Image Size (Still Image/Video)
・Photo Mode
3M (1536 × 2048) to
SubQCIF (128 × 96)
・ Continuous Shooting
Screen (240 × 427) to
SebQCIF (128 × 96)
・Panorama Cap. Mode
Panorama (2592 × 480:Fixed)
・Movie Mode
VGA (640 × 480)to
SubQCIF (128 × 96)
・Chance Capture
QVCA (320 × 240) to
SubQCIF (128 × 96)
⑥ Image Quality (Still Image)
Super Fine
Fine
File Size (Video)
Mail attachment2
Up to 2 MB
Normal
⑧ Brightness
+2 to
7-4
-2
Auto
Fine
Cloudy
⑱ Recording Status (Video)
Light bulb
Fluorescent lamp
⑩ AF Status Display (Still Image)
AF ON
Close-up
AF OFF
⑪ AF Guidance (Still Images)
Long time
1 In Photo Mode or Continuous
Shooting, only selectable when OFF is
selected for Photo Mode.
2 Only available when Select Size is
QCIF (176 × 144) or SubQCIF (128 ×
96).
Shake Correction
⑫ Auto Timer
Auto Timer set
⑬ Zoom (16 steps)
Minimum to
Maximum
⑭ Side Key Guide
Shutter
End Camera
⑯ Recording Type (Video)
Night Mode
Pet
Food
OFF
Recording ready
Recording
For AF toggle and focus lock
⑮ Touch Sensor Guide
⑦ Photo Mode
Auto
Portrait
Scenery
Backlight
Sports Mode
1
⑨ White Balance
Normal (Video & Sound)
Video only
Sound only
⑰ Image Quality (Video)
Long time
Normal
Fine
Super Fine
Handset is equipped with this function
for preventing shake during still image
or video shooting. Set this function off
when not needed.
Capturing Still Images
Shoot still images with handset.
Tip
・ Attach still images to S! Mail or set as
Capturing Still
Images
1
i
Camera
Photo Mode
wallpaper. (P. 7-14)
・ Still images are stored in My Picture
d
d
2 Frame image in Viewfinder
d
The shutter clicks once focus locks
and Focus Frame turns green.
■To Discard the Shot Image and
3 k or l to select
;
under Data Folder. See P. 14-32 for
details on changing the storage
location to Memory Card.
・ Shutter clicks even if focusing fails and
Focus Frame turns red.
Available Functions
Photo Viewfinder (Landscape View)
AF Toggle
f
AF Lock
g
Zoom (Telescopic)
j
Zoom (Wide angle)
h
Key Guidance
0
From Quick Menu
7
■Returning to Standby
;
4 Display subject to shoot
5;
a
Camera
Return to Viewfinder
t
d
YES
■Returning to Standby
a or Press and hold a
■To Take Shot Again
k
;
YES
● Use Quick Menu to activate Camera
from closed position.
Photo
Viewfinder
3d
Photo Preview
Window
1
a
Touch Sensor is enabled (On).
2 Tap k, l or ;
7-5
Capturing Still Images
Keys in Photo Viewfinder
(Landscape View)
Zoom (Telescopic)
l
Zoom (Wide angle)
k
End Photo Mode
;
After shooting, press and hold a to end
without saving the image.
7
●
More Features
Advanced
Camera
(
P. 7-13)
Using Still Images
● Upload Still Image/Video to Blog
● Send Still Image with Graphic Mail
● Attach Still Image to Mail and Send
● Show Mirror Image of Shot Still Image
● Save Mirror Image of Shot Still Image
● Show Shot Still Image in Standby
( P. 7-13)
Customize
Set Shutter Sound
Set Display for Handset Closed Shooting
( P. 14-31)
File Storage
● Set Storage Location for Shot Still
Images
● Save Shot Still Images Automatically
( P. 14-32)
Shooting Still Images
● Switch Camera Modes
● Select Image Size
● Select Photo Mode
● Adjust Brightness
● Switch Color Modes
● Check Storage Capacity
● Toggle Auto Focus
● Set Shake Correction
Camera Settings
● Set Image Quality
● Set White Balance
● Reduce Flicker
7-6
●
Recording Videos
Record videos with or without sound,
or record sound only.
● Videos are stored in Videos under Data
Folder. See P. 14-32 for details on
changing the storage location to
Memory Card.
3d
Tip
・ Key operation tones may be recorded if
you adjust zoom, etc. while recording a
video.
From Quick Menu
Recording Videos
1
i
Camera
Movie Mode
● Use Quick Menu to activate Video from
d
d
closed position.
Video Preview Window
1a
Recording ends.
Touch Sensor is enabled (On).
■To Play the Recording
p
d
YES
■Returning to Standby
a or Press and hold a
Return to Viewfinder
t
d
YES
3 k or l to select
4d
;
Available Functions
Zoom (Telescopic)
j
d
Zoom (Wide angle)
h
Recording starts.
Help
2 Frame image in Viewfinder
Camera
2 Tap k, l or ;
■To Discard the Recording and
Video Viewfinder
7
0
Video Viewfinder
(Landscape View)
7-7
Recording Videos
■Returning to Standby
;
Chance Capture
4 Display subject to shoot
a
Video shooting begins.
5a
1
Video shooting ends.
6;
2 Frame image in Viewfinder
Camera
Keys in Video Viewfinder
(Landscape View)
Zoom(Telescopic)
l
Zoom(Wideangle)
k
End Video Mode
;
After shooting, press and hold a to end
without saving the image.
Tip
・ Sound from operating keys (e.g.
adjusting zoom) during shooting may
be recorded.
7-8
[Photo Viewfinder]/[Video
1
Viewfinder]
d
■Returning to Standby
k
;
YES
7
Continue recording a video until you
shoot the desired scene even when the
available recording time is over.
d
Recording starts.
When the available recording time
is over, the remaining time
indication flashes.
3 d (twice)
Note
・ When recorded video exceeds available
memory, handset saves the maximum
recordable time from the end of
recording. Initial portion is deleted.
Recording Only
Sound
Record only audio in Movie Mode.
(Voice Mode)
1 [Photo Viewfinder]/[Video
1
Viewfinder]
d
2d
Recording starts.
3 d (twice)
Tip
・ To activate Voice Mode from Main
Menu:
Xi
Xd
Camera
Xd
Voice Mode
Recording Videos
5a
From Quick Menu
● Use Quick Menu to activate Voice Mode
from closed position.
1
a
More Features
Advanced
2 Tap k, l or ;
■Returning to Standby
a or Press and hold a
to select
Video Settings
● Set Image Quality
● Set File Size
● Set White Balance
● Reduce Flicker
● Set Shutter Sound
● Set Display for Handset Closed Shooting
( P. 14-31)
6;
Touch Sensor is enabled (On).
3 k or l
Customize
Recording ends.
;
File Storage
● Set Storage Location for Shot Videos
● Save Shot Videos Automatically
( P. 14-32)
(
Sound Recording Window
(Landscape View)
■Returning to Standby
;
4a
7
Camera
Shooting Videos
● Switch Camera Modes
● Select Image Size
● Select Photo Mode
● Adjust Brightness
● Switch Color Modes
● Check Storage Capacity
● Change Video Type
● Set Shake Correction
P. 7-13)
Using Videos
Upload Still Image/Video to Blog
● Send Recorded Video by Mail
● Show Recorded Video in Standby
● Edit Title of Video
● Playing Videos
( P. 7-13)
●
Recording starts.
7-9
Various Camera Features
Continuous Shooting
7
Camera
Shoot up to 20 still images
continuously.
Automatic continuous shooting mode:
Automatically shoots a set number of
images at set intervals after you
release the shutter.
Manual continuous shooting mode:
Shoots a set number of images, each of
which is shot by releasing the shutter
manually.
● See P. 14-31 for details on setting
interval/number of shots for
Continuous Shooting.
1
[Photo Viewfinder]/[Video
1
Viewfinder]
or
d
In Automatic Mode:
y
d
NO
In Manual Mode:
t
■To Discard Shot Images and
Return to Viewfinder
t
d
YES
3 Press and hold p
or Mirror Save
Save
d
Tip
Continuous Shooting
Viewfinder (Manual)
2 Frame image in Viewfinder
d
Thumbnail Preview Window
7-10
■To Stop Continuous Shooting
・ Image size can only be set to Screen,
QVGA V., QCIF, or SubQCIF.
Various Camera Features
Add Frames to
Images
1
u
[Photo Viewfinder]
Select Frame d Select
d
a folder
Select a
d
frame
2 Compose image in the
frame
d
Auto Timer
● Auto Timer returns to OFF after
shooting.
1
[Photo Viewfinder]/[Video
u
Viewfinder]
Auto
d
Timer
2 ON d Enter time d
3 Frame image in Viewfinder
Auto Timer starts countdown, and
Camera Indicator flashes red.
About five seconds before
shooting, a countdown tone starts
playing and Camera Indicator
flashes rapidly.
Framed Image Previwe Window
3d
Create a single panorama shot
automatically by moving handset
horizontally while shooting.
● Letting handset move up or down
during shooting may produce a shot
with a reduced height or blurring.
● A moving subject may be difficult to
shoot.
● Shooting may fail with a subject having
a simple pattern or no pattern.
1 [Photo Viewfinder]
1
d
7
Camera
d
Panoramic Shooting
■To Stop Auto Timer
o or t
4d
Tip
・ To shoot manually during Auto Timer
countdown, press Xd.
Panorama Cap. Window
7-11
Various Camera Features
2 Display one end of subject
■To Take Shot Again
t
d
YES
d
Panorama shooting starts.
4d
More Features
Advanced
7
Camera
Panorama Shooting
Pan left or right as horizontally as
possible so the subject does not
deviate up or down from the
displayed green line. Keep a good
panning speed so that
appears. If the speed is too fast,
appears and the scene
cannot be captured properly.
3d
Panorama shooting ends.
Shooting ends automatically if
shooting reaches the maximum
storable capacity.
7-12
After Continuous Shooting
● View Images
● Save One Frame
● Save Only Selected Images
● Save as Animation
● Open an Image as Mirror Image
● Attach to Mail
( P. 7-14)
After Shooting Framed Images
Change Frame before Saving Image
( P. 7-15)
●
Customize
Camera Settings
● Set Interval for Continuous Shooting
( P. 14-31)
Advanced Features
Shooting Still Images/Videos
Start Here
【Photo Viewfinder】.................... P. 7-5
【Video Viewfinder】.................... P. 7-7
Switch Camera Modes
【Photo Viewfinder】【
/ Video
Viewfinder】 1
Select a
d
Camera Mode
Select Image Size
Select Photo Mode
【Photo Viewfinder】【
/ Video
Viewfinder】 4
Select a
d
Photo Mode
Adjust Brightness
【Photo Viewfinder】【
/ Video
Viewfinder】 5
Select a
d
brightness level
【Photo Viewfinder】【
/ Video
Viewfinder】 u
Camera
d
d
Settings
Effect
Full Color, Sepia or Monochrome
Set Shake Correction
【Photo Viewfinder】【
/ Video
Viewfinder】 u
Shake
d
Correction
Auto or OFF
d
d
Check Storage Capacity
【Photo Viewfinder】【
/ Video
Viewfinder】 u
Memory Info
d
Toggle Auto Focus
【Photo Viewfinder】
u
ON, Close-up or
AFchange d
d
OFF
Change Video Type
【Video Viewfinder】 u
d
Movie Type Set
Normal,
d
Video or Voice
Using Still Images/Videos
Start Here
【Photo Preview】window ........... P. 7-5
【Video Preview】window............ P. 7-7
Upload Still Image/Video to Blog
【Photo Preview】window/【Video
o
Preview】window
Blog
d ( Attach Mail, QVGA
Cont.
7
Camera
【Photo Viewfinder】【
/ Video
Viewfinder】 2
Select an
d
image size
Switch Color Modes
Scale Down or VGA Scale Down
d)
Create and send S! Mail
Specify a blog upload destination
beforehand with Blog/Mail Member
(P. 5-4).
7-13
Advanced Features
Send Still Image with Graphic Mail
【Photo Preview】window
o
d(
Insert Image
Insert Mail
d)
or SubQCIF Scale Down
Create and send Graphic Mail
Attach Still Image to Mail and
Send
7
【Photo Preview】window
o
d
Attach Image
(Attach
Camera
Mail, QVGA Scale Down or VGA
d
Scale Down)
Compose and
send S! Mail
Send Recorded Video by Mail
【Video Preview】window
o
Compose and send S! Mail
Show Mirror Image of Shot Still
Image
【Photo Preview】window
d
Mirror Display
7-14
u
Save Mirror Image of Shot Still Image
【Photo Preview】window
d
Mirror Save
u
Play Video
i
d
d
Camera
Select folder
Videos
Select
d
d
See P. 9-5 for details on the Playback
window for videos.
data
Show Shot Still Image in Standby
【Photo Preview】window
u
d
Set as Display
Stand-by
d
Display
Select a layout
d
d
Check preview
Show Recorded Video in Standby
【Video Preview】window
d
Set as Stand-by
u
Edit Title of Video
【Video Preview】window
u
d
d
Edit Title
Edit title
After Continuous Shooting
Start Here
【Thumbnail Preview】window
.................................................... P. 7-10
View Images
【Thumbnail Preview】window
o
Select an image
Press v to switch to the previous/next
image.
Save One Frame
【Thumbnail Preview】window
o
d
Select image
Advanced Features
Save Only Selected Images
【Thumbnail Preview】window
d
Select an image
Repeat
p
the same step
Save or
d
Mirror Save
Select a checked image and press d
to cancel the selection.
Save as Animation
Open an Image as Mirror Image
【Thumbnail Preview】window
u
Mirror Display or Normal
d
Display
【Thumbnail Preview】window
o (twice)
Select an image
d(
Attach Image
Attach
d)
Mail/QVGA Scale Down
Compose and send S! Mail
After Shooting Framed Images
Start Here
【Framed Image Preview】Window
.................................................... P. 7-11
Change Frame before Saving
Image
7
Camera
【Thumbnail Preview】window
u
d
Store All&Anime
d
Save or Mirror Save
d
Select a destination
Attach to Mail
【Photo Preview】window
u
d
Change Frame
Select a
d
frame
7-15
TV
About TV .............................................. 8-2
TV Antenna ............................................... 8-3
TV Windows .............................................. 8-4
Initial Setup.......................................... 8-5
Watching TV ........................................ 8-6
Time Shift Playback While
Watching ...................................................
From Quick Menu .....................................
Data Broadcasts (Japanese) ......................
Program Guide ..........................................
8-7
8-7
8-8
8-9
Recording/Playing Programs ............ 8-10
Advanced Features............................ 8-14
Channel Settings......................................
Watching TV ............................................
Data Broadcasts .......................................
TV Link......................................................
Recording Programs ................................
Playing Programs .....................................
View/Record Timer ..................................
8-14
8-14
8-15
8-15
8-16
8-16
8-17
8
Recording Programs................................ 8-10
Playing Programs .................................... 8-10
View/Record Timer ............................ 8-12
Setting View Timer ................................. 8-12
Setting Record Timer .............................. 8-12
8-1
About TV
Handset supports One Seg Digital TV for cellular phones and other information
terminals.
● One Seg is available only in Japan. Because other countries use different broadcast
systems and frequencies, watching One Seg Digital TV is not possible outside of Japan.
One Seg
One Seg is a digital TV broadcasting
service for mobile devices. It uses
one segment of the terrestrial digital
band for TV and data broadcasts
that you enjoy at home, on your
handset.
Data Broadcasts
Enjoy data broadcasts while
watching TV. Access
program-related information and
even participate in the program
(P. 8-8 ).
Record Programs
Record a program on memory
card while viewing it and enjoy it
again at a later time ( P. 8-10 ).
8
TV
View and Record Timer
Watch TV in
Widescreen
8-2
Book programs you want to
view/record. Program Guide can be
used for booking programs
(P. 8-12).
Quick Info
Sender and subject information
appears for new message while TV
is active (P. 14-6 ).
Precautions
● Never watch TV while riding a bicycle,
motorcycle, or driving a car. You may
not hear the sounds around you clearly,
or TV image/sound may distract you
creating the risk of accident. Even while
walking, pay attention to the traffic
around you. Be especially careful at
railway crossings and pedestrian
crosswalks.
● TV image/sound may be affected if a call
or message is received while watching TV.
● TV information (TV links or data you
entered in Data Broadcast Mode) saved
on handset cannot be transferred to
another handset when you change your
handset to another model or when it is
repaired. Keep a memo of necessary
information.
● TV is available when USIM Card is
inserted and with a valid SoftBank
contract.
● Handset has a built-in TV Antenna. Change
the orientation of handset, keep it away
from/close to your body or move to a
different place to improve signal reception.
Keep handset open while watching TV.
● Sufficiently extend TV Antenna to improve
signal reception. An inadequate picture may
be improved by changing antenna direction,
moving handset away from/closer to you, or
changing locations.
About TV
● TV image/sound may deteriorate or
signal reception may become
impossible in the following areas:
・ Areas far from signal towers
・ Mountain areas or places beside tall
buildings
・ In tunnels, underground malls or buildings
with a lot of signal obstructions
● For more information on One Seg services,
visit the following website:
The Association for Promotion of Digital
Broadcasting
From PC: http://www.dpa.or.jp/
From handset: http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/
(Japanese)
A confirmation about operations in
Landscape view (widescreen mode)
appears.
Read information then press d, select
YES, and press d. If NO is selected,
information no longer appears when
activating TV.
2 Change direction of
Antenna
When a call arrives or when the Alarm
or Schedule Alarm is activated while
using TV, TV is interrupted to receive
the call, etc. TV resumes after the
interrupting function ends.
TV Antenna
● Do not use force when changing
antenna direction.
Extend
1
Extend until Antenna stops
Retract
1 Hold lower part of Antenna
8
TV
When You First Activate TV
When a Call Arrives
While Using TV
and push in all the way
8-3
About TV
① Quick Info
TV Windows
Landscape View
⑩
①
⑩ Guidance Display
Information about messages received
while watching TV appears in tickers
(P. 14-6).
⑪
②
③
④
② Channel (Remote Control No.)
⑫
⑬
③ Program Title
⑤
⑥
⑭
⑪ Recording Status
④ Subtitles
⑦
⑧⑨
Portrait View
③
8
TV
⑬
⑤ Appears while Sound Effect is ON (no
setting required)
⑥ Signal Strength
⑪
⑩
Strong
Moderate
Weak
Out of Broadcasting Area
⑦ TV Effect
④
Sound Effects OFF
CS5.1ch
Auto
⑮
Suitable for
⑯
①
Each Genre
Manner Mode
⑦ ⑭
⑥ ②⑧ ⑨
⑧ Receiving Subtitle Information
Subtitles Available
⑨ Volume
8-4
When opened: Guide for 9 (press
and hold)
When closed: Program guide and
Touch Sensor ; guide
Recording
Timer Recording Activated
(Red) Recording Paused
Time Shift Status
(Green) Pause
Normal Speed
1.3x Speed
2x Speed
⑫ Supplementary Information
May appear if data broadcast is
updated while in Landscape view.
⑬ Image
⑭ TV Power Saving
TV Power Saving Active
⑮ Data Broadcast
⑯ TV View Mode
Image Mode
Data Broadcast Mode
Initial Setup
Configure channel settings for your
area and save stations to a channel list.
1
i
TV
Settings
d
d
2 Select Area
Channel
d
d
area
Select
prefecture/city d
Select
YES
d
Stations for the area are saved to a
channel list.
Tip
・ If signals from stations of the selected
Advanced
Channel Settings
● Save Stations to a Channel List
Automatically
● Save Stations of a Different Area to a
Channel List
● Switch Channel Lists
( P. 8-14)
Customize
Channel List
● Change Title of Channel List
● Delete a Channel List
● Assign Channels to Remote Control
Numbers
● Delete a Channel
( P. 14-27)
8
TV
area are difficult to receive, search for
stations using the Automatic option.
More Features
Other Settings
● Reset Channel Settings
(
P. 14-30)
8-5
Watching TV
1
i
TV
d
Watch TV
d
3 y to end TV
YES
d
・ Follow the same step to end TV
Pause or
Continue1
d
Adjust
Volume
c
・ TV volume is “0“ when Manner Mode
Mute
t
is active and no earphone is connected.
Adjust with Xc.
・ Play TV audio from any Bluetooth
compatible audio device (P. 13-5).
Toggle
Press and hold 9
Portrait and
Landscape
in Portrait view.
・ Alternatively, press and hold t
to end TV.
Tip
TV Window
2 Use Keypad to select a
channel
8
TV
Press w for channel 10, 0 for
channel 11, and q for channel
12.
■To Change Next/Previous Channel
v
■To Automatically Search for
Receivable Stations
Press and hold v
Press o or t to stop station
search.
8-6
Available Functions
Toggle
Windows2
Press and hold r
Windows toggle as
follows: Data Broadcast →
Image & Data Broadcast →
Image & Subtitles & Data
Broadcast
1 TV viewing will resume in Time Shift
playback.
2 Available in Portrait view.
Watching TV
Time Shift Playback
While Watching
Resume watching TV even after
pausing with playback.
● Time Shift playback is available when
you have stopped watching One Seg or
you receive a call.
● Time Shift playback is unavailable when
Time Shift Setup is set to Auto OFF.
1
[TV] window
d
Tip
TV viewing is paused or during Time
Shift playback.
From Quick Menu
● Use Quick Menu to activate TV from
closed position.
1a
Touch Sensor is enabled (On).
2 Tap k, l or ;
■Returning to Standby
a or Press and hold a
3 k or l to select
;
8
TV
resume watching TV
be stored. Data is overwritten starting
from the oldest data. If you resume
viewing after pausing for more than
two minutes, viewing starts from the
beginning of stored data (not from
where you paused).
・ Other channels are unavailable while
TV is paused.
2 When it is possible to
Note
・ Up to two minutes of playback data can
d
Time Shift playback starts.
■To Start From Beginning of Stored
Playback Data
h
■To Change Playback Speed
j
TV Window (Landscape View)
■Returning to Standby
Press and hold a
YES
;
■To End Playback
d
8-7
Watching TV
Keys in TV Window
(Landscape View)
8
Still image
recording
;
Starts/Ends
Video
recording
Press and hold ;
Adjust Volume
k or l (Lower
volume or raise
volume)
Forward
channel
selection
Press and hold k or
Press and hold l
TV
Returning to
Standby
Data Broadcasts
(Japanese)
Data broadcasts are available while
watching TV in Portrait view. Access
various kinds of program-related and
other information in Data Broadcast
Mode.
1
[TV] window
r
Select a Link
c
Confirm
Selection of a
Link
d
Switch Pages
v
Previous Page t
Toggle
Windows
Press and hold r
Windows toggle as follows:
Data Broadcast → Image &
Data Broadcast → Image &
Subtitles & Data Broadcast
Note
・ Viewing data broadcast information
Press and hold a
Data Broadcast Mode Window
Data Broadcast Mode is activated.
Access the Internet from a link to
view pages relating to the current
program.
■Returning to Image Mode
r
8-8
Available Functions
requires no fees. However, accessing
Internet links will incur transmission
fees.
・ Data broadcasts are unavailable in
Landscape view.
Watching TV
Program Guide
More Features
● Use Program Guide to set timer to
record/activate programs.
● Activate TV from Program Guide.
1
i
d
TV
d
Guide
Program
See Program Guide help for
further operations.
Before first using Program Guide,
configure initial settings and agree
to the terms of use. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
Advanced
Watching TV
● Show Program Information
● Adjust Brightness
● Switch Main & Sub Audio
● Switch Audio Channels
● Show Current Channel List Information
● Add Current Station to Channel List
● Select a Program
( P. 8-14)
TV Link
Save TV Links
● Access Pages/Information from TV Links
● Show Details of a TV Link
● Show Number of Saved TV Links
● Delete TV Links
( P. 8-15)
●
Data Broadcasts
● Set Whether to Show Images in Pages
Accessed from Data Broadcasts
● Enable/Disable Sound Effects of Data
Broadcasts
● Set Whether or Not to Show
Confirmation Window Again
( P. 14-29)
8
TV
Data Broadcasts
Reload Page Accessed from Data
Broadcast
● Check Certificate for SSL Page
● Exit Page and Return to Data Broadcast
( P. 8-15)
●
Customize
Image & Sound
● Set Subtitle Display
● Show/Hide Icons in Landscape View
● Save Battery by Dimming Backlight
● Keep Backlight Lighted While Watching
TV
● Set Time Backlight Stays Lit While
Watching TV
● Set Sound Effects
● Set Visual Image Effects
● Set TV to Pause or Continue for Incoming
Calls (Time Shift Playback)
( P. 14-28)
8-9
Recording/Playing Programs
Recording Programs
TV programs can be recorded on
memory card while you are watching
them.
● Data broadcasts are not saved with
recording.
1
[TV] window
hold o
Press and
Recording starts.
■To Capture a Still Image
o
8
TV
Captured still images are saved to
TV folder in Data Folder.
2o
Note
・ The channel remains fixed during
recording.
・ Recording certain programs is
restricted. If a restriction is activated
while recording a program, recording
automatically ends, and the part that
has been recorded so far is saved.
・ When
appears to indicate handset is
out of the broadcasting area, recording
is paused. When the signal strength
recovers to weak or better, recording
automatically resumes.
・ Recordings that you make are for
personal use only. Other uses require
the permission of the copyright holder.
Playing Programs
1i
TV
Data Folder
d
d
2 Video
d
microSD
d
Recorded Program List Window
Recording ends.
■When Memory Becomes Full
Recording ends and the recorded
portion is saved.
8-10
■To View Captured Still Images
d
Image
Select a folder
d
Recording/Playing Programs
3 Select a file
d
Available Keys during
Program Playback
Pause/Play
Mute
p
Fast Play
v
Frame Forward j during pause
■To Stop Playback
t
・ If a program was stopped partway
through, resume playback from that
point. Select YES and press Xd.
Skip by 30
Seconds
Press and hold v
Toggle Sound
Effects
o
Recording Programs
● Edit Title of a Recorded Program
● Reset Title of a Recorded Program
● Switch Views of Recorded Program List
Window
● Check Information on a Recorded
Program
● Check Volume of Recorded Programs
● Delete Recorded Programs
( P. 8-16)
Playing Programs
Specify Point to Start Playback
( P. 8-16)
●
8
TV
Tip
Advanced
d
Adjust Volume c
Recorded Program Playback Window
More Features
Customize
Recording Programs
● Continue/End Recording at Low Battery
( P. 14-29)
8-11
View/Record Timer
Setting View Timer
1
i
d
TV
Program List
Booking
d
d
Enter Date
Enter date and time
3
■To Select a Date from Calendar
d
Choose Date
Select a
d
d
Enter time
date
d
4
5
8
Booking Program List Window
TV
2u
New
d
View Timer Setting Window
8-12
d
d
Setting Record Timer
1i
d
TV
Timer
d
Recording List
Select a channel
d
d
ON, ON/Set Time
d(
or OFF
Select a
d)
time
6o
Timer Recording List Window
2u
New
d
Record Timer Setting Window
View/Record Timer
3
4
d
Enter Date d
Enter date and time to
d
start recording
d
Enter Date d
Enter date and time to
d
end recording
■To Select a Date from Calendar
d
Choose Date
Select a
d
d
Enter time
date
5
Select a channel
6
7 o(
d
ON or OFF
d
YES or YES (Confirm
d)
Once)
View Timer:
The alarm sounds for about five
minutes, and the start date and time,
channel, program title and animation
appear in Display. Press any key to stop
the alarm tone.
Record Timer:
One minute before the recording start
time, the alarm sounds for about two
seconds. After the start date and time,
end date and time, channel, program
title and animation appear in Display,
TV activates. Then, recording starts at
the set start time.
Note
・ Set a timer start date and time that is
more than one minute from the present
time.
More Features
Advanced
View/Record Timer
● Select a Timer Alarm Tone
● Enter Title of Booked Program
● Set Regular Activation of View or
Record Timer
● Set Timer Alarm Volume
● Activate TV Directly from Timer Alarm
Notification Window
● Set Priority at Recording Start Time
When a TV & Music Group Function is
Active
● Edit View/Record Timer Settings
● Change Order of Booked Programs
● Delete Booked Programs
● Check Volume of Recorded Programs
● Check Result of Timer Recording
( P. 8-17)
8
TV
d
d
When the Set Time
Comes
8-13
Advanced Features
Channel Settings
Save Stations to a Channel List
Automatically
i
TV
d
d
d
Channel Settings
d
Automatic
YES
d
YES
Enter title
d
Save Stations of a Different Area
to a Channel List
8
TV
i
d
d
TV
Channel List
u
Not Stored
Channel
d
d
Settings
Select Area
d
Select area
Select
d
d
prefecture/city
YES
Switch Channel Lists
i
d
8-14
d
TV
Channel List
d
Select a channel list
Watching TV
Switch Audio Channels
Start Here
【TV】window ............................... P. 8-6
Show Program Information
【TV】window
d
Info
u
Sound Switch is available when there
is more than one audio channel.
Program
Show Current Channel List
Information
Adjust Brightness
【TV】window
d
Setting
u
Display
d
Brightness
d
Select a level
u
Sound
【TV】window
u
d
Channel Info
Channel
d
Add Current Station to Channel
List
Switch Main & Sub Audio
【TV】window
u
d
Sound
d
Sound Switch
Select an
d
audio channel
【TV】window
d
d
Main/Sub Sound
Select
d
an audio output option
【TV】window
u
d
Add Channel
d
Channel
YES
d
Use Add Channel when you find a
new station by holding down v.
Advanced Features
Select a Program
【TV】window
u
d
Tune Service
a service (program)
Exit Page and Return to Data
Broadcast
Channel
Select
d
d
Tune Service is available when more
than one service (program) is
broadcast from the same station.
Data Broadcasts
Start Here
【Data Broadcast Mode】window ......P. 8-8
【Data Broadcast Mode】window
u
d
Data Broadcast
d
Re-read
TV Link
Start Here
【Data Broadcast Mode】window... P. 8-8
Save TV Links
【Data Broadcast Mode】window
d
Select an item
YES
d
Some TV links may have expiration dates.
i
d
d
TV
TV Link
Types of TV links are indicated by the
following icons:
Memo information
Data broadcast site
Internet content
Show Details of a TV Link
i
d
TV
Select a TV link
d
Detail
d
TV Link
u
Display
8
TV
Reload Page Accessed from Data
Broadcast
【Data Broadcast Mode】window
u
d
Data Broadcast
d
Back to Data BC
Access Pages/Information from TV
Links
Show Number of Saved TV Links
i
u
d
TV
TV Link
d
No. of TV Link
d
Check Certificate for SSL Page
【Data Broadcast Mode】window
u
d
Data Broadcast
d
Show Certificate
8-15
Advanced Features
Delete TV Links
i
d
TV
Select a TV link
●
●
●
Reset Title of a Recorded Program
TV Link
d
u
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select a
d
Repeat step of
TV link
o
d
selecting TV link
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
8
TV
Recording Programs
Start Here
【Recorded Program List】window.. P. 8-10
Edit Title of a Recorded Program
【Recorded Program List】window
u
Select a program
Edit
d
d
Title
Edit title
8-16
【Recorded Program List】window
u
Select a program
d
d
Initialize Title
YES
Switch Views of Recorded
Program List Window
【Recorded Program List】window
u
d
Switch List
Title
d
or Title + Image
Check Information on a Recorded
Program
【Recorded Program List】window
u
Select a program
Show
d
Info
Delete Recorded Programs
【Recorded Program List】window
u
Select a program
●
●
●
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select a
d
u
d
Delete
file
d
YES
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
Playing Programs
Start Here
【Recorded Program Playback】
window ...................................... P. 8-11
Check Volume of Recorded
Programs
【Recorded Program List】window
u
d
Check Memory
Specify Point to Start Playback
【Recorded Program Playback】
d
u
window
Location
d
v to specify point
d
Advanced Features
View/Record Timer
Start Here
【Booking Program List】window P. 8-12
【View Timer Setting】window . P. 8-12
【Timer Recording List】window .. P. 8-12
【Record Timer Setting】window . P. 8-12
Select a Timer Alarm Tone
【View Timer Setting】window
d
d
Select a folder
d)
( Select a sub folder
d
Select an alarm tone
Set Regular Activation of View or
Record Timer
【View Timer Setting】window or
【Record Timer Setting】window
d
1 Time, Daily or Select
d
Day
When Select Day is specified, select
days of the week and press o.
Set Timer Alarm Volume
【View Timer Setting】window or
【Record Timer Setting】window
d
Enter program title
Activate TV Directly from Timer
Alarm Notification Window
d
d
【View Timer Setting】window
d
d
ON or OFF
When ON is set, press d twice and
select YES from Alarm Notification
window to activate TV and watch the
booked program.
【Record Timer Setting】window
d
Recording or
d
Operation Preferred
When Recording is set, the function in
operation is interrupted/ended, and
recording starts. When Operation
Preferred is set, a confirmation asking
whether to start recording appears.
Edit View/Record Timer Settings
【Booking Program List】window or
【Timer Recording List】window
o
Select a booked program
o
Edit each item
8
TV
Enter Title of Booked Program
【View Timer Setting】window or
【Record Timer Setting】window
d
c to adjust volume
Set Priority at Recording Start
Time When a TV & Music Group
Function is Active
Change Order of Booked Programs
【Booking Program List】window or
【Timer Recording List】window
u
d
Sort
Select a
d
criterion
8-17
Advanced Features
Delete Booked Programs
【Booking Program List】window or
【Timer Recording List】window
u
Select a program
Delete
d
● To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
● To Select Delete selected
d
Delete selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
programs
● To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter
d
d
YES
Security Code
Select Delete past to delete old bookings.
8
TV
Check Volume of Recorded Programs
【Timer Recording List】window
u
d
Memory Info
Check Result of Timer Recording
i
TV
d
d
Result Timer Rec
d
Select an entry
Press d to play the recorded program.
8-18
Music Player & S! Appli
About Music Player ............................. 9-2
Playback Windows .................................... 9-3
Downloading Music .................................. 9-4
Music Playback .................................... 9-5
Playing Music............................................. 9-5
From Quick Menu ..................................... 9-6
Using Playlists ............................................ 9-6
S! Appli................................................. 9-8
About S! Appli........................................... 9-8
Downloading S! Appli .............................. 9-8
Activating S! Appli .................................... 9-9
9
Advanced Features ............................ 9-10
Music Player............................................. 9-10
S! Appli .................................................... 9-13
9-1
About Music Player
Use Music Player to play and organize songs on handset.
● Access the Internet to download music.
● Videos can also be played with Music Player.
● Some files are unplayable depending on their format.
Music Player & S! Appli
Handset
9
PC
● Play not possible with insufficient battery charge.
● Alarm notification, received calls, etc. while playing will pause
play.
Play & Organize Songs/Videos on Handset
Save Music
Inbox
Save downloaded and transferred music from
Memory Card.
Record Videos
Memory Card
WMA
Save WMA format
music.
Transfer to
Memory Card
Save Videos
Inbox*
Download
Download and play music/videos (packet
transmission fees are charged).
Streaming
Internet
Save music moved/copied
from handset or
transferred from PC.
Play music/videos as you download. Downloaded
data is not stored (packet transmission fees are
incurred even while paused).
Save shot/downloaded videos, and videos
transferred from Memory Card.
Camera*
Memory Card
Save recorded
videos.
Save videos moved/copied from
handset or transferred from PC.
* Saved videos can be edited as well.
Tip
・ Be sure to save music files from PC to Memory Card in the following folder.
¥PRIVATE¥MYFOLDER¥My Items¥Music
9-2
About Music Player
⑩ Shuffle Mode
① Artist Name <Creator>1
Playback Windows
ON
② Title
③ Playback Image <Video>1
Normal Screen Mode
④ Playback Status
Play
Fast Forward
Slow Play
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑬
⑭
⑮
⑦
Pause
Rewind
Fast Play
⑤ Sound Effect is on (appears
continuously)
⑥ Current Track/Total Tracks in
Folder (Current File Number/Total
Files in Folder)
⑩⑪⑫
Full Screen Mode
(For Video Playback)
①
② ③
For each genre of music
User settings
⑯
⑬ Playback Position
indicates the current playback
position. Use v to move playback
position during pause.
⑭ Elapsed Playback Time/Total
Playback Time
⑮ Volume
⑯ Guide Display2
⑦ Equalizer
OFF
⑧
⑨
⑫ Song/file Selection
⑧ Sound Effect
OFF
Press and hold a to end
Music Player
; to pause
; to resume
Music Player & S! Appli
①
②
OFF
⑪ To Web
Connect to the URL in the song.
9
1 Descriptions in < > apply to video
playback.
2 Only appears when handset closed.
For different
song styles
User settings
⑨ Repeat Mode
OFF
Repeat One
⑦
⑧ ⑨ ⑩⑪⑫⑬ ⑥ ④
⑭
Repeat All
⑤⑮
9-3
About Music Player
Using Music Player the
First Time
Music Player & S! Appli
9
When initially using this function after
purchasing your handset, a
confirmation window will ask if you
want to normally play in full screen
mode. Select YES or NO and press d.
2 Connect handset to your PC
Downloading Music
with a USB cable
Music can now be transferred by
operation from your PC. See the
Help for “Windows Media Player“
for details.
● Check the fees, expiration date, etc. on
the download site.
1
i
d
Music
Download Music
d
YES
d
3 Transfer WMA data from your PC
to microSD card
■To Search for Songs to Download
d
Search Music
YES
4 Once transferred, remove
d
USB cable from your PC and
handset
2 Follow onscreen instructions
Remove from PC according to
method for the OS.
Transferring from PC
● Convert music CD data to WMA format
Note
and store to microSD card using
Windows Media Player.
1
9-4
i
d
Settings
External Connection
USB Mode Setting
d
MTP Mode
・ Not supported for Windows Media
Player 10. Use Windows Meida Player
11.
d
d
・
Tip
・ After transferring WMA data, return
USB Mode Setting to
Communication Mode.
Music Playback
Playing Music
d
d
®
・ Use any Bluetooth compatible audio
device (P. 13-5).
・ To play videos downloaded or recorded
with camera:
Xi
Xd
Data Folder
Videos
Xd
Specify a video to play
Available Keys during
Playback
Song List Window
3 Select a song
d
Music Player Playback Window
(Video Player Playback Window)
● While Handset is Open
Pause/Play
d
Adjust Volume
c
Play from Beginning
Play Previous Song or
Video
h
Play Next Song/Video
j
Rewind
Press and
hold h
Fast Forward
Press and
hold j
Select a Song/File
p or 6
Set Equalizer
1*
Set Sound Effect
2*
Set Repeat Mode
3*
Set Shuffle Mode
4*
Access the Internet
5
Toggle Normal Screen
and Full Screen
9
Toggle Jacket Image
q or w
When there
are several
jacket
images.
End Playback
Music Player & S! Appli
1 i Music
2 Select a folder
Tip
9
t
* The setting toggles each time you press
the key.
Move Playback Position v during
pause
9-5
Music Playback
Available Keys in
Playback Window
From Quick Menu
● Use Quick Menu to activate Music
Music Player & S! Appli
Player from closed position.
1
a
Touch Sensor is enabled (On).
;
Adjust Volume
k or l
Next Track
Press and hold l
Play from Start, Press and hold k
Previous Track
2 Tap k, l or ;
■Returning to Standby
End Music
Player
a or Press and hold a
3 k or l to select
Play/Pause
;
Press and hold a
Using Playlists
Use playlists to play songs by genre or
by artist, or gather your favorite songs
and arrange them in your favorite
order.
● Songs saved on memory card can also
be added to playlists.
Creating a Playlist
1i
Music
d
Playlist
d
9
Playlist List Window
Music Player Playback Window
■Returning to Standby
Press and hold a
9-6
2 u Create Playlist
3 Select a folder d
Select a song
d
d
Repeat this step to specify other
songs.
Music Playback
4 When all songs are specified
o
Enter playlist name
■To Start Playing the Playlist
d
1
[Playlist List] window
d
Select a playlist
■To Play a Playlist from the
Beginning
Select a playlist
o
Playlist Song List Window
d
Advanced
Playing Music
● Resume Playback
● File Property
● Repeat
● Set Preferred Sound Quality
● Set Preferred Sound Effect
● Specify Play Start Position
● Use a Different Function While Playing
Music
● Open Lyrics
● Open Jacket Image
● Check Operation Methods
( P. 9-10)
●
●
●
●
Edit a Playlist Name
Add All Music in Memory Card to
Playlist
Copy a Playlist
Check Playlist Information
Delete Playlists
( P. 9-11)
Customize
Playback Window
● Change Playback Window Mode
● Change Design of Playback Window
● Set Image Display Size
( P. 14-33)
Music Player & S! Appli
Playing a Playlist
●
More Features
9
Organizing Songs
Set a Song as Ringtone
● Search for Songs
● Change Order of Songs
● Check Volume of Saved Music
● Delete All Music in WMA Folder
( P. 9-11)
●
■To Play All Songs
d (twice)
All Tracks
2 Select a song
d
Playlists
Add Songs to Playlist
● Change Order of Playlist Songs
● Cancel Playlist Songs
●
9-7
S! Appli
About S! Appli
Music Player & S! Appli
9
S! Appli are applications designed for
SoftBank handsets. Download games
and other applications.
● About License Information
To check Java™ and JBlend™ license
information:
1
i
d
S! Appli
d
Information
● About Lifestyle-Appli
Handset includes Osaifu-Keitai®compatible S! Appli “Lifestyle-Appli“
(P. 11-3). Change Lifestyle-Appli
settings as any other S! Appli.
● About Network S! Appli
Since network S! Appli require network
(Internet) connection, transmission fees
are incurred. A confirmation may
appear when an application is
connecting to the network. Follow
onscreen instructions.
Tip
・ For information on transmission fees,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
Downloading
S! Appli
1
i
d
S! Appli
d
S! Appli List
Download S! App
d
YES
d
2 Select an S! Appli
d (twice)
■To Activate S! Appli Right Away
d
YES
Select an S! Appli
d
■To Activate S! Appli Later
d
NO
Note
・ Check the battery level before
downloading S! Appli. If the battery
level is low, download may fail.
・ If you replace USIM Card due to
damage or loss, downloaded S! Appli
are no longer available.
・ If you initialize handset when using an
S! Appli moved to Memory Card, the S!
Appli will no longer be usable.
You will need to download it again.
・ When using an S! Appli moved to
Memory Card, using the procedures
below will resave the S! Appli to your
handset and the S! Appli in Memory
Card will no longer be usable.
– Download the same S! Appli with no
Memory Card inserted
– Download the same S! Appli with
different Memory Card inserted
Use an S! Appli resaved to handset as it
is in handset, or again move it to
Memory Card.
Tip
・ For how to download Lifestyle-Appli,
see P. 11-3.
・ See S! Appli’s Help menu or the
download site for operational
information.
9-8
S! Appli
Activating S! Appli
1
i
d
S! Appli
d
S! Appli List
More Features
Advanced
Customize
S! Appli List Window
2 Select an application
■To End S! Appli
y
End
d
d
Tip
・ S! Appli is paused when a call arrives.
S! Appli resumes when the call ends.
When Running S! Appli
● Set Sound Volume
● Set Vibration
● Set Backlight
● Set Blinking of Backlight
● Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Connect to
Network
● Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Write
Personal Information
● Reset Security Settings of S! Appli
( P. 14-33)
Music Player & S! Appli
S! Appli
● Check S! Appli Information
● Check Volume of Saved S! Appli
● Delete an S! Appli
( P. 9-13)
9
S! Appli Settings
● Reset S! Appli Settings
● Delete All S! Appli
(
P. 14-34)
9-9
Advanced Features
Music Player
Repeat
Start Here
【Music Player Playback】window
Music Player & S! Appli
...................................................... P. 9-5
【Song List】window .................... P. 9-5
【Playlist List】window ................. P. 9-6
【Playlist Song List】window ....... P. 9-7
Playing Music
Resume Playback
i
Music
d
Resume Play
d
9
File Property
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Detail Info
File
d
Property
View file information.
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Action Setting
d
Repeat Setting
All Repeat
d
or Single Repeat
Set Preferred Sound Quality
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Action Setting
d
Sound Effect
Equalizer
d
Select user setting 1 to 3
o
Set level for each
wavelength d
●
To return sound quality to initial state
Select user setting 1 to 3
o (twice)
Set Preferred Sound Effect
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Action Setting
d
d
Sound Effect
Effect
o
Select user setting 1 to 3
Set level for each effect d
●
●
To set by existing effects
o
Select user setting 1 to 3
p
d
Select effect
To return sound effect to initial state
o
Select user setting 1 to 3
(twice)
Specify Play Start Position
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Play Menu
Position
d
to Play
Specify play start
position with v d
Use a Different Function While
Playing Music
【Music Player Playback】window
y
d
Switch to BGM
Activate another function
9-10
Advanced Features
Open Lyrics
Use v to toggle between lyrics.
Open Jacket Image
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Detail Info
Jacket
d
Image
Use v to toggle jacket images.
Check Operation Methods
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Help
Set a Song as Ringtone
【Song List】window
Select a
u
Select Ring Tone
song
d(
Specify play start position
d)
with v
Select ringtone
d
item
Check Volume of Saved Music
【Song List】window
d
Memory Info
u
Delete All Music in WMA Folder
i
d
d
Music
WMA
d
Delete All
Enter
d
d
Security Code
YES
u
Search for Songs
【Song List】window,【Playlist List】
window or【Playlist Song List】
u
d
Search
window
d
Select a search
Title
d
criterion
Enter condition
d
Select a song from search results and
press d to play it.
Playlists
Add Songs to Playlist
【Playlist Song List】window
u
d
Edit Playlist
Add Music
d
Select a folder
Select
d
d
o
songs
YES
d
The songs you specified are added at
the end of the playlist.
Music Player & S! Appli
【Music Player Playback】window
u
d
Detail Info
Lyric
d
Organizing Songs
9
Change Order of Songs
【Song List】window/【Playlist Song
u
List】window
Sort
d
d
Select a criterion
9-11
Advanced Features
Change Order of Playlist Songs
Music Player & S! Appli
【Playlist Song List】window
u
Select a song
Edit Playlist
Sort Playlist
d
d
Select a position
d
Cancel Playlist Songs
【Playlist Song List】window
u
Select a song
Edit Playlist
d
Release Settings
d
●
●
9
●
To Select Release This
d
d
Release This
YES
To Select Release Selected
d
Release Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
songs
To Select Release All
d
Release All
Enter
d
d
YES
Security Code
Edit a Playlist Name
【Playlist List】window
Select a
u
playlist
Edit Playlist Name
d
d
Edit playlist name
9-12
Add All Music in Memory Card to
Playlist
【Playlist List】window
u
Update All Tracks
YES
d
d
Copy a Playlist
【Playlist List】window
Select a
u
playlist
Copy to Playlist
d
Check Playlist Information
【Playlist List】window
Select a
u
d
playlist
Playlist Info
Delete Playlists
【Playlist List】window
Select a
u
playlist
Delete Playlist
d
● To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
● To Select Delete Selected
d
Delete Selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
playlists
● To Select Delete All
d
d
Delete All
YES
Advanced Features
S! Appli
Start Here
【S! Appli List】window ............... P. 9-9
【S! Appli List】window
Select an
u
d
S! Appli
Properties
Check Volume of Saved S! Appli
【S! Appli List】window
d
Memory Info
u
Delete an S! Appli
【S! Appli List】window
Select an
u
d
Delete
S! Appli
d
YES
Music Player & S! Appli
Check S! Appli Information
9
9-13
Entertainment
Mobile Widget ................................... 10-2
Overview..................................................
Using Mobile Widget..............................
Downloading Widgets............................
Adding Widgets ......................................
10-2
10-2
10-3
10-4
S! Quick News.................................... 10-5
Using S! Quick News ............................... 10-5
S! Info Channel .................................. 10-6
Using S! Info Channel ............................. 10-6
Books .................................................. 10-8
Obtaining Books ..................................... 10-8
Using BookSurfing® ................................ 10-8
10
Advanced Features ............................ 10-9
Mobile Widget ........................................ 10-9
S! Quick News.......................................... 10-9
S! Info Channel...................................... 10-10
Weather Indicators ............................... 10-10
10-1
Mobile Widget
Overview
Entertainment
Download widgets to access the latest
information or use various tools.
Access widgets from Standby by
pressing f.
● Add up to five widgets per Desktop
page. Select from four Desktop pages.
● In addition to preinstalled widgets,
download widgets as needed.
● Screenshots are for illustrative purposes
and may differ in appearance from
actual widgets.
10
● Network Widgets
Some widgets require network
connection. Transmission fees incur
when using such widgets. Follow
onscreen instructions when connecting.
● Packet transmission fees apply for
downloading widgets.
Using Mobile Widget
Open Desktop page and use widgets.
1y
Widgets appear.
Tip
・ Contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information for details on
transmission fees.
Checking Overview of
Mobile Widget
1
i
d
Entertainment
d
Mobile Widget
d
Information
Desktop
Note
・ Handset may briefly connect to
network after you press Wy. Packet
transmission fees apply.
10-2
Mobile Widget
2f
Select Desktop Page
Use pointer to select widgets.
。
1
p
[Active Desktop Page]
Select a Desktop page
d
Downloading
Widgets
Download and add to Desktop page.
● Store up to 100 widgets.
1i
Active Desktop Page
2 Select widgets to download
■Alternatively, in Standby, press f
to open Active Desktop page.
3 Use b to select widget
d
d (twice)
A “★“ appears next to the selected
Desktop page.
3 Paste on Desktop
Select a Desktop page
Move into position
d
d
d
Entertainment
d
Entertainment
d
Mobile Widget
d
Widget Contents
d
Download Widget
10
■To Activate Immediately
Start d
■To Check Information
Property d
■To Open List
Widget Contents
d
■To Return to Previous Window
Back d
10-3
Mobile Widget
Widget List Icons &
Indicators
Adding Widgets
1
①
②
Entertainment
10
i
Data Folder
d
Widget
2 Select widgets to add
More Features
d
Advanced
u
d
Paste on Desktop
Select a Desktop page
d
Move into position
d
Tip
Widget List
① Contents Icon
Access Download Widget.
Appears when no icon set to
widgets.
Uninstalled widgets. Select to
start installation.
② Data Information
Preinstalled widgets
Downloaded widgets
Added to Desktop Page
Sendable by mail
Infrared transmittable
Transferable to Memory Card
10-4
・ Add up to five widgets in each Desktop
page.
Mobile Widget
● Change Position of widgets
● Delete from Desktop Page
● Place widgets in Foreground or
Background
● Update Display
( P. 10-9)
Customize
Mobile Widget Settings
● Set Whether to Use Mobile Widget
● Check Auto Synchronize Settings
● Set Whether to Automatically Transmit
When Abroad
● Delete All widgets from Desktop Page
● Set Whether to Use Cookies
● Delete Cookies
( P. 14-35)
S! Quick News
Using S! Quick News
Registered news can be updated
automatically and checked from
Standby.
<Example> Register news on
S! Quick News List
[S! Quick News List] window
d
Select an item
d
■To Check Next Updated Information
p
Advanced
S! Quick News
● Manually Update List
● Automatically Update List
● View Descriptions of Registered News
● Delete Registered News/Items
( P. 10-9)
Customize
S! Quick News List Window
d
More Features
S! Quick News
● Hide S! Quick News in Standby
● Set Ticker Speed
● Set Information to appear in S! Quick
News
● Hide S! Quick News Images
● Reset S! Quick News Registered
Contents
( P. 14-36)
Entertainment
Press and hold f
2 Add News
1
2 Select information
Registering News
1
Checking Updated
Information
10
YES
d
3 Select an item
d
Follow onscreen instructions.
10-5
S! Info Channel
Using S! Info
Channel
This information service automatically
receives the latest news, weather, and
other information.
● Transmission fees are incurred.
Subscribing for Service
Entertainment
Subscribe by registering to receive
service.
1
i
d
Entertainment
S! Info Ch./Weather
d
2 Register/Cancel
YES
d
Weather Indicators
d
3 Select a contents
d
Continue by following onscreen
directions to subscribe.
● Weather Indicators
Checking Latest
Information
Clear
(Daytime)
Later
A Desktop Icon notifies you when new
information is received.
Clear (Night)
Partial
Cloudy
Pollen (Low)
Rain
Pollen (High)
Thunder
UV Rays
(Low)
Snow
UV Rays
(High)
1
d
Desktop Icons
d
Continue by following onscreen
directions. Web page operation is
the same as for Yahoo! Keitai.
Tip
10
・ To check from a menu:
What’s
[S! Info Channel Menu]
Xd
New
・ To check previous information:
History
[S! Info Channel Menu]
Xd
Xd
Select a date
Unread
or read backnumbers are indicated
with
or .
S! Info Channel Menu
10-6
After subscribing, weather indicators
showing current weather appear in
Standby.
<Example> Cloudy, partial rain
● Besides the above, indicators for chance
of rain, typhoon information, seasonal
information, etc. appear.
S! Info Channel
Checking Weather Report
1
[S! Info Channel Menu]
d
Weather Indicator
d
Weather
More Features
Advanced
Weather Indicators
● Manually Update Weather Information
( P. 10-10)
Customize
S! Info Channel
● Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon For
New Received Information
● Set Font Size for Web Pages
● Set Font Size
( P. 14-37)
Entertainment
S! Info Channel
● Receive Previous Unreceivable
Information
● Store Images/Melodies from Web Pages
● Store Background Images from Web
Pages
● Add Phone Numbers/Mail Addresses
from Web Pages
( P. 10-10)
Weather Indicators
Set Whether to Automatically Update
Weather Information
● Set Whether to Display Weather
Indicators in Standby
● Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon For
New Received Information
( P. 14-37)
●
10
10-7
Books
Download e-comics, e-photo albums,
and other CCF file books.
Obtaining Books
Download books from the Internet.
● Downloaded books are stored in Books in
Data Folder.
● Some books require you to obtain a
contents key (right to use contents).
Entertainment
10
1
i
d
Data Folder
d
Books
Download
d
d
Books
YES
Continue by following onscreen
directions to download.
Tip
・ Downloads from BookSurfing® are also
available.
10-8
Using BookSurfing®
View e-comics, e-photo albums, etc.
(CCF file).
1
i
Entertainment
BookSurfing d
d
BookSurfing® is activated.
See the Help for BookSurfing® for
operation.
Tip
・ Alternatively, activate BookSurfing® by
selecting BookSurfing from the
S! Appli list.
Advanced Features
Mobile Widget
Start Here
【Active Desktop Page】............. P. 10-3
Change Position of widgets
Delete from Desktop Page
【Active Desktop Page】 Point to
u
target widgets
Delete
d
d
Content
YES
Place widgets in Foreground or
Background
【Active Desktop Page】 Point to
u
target widgets
To front or
d
To back
【Active Desktop Page】 Point to
u
target widgets
Renew
d
Display
View Descriptions of Registered
News
【S! Quick News List】window
u
Select an item
Outline
d
S! Quick News
Start Here
【S! Quick News List】window... P. 10-5
Manually Update List
【S! Quick News List】window
u
Select an item
Refresh
d
This or Refresh All
YES
d
Delete Registered News/Items
【S! Quick News List】window
u
Select an item
●
●
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
YES
d (twice)
Enter Security Code
d (twice)
Entertainment
【Active Desktop Page】 Point to
u
target widgets
Change
d
Layout
Move into
d
position
Update Display
10
Automatically Update List
i
d
Entertainment
S!
d
Quick News
Settings
d
d
Auto Refresh
Select
d
an item
Select an interval,
d (twice)
ON or OFF
10-9
Advanced Features
S! Info Channel
Start Here
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
.................................................... P. 10-6
Receive Previous Unreceivable
Information
Entertainment
10
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
d
Get Latest Contents
d
YES
Store Images/Melodies from Web
Pages
【Web Page】 u
Save File
d
d
Object
Select a file
d
d
d
Save
YES
Select Play and press d to play
melody file.
Select Property and press d to check
file information.
10-10
Weather Indicators
Store Background Images from
Web Pages
【Web Page】
u
Save File
d
d
Background Image
d
d
Save
YES
Select Property and press d to check
file information.
Add Phone Numbers/Mail
Addresses from Web Pages
u
Add to
d
d
YES
Phone Book
d
Phone or USIM
New or
d
Add (overwrite)
Edit
o
items
【Web Page】
Start Here
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
.................................................... P. 10-6
Manually Update Weather
Information
【S! Info Channel Menu】window
d
Weather Indicator
Manual Update
d
YES
d
Tools
Osaifu-Keitai® .................................... 11-2
Recording Your Voice............................ 11-14
About Osaifu-Keitai® .............................. 11-2
Using Osaifu-Keitai® ............................... 11-3
Activating IC Card Lock........................... 11-4
Calculator......................................... 11-15
Alarm................................................ 11-16
Life History Viewer............................ 11-6
Life History Viewer Window .................. 11-6
Viewing Data in Chronological Order ... 11-7
Schedule............................................. 11-8
Setting Alarm......................................... 11-16
Canceling Alarm .................................... 11-17
Bar Code Reader.............................. 11-18
Scanning Bar Codes ............................... 11-18
Checking Scanned Data......................... 11-19
Schedule Window ................................... 11-8
Saving Events to Schedule ...................... 11-8
Checking Saved Events ........................... 11-9
Text Reader...................................... 11-20
To Do List ......................................... 11-11
Advanced Features.......................... 11-23
Saving Tasks........................................... 11-11
Checking Saved Tasks ........................... 11-12
Deleting Tasks ....................................... 11-12
Text Memo....................................... 11-13
Saving Text Memos ............................... 11-13
Deleting Text Memos............................ 11-13
Voice Memo ..................................... 11-14
Scanning Text......................................... 11-21
Checking Scanned Text ......................... 11-22
Osaifu-Keitai® ........................................
Life History Viewer ................................
Schedule .................................................
To Do List ...............................................
Text Memo .............................................
Alarm......................................................
Bar Code Reader & Text Reader ...........
11
11-23
11-23
11-24
11-25
11-25
11-26
11-26
Recording the Other Party’s Voice ....... 11-14
11-1
Osaifu-Keitai®
About Osaifu-Keitai®
“Osaifu-Keitai®“ is a range of IC Card-
based services used by Osaifu-Keitai®
compatible handsets.
Make purchases using e-money or
e-ticketing. Hold handset up to a
reader/writer to pay for your purchase.
● Osaifu-Keitai® Terms
OsaifuKeitai®
Cellular phone equipped
with “FeliCa“ contactless IC
card technology for reading
and writing data by holding
phone up to a reader/writer.
Tools
IC Card
An IC chip embedded in
Osaifu-Keitai®-compatible
handsets.
11
Lifestyle- S! Applications to use
Osaifu-Keitai®. Some
Appli
applications are preinstalled.
11-2
Tip
・ Data saved in IC Card varies by service
content and usage history.
Procedures to delete IC Card data vary
by Lifestyle-Appli.
Contact Osaifu-Keitai® service
providers for details.
・ Softbank is not liable for damage from
accidental loss or alteration of IC Card
data or settings.
・ IC Card data can be misused if your
Osaifu-Keitai® compatible handset is
lost or stolen. Softbank is not liable for
any resulting damages.
Getting Started
Downloading Lifestyle-Appli
Download Lifestyle-Appli via
Internet website.
・ Lifestyle-Appli is saved to
Data Folder.
Registrations/Settings
Activate Lifestyle-Appli to complete
registration or customize settings.
・Make deposit into account, check
payment records or balance, etc.
Note
・ Keep a copy of service passwords,
customer service contact, etc. in a
separate place.
Osaifu-Keitai®
Downloading LifestyleAppli
1
i
Tools d
Osaifud
Keitai
Lifestyled
Appli
Download
d
d
LifeApp
YES
2 Select a Lifestyle-Appli
Activating LifestyleAppli
1
i
Tools
d
Keitai
d
Appli
Using Osaifu-Keitai®
d
OsaifuLifestyle-
d
(twice)
1 Hold e
logo up to a
reader/writer
Check scan
result on reader/writer
display
■To Activate Lifestyle-Appli Right
Away
YES
Appli
Reader/Writer Transactions
● There is no need to activate a LifestyleAppli during transaction.
● Make sure battery is adequately charged.
● Transactions are possible even when
handset power is off or during calls or
Internet transmissions.
d
d
Select a Lifestyle-
Note
・ Check the battery level before
downloading Lifestyle-Appli. If the
battery level is low, download may fail.
・ If you replace USIM Card due to
damage or loss, downloaded LifestyleAppli are no longer available.
Lifestyle-Appli List Window
2 Select a Lifestyle-Appli
Tools
■To Activate Lifestyle-Appli Later
d
NO
d
■To End Lifestyle-Appli
y
d
End
11
Note
・ Keep a copy of service passwords,
customer service contact, etc. in a
separate place.
Place this part
over reader/writer
Tip
・ Lifestyle-Appli is paused when a call
arrives. Lifestyle-Appli resumes when
the call ends.
・ Hold handset parallel to the
reader/writer. Try moving handset
around if recognition is slow.
11-3
Osaifu-Keitai®
Note
・ Softbank is not liable for damages from
accidental loss or alteration of IC Card
data or settings.
Tip
・ Data may be unreadable if a metal
object, etc. is between e logo and
reader/writer.
Activating IC Card
Lock
Use this function to restrict access to
and prevent unauthorized use of
Osaifu-Keitai®.
1
i
d
Tools
d
Osaifu-Keitai
IC
d
Card Lock Set.
2 Enter Security Code
d
■To Set Operation of IC Card Lock
after Power Off
d
IC Lock(Power-off)
Maintain or IC Card Lock ON
d
■To Cancel IC Card Lock
Press and hold 3 in Standby
d
Enter Security Code
Remote Lock
Call from a specified phone to activate
Call Remote Lock.
● Saving Numbers to Activate
Call Remote Lock
1i
Tools
11
d
Tools
d
Osaifu-Keitai
d
Remote Lock
IC Card Lock Setting Window
3 IC Card Lock
d
ON
d
・
appears in Standby.
・ Alternatively, set IC Card Lock by:
Press and hold 3 in Standby.
11-4
2 Enter Security Code
3 ON d
Call
d
Osaifu-Keitai®
2 Hang up after handset
■To Cancel Call Remote Lock
d
OFF
receives the call
3 Within three minutes,
repeat 1 - 2 twice
・ After the third Missed Call, IC Card
Call Remote Lock Setting Window
4 <Not Recorded>
d
Enter Phone Numbers
d
■To save numbers from Phone
Book, Redial or Received calls
u
d
Look-up Address
Phone Book, Redial or Received
d
Select a number
Calls
5o
Note
・ If series is interrupted by another call,
Missed Call count is reset. Start over
from the beginning.
Advanced
Osaifu-Keitai®
● Check Lifestyle-Appli Properties
● Check Memory Status
● Delete a Lifestyle-Appli
● Edit Call Remote Lock Numbers
● Delete Call Remote Lock Numbers
( P. 11-23)
Customize
Osaifu-Keitai®
● Set illumination for IC Card
● Delete all Lifestyle-Appli
● Set Whether to Enable Opening from
Browser
( P. 14-41)
Tools
d]
■To save a Payphone number
u
d
Payphone
Lock is set; a message announces IC
Card Lock activation.
More Features
11
● Activating Call Remote Lock
1
Using one of the specified
phones, call handset
・ Send Caller ID.
11-5
Life History Viewer
View activities in chronological order.
⑥ Date and time
① Time Axis
Life History Viewer
Window
①
③
④
②
⑤
Life History Viewer Window
Tools
o
-
-
-
③ Icon
Still image, image: Image thumbnail
Movie: Movie icon
Schedule: Schedule icon
Mail message(send/receive)history:
Mail message (send/receive)icon
④ Data properties
Still image, image, Movie: No image
Schedule: Schedule name
Mail message (send/receive) history:
The sender for the received mail, and
the receiver for the sent mail
⑤ Data Type
p
11
11-6
② Scale of Time Axis
⑥
⑦
③
②
⑤
Still image, Image data
Video
Schedule
Received
Sent
Received & sent messages
Still image, image, movie:
Shooting, Updating or Saving date
and time
Schedule: Start date and time
Mail message (send/receive) history:
Received/Sent date and time
⑦ Title
Still image, image, movie: Title
Schedule: Schedule name
Mail message (send/receive) history:
The sender for the received mail, and
the receiver for the sent mail
Life History Viewer
Viewing Data in
Chronological Order
1
i
d
Tools
History Viewer
2 Select a data item
d
More Features
Advanced
Life History Viewer
● Hide Some Items in Life History Viewer
● Update Life History Viewer
( P. 11-23)
Life
d
Life History Viewer Closeup Window
3o
Life History Viewer Window
Axis
o or p
Tools
■To Reduce/Enlarge Scale of Time
The function corresponding to the
data type is activated and the data
is opened.
11
11-7
Schedule
Save future events to Schedule. Set the
alarm to be activated at a specified
time with message and animation
appearing to remind you of the event.
Saved events can be checked from
Schedule window.
Schedule Window
① Calendar
Blue date: Saturdays
Red date: Sundays, public and other
holidays
_ : Today
□ : Events for the morning
■ : Events for the afternoon
② Information Panel
Saving Events to
Schedule
1i
d
Tools
d
Schedule
2o
Date, day of the week, content type
icon, time, and saved content
・ Content Type Icon
(or a user icon) Event
Holiday
・ Event Repetition Icon
Daily event
Weekly event
Monthly event
Annual event
Event for over a day
①
Tools
②
Schedule Window
4
11-8
d
Event Edit Window
3
11
Schedule
d
d
Enter subject
d
Select an icon
d
Enter start/end
d
date and time
Schedule
5
d
1 Time, Daily
( ), Weekly ( ), Monthly
d
( ) or Annually ( )
■To Specify Days of the Week
d
Weekly ( )
Put
checkmarks to days of the week
o
6
d
Select an alarm
d
notification option
■To Activate Alarm Prior to Event
d
ON/Set Time
Enter
time
7
8
9
d
d
Enter place
d
o
Enter details
Entered content appears when
alarm sounds or vibrates.
1i
d
Tools
d
Schedule
Tip
call, alarm tone sounds through
earpiece.
・ If a call arrives while the alarm is
sounding, the alarm stops.
1
d
Checking Saved Events
・ If the set alarm time arrives during a
Adding Holidays
Folders are unavailable when
Clock Alarm Tone or OFF is
selected.
5o
2
3
4
o
[Schedule] window
d
Holiday
d
Enter year,
d
month and date
d
1 Time or
d
Annually ( )
d
Enter content
Schedule Window
■To Toggle between Weekly View
and Monthly View
p
2 b to select a date with
events
Tools
d
Select an alarm
d ( Select a
tone type
d
folder
Select an
d)
alarm tone
● Alarm Notification Operations
When the set time arrives, alarm sounds
and animation appears (on Display) for
approximately five minutes.
When handset is closed, press a to stop
the alarm and read out the schedule
sujbect.
When handset is opened, press any key
to stop the alarm.
Press any key again to end notification
message.
11
d
Event List Window
d
11-9
Schedule
d
3 Select an event
3 Select an event
d
Repeat this step to specify other
events or vibrates.
4
o
d
YES
● To Delete All Events Prior to a
Specified Date
1
Event Details Window
Deleting Events
● To Delete One Event
Tools
11
1
[Event List] window
u
Select an event
d
2 Delete
d
YES
Delete This
d
● To Delete Multiple Events
1 [Event List] window u
2 Delete d Delete
selected
11-10
d
In [Schedule] window, select
date, [Event List] window or
[Event Details] window
u
2 Delete
d
YES
d
Delete Past
Select an item d
d
More Features
Advanced
Schedule
● Sort Events by Icon
● Check Number of Saved Events
● Edit an Event
● Copy an Event
● Make/Cancel Secret Setting of an Event
● Delete All Events
● Reset Holidays
● Search Information by Keyword
( P. 11-24)
Customize
Alarm
● Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time
● Change Alarm Tone
( P. 14-3)
To Do List
Save tasks to To Do List. Set Alarm to
remind you of deadlines.
i
Tools
d
List
d
o
d
4
Saving Tasks
1
■To Cancel a Due Date
d
No Date
To Do
■To Edit a Saved Task
o
Select a task
5
6
Select a priority
d
level
d
Select a category
d
d
Select an alarm
d
notification option
■To Activate Alarm Prior to Due
Time
ON/Set Time
time
Task Edit Window
3
d
Enter task
d
Task appears when alarm time
arrives.
d
Enter Date d
Enter due date and time
d
7
Tip
・ If the set alarm time arrives during a
d
Enter
d
Select an alarm
d ( Select a
tone type
d
folder
Select an
d)
o
alarm tone
call, alarm tone sounds through
earpiece.
・ If a call arrives while the alarm is
sounding, the alarm stops.
Tools
2
● Alarm Notification Operations
When the set time arrives, alarm sounds
and animation appears (on Display) for
approximately five minutes.
When handset is closed, press a to stop
the alarm and read out the schedule
sujbect.
When handset is opened, press any key
to stop the alarm.
Press any key again to end notification
message.
11
Folders are unavailable when
Clock Alarm Tone or OFF is
selected.
■To Enter Due Date from Calendar
d
Choose Date
Select a
d
Enter
date on Calendar
d
date/time
11-11
To Do List
Checking Saved
Tasks
1
i
List
Tools
d
d
To Do
Deleting Tasks
1
[Task List] window
u
a task
d
2 Select a task
d
Advanced
● To Delete One Task
d
2 Delete
Task List Window
More Features
Select
Delete This
d
YES
● To Delete Multiple Tasks
1 [Task List] window u
2 Delete d Delete
selected
d
Tools
d
3 Select a task
Repeat this step to specify other
tasks.
11
4o
Task Details Window
Tip
・ Overdue tasks are indicated by red
status icons (e.g.
11-12
).
YES
d
To Do List
● Sort Tasks by Category
● Change Order of Tasks
● Set Task Status
● Delete All Tasks
(
P. 11-25)
Customize
Alarm
● Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time
● Change Alarm Tone
( P. 14-3)
Text Memo
Save short notes or messages as text
memos.
● Saved text memos can be inserted in
Schedule or in messages.
Saving Text Memos
1
i
Tools
d
Memo
d
Text
Deleting Text Memos
● To Delete One Text Memo
1
[Text Memo List] window
u
Select a text memo
d
2 Delete
d
Delete This
d
YES
More Features
Advanced
Text Memo
● Save a Text Memo to Schedule
● Sort Text Memos by Category
● Check Text Memo Information
● Delete All Text Memos
( P. 11-25)
● To Delete Multiple Text Memos
1
[Text Memo List] window
u
2 Delete
Text Memo List Window
2 <Not Recorded>
Enter content
o
d
■To Edit a Saved Text Memo
o
Select a text memo
d
Edit content
d
Delete
d
3 Select a text memo
d
Repeat this step to specify other
text memos.
4o
YES
Tools
selected
11
d
11-13
Voice Memo
Tools
The following two types of voice
memos can be recorded with Voice
Memo:
“Voice memo during a call“ to record
the other party’s voice during a call;
and “Voice memo in Standby“ to
record your voice in Standby.
● Only one entry, either a voice memo
during a call or a voice memo in
Standby, can be saved on handset.
When a new voice memo is recorded,
the previously saved entry is
overwritten.
● The available recording time is 20
seconds for both types of voice memos.
● See P. 3-5 and P. 3-18 for playing and
deleting a recorded voice memo.
11
11-14
Recording the Other
Party’s Voice
1
Press and hold a during a
call
A short beep sounds through the
earpiece, and recording starts.
When remaining recording time
reaches five seconds, a short beep
sounds. When recording is
finished, two short beeps sound.
■To Stop Recording
d or Press and hold a
Recording Your Voice
1i
Tools
d
Memo
2 YES
d
d
Voice
Record your
voice
Speak into microphone after short
beep sounds through earpiece.
When remaining recording time
reaches five seconds, a short beep
sounds. When recording is
finished, two short beeps sound.
■To Stop Recording
d
Tip
・ Recording stops automatically when a
call arrives, alarm goes off or another
function is activated.
Calculator
1
i
Tools
Calculator
d
d
2
Enter numbers with Keypad
Enter + , − , × or ÷ with
Multi Selector
■To Calculate Negative Numbers
h
Enter numbers with
Enter + , − , × or ÷
keypad
with Multi Selector
3d
Result appears.
Available Functions
Enter Number
0 -9
+ (Add)
j
− (Subtract)
h
× (Multiply)
f
÷ (Divide)
g
= (Equal)
d
Decimal Point
o
Cancel Calculation
t(
)
Clear Number
t(
)
digits, .E appears.
Tools
Tip
・ If the calculation result exceeds 10
11
11-15
Alarm
2 Select an alarm
Setting Alarm
1
i
Tools
d
o
6
Alarm
d
d
Select an alarm
d ( Select a
tone type
d
folder
Select an
d)
alarm tone
Folders are unavailable when
Clock Alarm Tone or OFF is
selected.
d
7
volume
Alarm Setting Window
3
d
Enter title
d
8
Title appear in Alarm message.
Alarm List
Tools
■To View Alarm Entries
d
Select an entry
4
5
d
Enter time
d
d
1 Time, Daily ( )
d
or Select Day ( )
■To Specify Days of the Week
d
Select Day ( )
11
Put checkmarks to days of the
o
week
Alarm Details Window
11-16
c to adjust
d
d
ON d Enter
number of activation times
Enter time interval
■To Cancel Snooze
d
OFF
Enter ringing
duration
9
d
o
ON or OFF
d
Alarm
● Alarm Activation Operations
Note
・ The alarm and snooze cancellation
beeps do not sound when Keypad
Sound is set to OFF.
・ Set the auto power-on function to OFF
in Alarm Setting window and turn off
handset, when you are near highprecision electronic devices or devices
using weak signals, on an aircraft or in
a hospital where handset use is
prohibited.
・ If a call arrives while the alarm is
sounding, the alarm stops.
・ If the alarm activation time comes
during a call, Snooze does not work
even if it is set to ON.
More Features
Advanced
Alarm
● Cancel All Alarms
● Edit Alarm Settings
(
P. 11-26)
Customize
Alarm
● Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time
● Change Alarm Tone
( P. 14-3)
Canceling Alarm
Tools
When the set time arrives, alarm is
activated and animation appears (on
Display). When the auto power-on
function is set to ON in Alarm Setting
window, handset is automatically
turned on, if it has been off, to activate
the alarm.
Press any key to stop the alarm tone.
When Snooze is set to OFF, press any
key again to cancel the alarm with two
short beeps, and return to the window
before the alarm activation.
When Snooze is set to ON, the alarm
sounds repeatedly in the set time
interval. Press y to cancel Snooze
with two short beeps.
1
11
[Alarm List]
p
alarm
Select an
Each time you press p, the alarm
toggles between ON and OFF.
Tip
・ Alarm settings are retained even if the
alarm is canceled.
11-17
Bar Code Reader
JAN codes and QR codes can be
scanned by Bar Code Reader using
handset camera.
About JAN & QR Codes
● JAN Code
A bar code made of vertical lines (bars)
with different widths and spaces in
between, representing numbers.
Handset can scan 8-digit (JAN8) and
13-digit (JAN13) bar codes.
Tools
11
● QR Code
A two-dimensional code representing
alphanumerics, kanji, kana, or
pictographs. Some QR codes are made
up of several data areas that are
scanned as individual QR codes and
then automatically combined as one QR
code.
Scanning Bar Codes
● Position handset camera at a distance of
10 cm from the bar code.
1
i
d
Tools
Bar
d
Code Reader
2 Frame the bar code in the
recognition field
■To Scan a QR Code Made of
Several Data Areas (QR Codes)
d (twice)
OK
Scan a QR
code
Repeat this step to scan other QR
codes.
All component QR codes must be
scanned in order to access or save
scanned data on handset.
3 Check scanned data
■To Discard Scanned Data
t
d
YES
4u
d
Bar Code Scanning Window
Scanning starts automatically.
┏ , ┓ , ┗ and ┛ indicate the corners
of the recognition field.
■To Cancel Scanning
d
d
OK
■To Adjust Zoom
h (Zoom out) or j (Zoom in)
11-18
■To Use Auto Focus
o
d
Store
d
OK
YES
Tip
・ A JAN code/QR code must be
accurately focused and be enlarged to
fill the recognition field.
・ Scanning may take a while.
・ Some bar codes may not be scanned
depending on the size, version or print
quality, or due to scratches, stains,
damage or the reflection of light.
Bar Code Reader
Checking Scanned Data
1
[Bar Code Scanning]
u
window
Reading
d
Data List
Scanned Bar Code Data List Window
2 Select an entry
d
Advanced
Using Scanned Data
● Make a Call
● Compose a Message
● Access the Internet
● Save to Phone Book
● Save a Bookmark
● Copy Text
● Edit Title of Scanned Data
● Delete Scanned Data
(
P. 11-27)
Tools
Scanned Bar Code Data Details Window
More Features
11
Tip
・ Characters that are not supported by
Bar Code Reader are replaced with
spaces (blanks).
11-19
Text Reader
Use Text Reader to scan printed text.
Free memo
Scan Modes
Card read
Compose
message
Scan name, phone
number, e-mail address,
postal code, address and
memo printed on
business cards, and save
all scanned data
collectively as a Phone
Book entry.
Tools
Scan address, subject or
message text, and open
Composition (S! Mail)
window with the
address, subject or
message text entered.
URL
Scan URL, and access the
page or save the URL to
Bookmark.
Mail address
Scan e-mail address, and
compose an S! Mail to
the address.
Phone
number
Scan phone number,
and make a call to the
number.
11
11-20
Scan Japanese or English
text, and save the text to
Text Memo.
Text Scanning Window
⑤
①
②
① Recognition Frame
② Scan Item Icons
Name
Phone number
E-mail address
Postal code
Address
Memo
Address
Subject
Message text
③ Recognized Text Field
④ Recognition Mode
③
⑤ Key Guidance
④
⑥
Text Scanning Window
⑦
⑥ Negative Mode
Nega appears when NEGA/POSI
Mode is set to Negative Fix.
⑦ Remaining Number of Characters
That Can be Scanned
Text Reader
4d
Scanning Text
● Position handset camera at a distance of
10 cm from the text.
1
i
d
Tools
d
Reader
2 New
mode
d
d
Text
Select a scan
The text is scanned.
The recognized text appears.
・ When Processing … appears, do not
■When Scanned Text Overflows
・ Handwritten text is not recognized.
・ Text may not be recognized correctly
Recognized Text Field
b to scroll the field
■To Save Scanned Text without
Correcting It
p
■To Scan Another Item
d
v to select a scan item
Frame text in the
recognition frame
Frame text in the
icon
d
recognition frame
5u
Store
move handset.
when:
– Faxed or copied text is scanned.
– Decorated characters are scanned.
– Spaces between characters are
uneven.
– Text is indistinguishable from the
background.
– Ambient lighting is inappropriate.
Tools
recognition frame (include several
scanned characters of the
d
preceding text)
3 v to select a scan item icon
enlarged to fill the recognition frame.
■To Rescan the Same Text
t
d
YES
■To Scan Following Text
d
Frame text in the
Text Scanning Window
Tip
・ Text must be accurately focused and be
11
d
■To Adjust Zoom
f (Zoom in) or g (Zoom out)
11-21
Text Reader
Checking Scanned Text
1
i
d
Tools
Text
d
Reader
Reading
d
Data List
Scanned Text List Window
2 Select an entry
d
Tools
11
Scanned Text Details Window
11-22
More Features
Advanced
Scanning Text
● Correct Scanned Text
● Edit Scanned Text
● Set Printing Status of Text
● Set Guidance ON/OFF
● Set Vertical/Lateral Scan
(
P. 11-26)
(
P. 11-27)
Using Scanned Data
● Make a Call
● Compose a Message
● Access the Internet
● Save to Phone Book
● Save a Bookmark
● Search Phone Book
● Save a Text Memo
● Copy Text
● Delete Scanned Data
Advanced Features
Osaifu-Keitai®
Edit Call Remote Lock Numbers
Start Here
【Call Remote Lock Setting】
window
【Lifestyle-Appli List】window
.................................................... P. 11-3
【Call Remote Lock Setting】window
.................................................... P. 11-5
【Call Remote Lock Setting】
【Lifestyle-Appli List】window
window
u
u
d
Check Memory Status
Memory Info
d
Delete a Lifestyle-Appli
【Lifestyle-Appli List】window
u
Select a Lifestyle-Appli
d
d
Delete
YES
u
Select phone number
Delete this or Delete All
d
YES
Start Here
【Life History Viewer】window
.................................................... P. 11-7
【Life History Viewer Closeup】window
.................................................... P. 11-7
Hide Some Items in Life History
Viewer
【Life History Viewer】window or
【Life History Viewer Closeup】
u
window
Display setting
d
d
Select a data item
d
o
Select an item
Only checked items appear in Life
History Viewer window.
Update Life History Viewer
Tools
【Lifestyle-Appli List】window
d
Select phone number
Change phone number
d
o
YES
Delete Call Remote Lock Numbers
Check Lifestyle-Appli Properties
Select a Lifestyle-Appli
d
Properties
d
Life History Viewer
11
【Life History Viewer】window or
【Life History Viewer Closeup】
u
d
window
Reload
11-23
Advanced Features
Schedule
Copy an Event
Start Here
【Schedule】window .................. P. 11-8
【Event Edit】window ................ P. 11-8
【Event List】window ................. P. 11-9
【Event Details】window ......... P. 11-10
【Event List】window/【Event
u
Details】window
Copy
d
o
Edit each item
Repetition setting of an event is
canceled when it is copied.
Sort Events by Icon
【Schedule】window,【Event List】
window or【Event Details】
u
window
Icon Display
d
d
Select an icon
Check Number of Saved Events
Tools
11
【Schedule】window
d
of Schedules
u
No.
Edit an Event
【Event List】window/【Event
Details】window ( Select an
u
d
event)
Edit
Edit
o
each item
11-24
Make/Cancel Secret Setting of an
Event
To Make Secret Setting
【Event Edit】window
Enter each
o
item
● To Cancel Secret Setting
【Event List】window/【Event
u
Details】window
Release
d
d
YES
Secret
Before making/canceling secret
setting, set handset to Secret Mode or
Secret Data Only Mode (P. 4-8).
●
Delete All Events
【Schedule】window,【Event List】
window or【Event Details】
u
d
window
Delete
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
Code
Select an item
d
YES
Reset Holidays
【Schedule】window
u
Reset
d
d
Holiday
YES
Advanced Features
Search Information by Keyword
【Event Details】window
u
d
Quick Search
Enter
d
Keyword
Enter keyword
d
d
or
Select an item from search results
Text Memo
Change Order of Tasks
Start Here
【Task List】window
u
d
Sort/Filter
Select a
d
criterion
【Text Memo List】window ...... P. 11-13
Save a Text Memo to Schedule
Set Task Status
d
To select a keyword from previous
entries, select History, press d, select
a keyword, and then press d.
To enter a keyword with Quote
keyword, select Quote Keyword,
press d, and select range start/end.
Start Here
Delete All Tasks
【Task List】window ................. P. 11-12
【Task Details】window ........... P. 11-12
Sort Tasks by Category
【Task List】window
Category Display
d
category
The set status is indicated by the status
icon in Task List window and in Task
Details window.
When Completion is set as status,
enter the completion date.
u
d
Select a
【Task List】window
d
Delete All
d
Security Code
Event Edit window opens with the text
memo details set as event content.
Sort Text Memos by Category
【Text Memo List】window
Select
u
Category
a text memo
d
d
Select a category
Tools
To Do List
【Task List】window/【Task Details】
u
window ( Select a task)
d
Change Status
Select a
d
status
【Text Memo List】window
Select
u
Edit
a text memo
d
Schedule
Enter each item
o
11
u
d
YES
Delete
Enter
d
Check Text Memo Information
【Text Memo List】window
Select
u
a text memo
Text Memo
d
Info
11-25
Advanced Features
Bar Code Reader & Text Reader
Delete All Text Memos
【Text Memo List】window
d
Delete
Delete All
d
Enter Security Code
d
u
d
YES
Alarm
Start Here
【Alarm List】............................. P. 11-16
【Alarm Details】window ......... P. 11-16
Start Here
【Scanned Bar Code Data List】window
.................................................. P. 11-19
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window .................................... P. 11-19
【Text Scanning】window ........ P. 11-21
【Scanned Text List】window
.................................................. P. 11-22
【Scanned Text Details】window
.................................................. P. 11-22
Scanning Text
Cancel All Alarms
Correct Scanned Text
Tools
11
【Alarm List】/【Alarm Details】
u
d
window
Release All
d
YES
Edit Alarm Settings
【Alarm List】 Select an alarm
o
o
Edit each item
【Text Scanning】window
Scan
text v to move cursor to the
character you want to correct
Press the number key
corresponding to the correct
character on the suggestion list
Press w to toggle between upper
case and lower case.
Edit Scanned Text
【Text Scanning】window
text
Edit
u
d
Scan
Edit
text using keypad
To cancel editing and return to
scanned text, press u, select Select
Recog. Data and then press d.
Set Printing Status of Text
【Text Scanning】window
NEGA/POSI Mode
d
u
Auto
setting, Positive Fix or Negative
d
Fix
Set to Positive Fix when dark-colored
text is printed on a light-colored
background.
Set to Negative Fix when lightcolored text is printed on a darkcolored background.
Set Guidance ON/OFF
【Text Scanning】window
u
Guidance OFF or Guidance ON
d
11-26
Advanced Features
Set Vertical/Lateral Scan
【Text Scanning】window
Access the Internet
u
Vertical Writing or Lateral Writing
d
Using Scanned Data
Make a Call
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
u
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
u
window
Select a URL
d (twice)
Add Bookmark
d
Select a folder
Save to Phone Book
Search Phone Book
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
u
window
Select an item
d
Add to Phone Book
●
Compose a Message
●
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
window
Select an e-mail
u
address
Create S! Mail
d
Compose and send S! Mail
*
To Select Phone
d
Phone
New or Add
d(
Search Phone Book
Select
d (twice))
Edit each
an entry
o(
d)
YES
item
To Select USIM
d
USIM
New or Overwrite
d(
Search Phone Book
d (twice))
Select an entry
Edit
o(
Overwrite* or
each item
d)
Add
To select Overwrite, press d, select
YES, then press d.
【Scanned Text Details】window
u
Select an item
Search
d
Phone Book
Search Phone
Book
Save a Text Memo
【Scanned Text Details】window
u
Select an item
Add to
d
Memo
Tools
Select a phone number
d
Dialing
Voice
d
Phone or Video Call
Dial
d
y to end call
Talk
window
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
u
window
Select a URL
d
d
Internet
YES
Save a Bookmark
11
11-27
Advanced Features
Copy Text
【Scanned Bar Code Data Details】
window/【Scanned Text Details】
u
d
window
Copy
Select beginning of characters
d
Select end of characters
d
Edit Title of Scanned Data
【Scanned Bar Code Data List】
u
window
Select an entry
d
Edit Title
Edit title
d
Tools
11
Delete Scanned Data
【Scanned Bar Code Data List】
window/【Scanned Text List】
u
Select an entry
window
●
●
11-28
To Select Delete This
d
d
Delete This
YES
To Select Delete All
d
Delete All
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
Data Management
About Data Folder ............................. 12-2
Accessing Files ................................... 12-3
Opening Files...........................................
Quick Album (Slideshow) .......................
Creating Animations...............................
Using Playlist (Melodies).........................
Using Playlists (Videos) ...........................
12-3
12-4
12-5
12-6
12-6
Editing Files........................................ 12-8
Editing Still Images ................................. 12-8
Editing Videos ......................................... 12-9
File & Folder Management ............. 12-10
Creating a Folder .................................. 12-10
Moving Files to a Different Folder....... 12-10
Managing Memory Cards ............... 12-12
Formatting a Memory Card ..................
Accessing Memory Card Data ...............
Copying Data between Handset &
Memory Card .........................................
Configuring Print Settings of Images ...
12-12
12-12
12-13
12-14
Advanced Features.......................... 12-15
Accessing Files........................................
Editing Files............................................
Managing Folders..................................
Managing Files.......................................
Memory Card .........................................
12-15
12-16
12-17
12-17
12-18
12
About Memory Card ....................... 12-11
Inserting & Removing a Memory
Card........................................................ 12-11
12-1
About Data Folder
Use Data Folder to manage data on handset. New data created by handset functions or obtained via the Internet or mail
are saved to different folders according to the file format.
● Some folders contain links. Use the links to access download sites in Yahoo! Keitai.
Folders & Files in Data Folder
Data Management
12
My Picture
Melody
S! Appli
Ring Songs・Music
Image files such as those
taken by camera and
downloaded My Pictograms
Melodies and audio
files recorded by Voice
Announce
Downloaded S! Appli
and Lifestyle-Appli
Chaku-Uta®,
Chaku-Uta Full®,
downloaded music files
and music files transferred
using MTP mode
Videos
Video files such as
those recorded by
camera
Books
Downloaded book files
Widget
Downloaded widgets
files
TV
Recorded programs1 and
still images captured
from programs2
1 Can be saved on memory card only.
2 Can be saved on handset only.
When Data Folder memory is full or number of files savable is reached, a message asks whether to delete unnecessary data (note,
however, this message may not appear depending on the data type). Follow the steps below to delete data:
d
d
d
o
d
Select a folder
Select a data item
YES
YES
● You may need to select a data type before selecting a folder if the data you want to delete has multiple storage areas.
● You may need to select more than one data item to delete depending on the degree of insufficient memory.
12-2
Accessing Files
Opening Files
1 i Data Folder d
2 Select a folder and a sub
folder
Functions in My Picture
Window
Functions in Melody
Window
Selecting a file in My Picture folder
opens a window such as below.
Selecting a file in Melody folder opens
a window such as below.
d
Melody Window
■To Open a File on Memory Card
d
microSD
3 Select a file
d
The following operations are possible
in Melody window.
My Picture Window
The following operations are possible
in My Picture window.
Switch Files
v
Toggle Normal Screen p
and Full Screen
Zoom In/Zoom Out*
d
Show at Actual Size* d
Opened File Window
Scroll Large-sized or
Zoomed-in Image*
Switch Files
v
Adjust Volume
c
Stop
d
End
t
Data Management
File List Window
12
p or o
u
b
* Press d to return to the original size.
12-3
Accessing Files
Quick Album
(Slideshow)
View JPEG images saved in My Picture.
Set images to switch automatically or
manually.
● Quick Album is also available for JPEG
images saved to Memory Cards.
1
i Data Folder
d
d p
My Picture
Tip
・ Alternatively, activate this function
Xd
Camera
Quick
from Xi
Xd
Album
・ Display folder images in the following
order.
① Inbox
② Camera
③ User created folder
④ microSD pictures
Image switch
effect (Slide →
Fade → Cube →
RGB)
Keys Available in Quick Album
Data Management
● During Manual Play
12
Previous/next
image
v
Zoom in/out
c
Image scroll
(zoomed in)
1-9
o
・ Effect changes
with each press.
Slide: Slides to
right or left
Fade: Fade in/out
Cube: Rotates as
cube
RGB: Splits into
red, green, and
blue then rotates
Detect face and p
zoom in (Face) ・ Press p to toggle
when several
faces are
detected.
Scroll in below
directions.
1
2
3
Quick Album Window
4
7
12-4
d
Return to
original size
(zoomed in/out)
6
8
9
Start Photo
Slide-show
(auto play)
u
● During Auto Play
End Photo Slide- t
show (auto
play)
Accessing Files
● When Activated from Quick
Menu
Toggle auto
play/manual
play
;
Previous image
(manual play)
k
Next image
(manual play)
l
End Quick
Album
Press and hold a
Creating Animations
Create animations each of which is
made of up to 20 frames using still
images in My Picture folder.
1
i
d
Data Folder
d
My Picture
d
Original Animation
■To Cancel an Assigned Image
d
Select a frame
Release
d
This
4o
Note
・ Only images in JPEG format can be used
for creating animations.
・ Some images may be unavailable
depending on the image size or file size.
・ Images saved on external memory devices
(i.e. memory card) cannot be used.
Original Animation List window and
press Xd to play the animation.
Original Animation List Window
2 <New> d
3 Select a frame
a folder d
d
image
d
Data Management
Tip
・ Select an animation you created in
12
Select
Select a still
Repeat this step to assign a series
of images to their respective
frames.
12-5
Accessing Files
Tip
Using Playlist
(Melodies)
Save melodies to Playlist to play back
in the saved order.
1
i
d
Data Folder
d
Melody
Playlist
u
d
Edit Playlist
Data Management
■To Clear Playlist
u
Release Playlist
d
YES
2 Select a number
・ Select Playlist folder in Melody and
press Xd to play Playlist.
・ Changing file names of melodies on
Playlist, or deleting melody files clears
Playlist.
Using Playlists
(Videos)
Save videos to a playlist to play them in
the playlist order.
1i
d
Data Folder
d
Videos
Playlist
d
d
d
d
Select a folder
d
Select a melody
Repeat this step to assign other
melodies to different numbers.
■To Cancel an Assigned Melody
d
Select a number
d
Release This
12
3o
12-6
Playlist List Window
2 Select a playlist
Playlist
d
u
Edit
Accessing Files
3 Select a number
Select a folder
Select a video
d
d
d
Repeat this step to assign other
videos to different numbers.
■To Cancel an Assigned Video
d
Select a number
d
d
YES
Release This
4o
Advanced
Opening Files
● Check File Information
● Change Order of Files
● Set an Image to Appear in Standby
● Set a Video to Appear in Standby
● Set a Melody/Video as Ringtone
( P. 12-15)
Viewing Images
● Play Animation from the Beginning
● Compose Four Images to Make One
● Set Display Size of an Image
● Edit Title of an Original Animation
● Cancel an Original Animation
( P. 12-15)
Playing Melodies
● Play All Melodies in the Same Folder
Repeatedly
( P. 12-16)
Customize
Display Settings
● Set Image List View
(
P. 14-4)
Data Management
Tip
・ Select a playlist in Playlist List window
and press Xd to play the playlist.
More Features
12
Playing Videos
● Switch Display Format of File List
Window
● Clear a Playlist
( P. 12-16)
12-7
Editing Files
Editing Still Images
4d
Basic Flow of Operations
1
i
d
Data Folder
My Picture d Select a
d
folder
Select an
d
image
d
YES or NO
Adding Stamps
Selecting YES overwrites the
original image. Selecting NO saves
the edited image as a new file in
the same folder.
Note
・ Only images with
can be edited.
・ Repeated editing may cause deterioration
of image quality or increased file size.
Adding a Frame
Data Management
1
[My Picture] window
d
Edit Image
d
Frame
d
2 Select a frame
My Picture Window
d
Edit Image
Select an editing option
d
Edit image
2u
12
3 d to end editing
12-8
■To Rotate Frame 180 Degrees
o
3d
4d
Edit Image
Marker Stamp
u
d
d
2 Select a marker stamp
d
■To Rotate Marker Stamp
u
90°to right, 90°to left or
180° d
■To Enlarge/Reduce Marker Stamp
u
Scale up or Scale down
d
■To Cancel Marker Stamp
o
3 b to select a position
d
■To Paste Another Marker Stamp
o
Select a marker stamp
■To Change Frame
v
■To Cancel Frame
u
Cancel
u
1 [My Picture] window
d
YES or NO
d
d
4d
5d
YES or NO
d
Editing Files
Pasting a Text Stamp
1
Cropping an Image
u
[My Picture] window
d
Edit Image
d
Character Stamp
2 Enter text
d
b to
d
3d
4d
YES or NO
d
Select
d
3o
YES
d
Note
with
d
Data Folder
d
Select a
Videos
folder d Select a video
u
d
Edit Video
Trim Videos
Any Size or 295KB
5 d (twice)
can be clipped.
・ Editing may cause deterioration of
i
2u
o
Selected portion plays.
When 295KB is selected, clipping
stops automatically when the size of
clipped video reaches 295 KB.
d
d
The video playback and clipping
start at the same time.
image quality.
More Features
Advanced
Editing Files
● Retouch an Image
● Adjust Image Brightness
● Rotate an Image
● Change Image Size
● Correct Backlight
● Refresh Skin Tone
Data Management
Editing Videos
1
4 d to stop
・ Only QCIF (176 × 144) or smaller videos
Clip the desired scenes from saved
videos.
■To Change Font Type
u
d
Font Type
d
Gothic or Ming-Cho
3 b to select a position
4d
5 d YES or NO d
d
position cropping area
■To Change Text Color
u
d
Character Color
d
Select a color
Press o to toggle color palettes.
■To Change Font Size
u
d
Font Size
d
a font size
u
[My Picture] window
Edit Image d Trim
d
away
2 Select a size
d
■To Edit Text
u
Character input
d
Enter text
1
■To Start from a Halfway Point
d
d
At a desired point
o
12
(
P. 12-16)
12-9
File & Folder Management
Creating a Folder
1
i
Data Folder
Select a folder type
d
d
<Example> When My Picture is
Selected
Moving Files to a
Different Folder
1
[File List] window Select a
u
d
file
Move
2 Move this
d
destination folder
d
YES
Data Management
12
Add Folder
Enter folder name
d
d
Tip
・ Folders can only be created in handset
Data Folder.
12-10
d
■To Move Multiple Files
d
Move selected
Select a
d
Select
destination folder
d
Repeat the same
a file
o
step to specify other files
d
YES
Folder List Window
2u
Select a
■To Move All Files in a Folder
d
Move all
Select a
d
YES
destination folder
d
More Features
Advanced
Managing Folders
● Edit a Folder Name
● Delete a Folder
● Delete All Files in My Picture, Melody or
Videos Folder
( P. 12-17)
Managing Files
● Edit a Title in My Picture File List
Window
● Check Volume of Saved Files
● Edit a File Name
● Delete Files
( P. 12-17)
About Memory Card
Inserting & Removing
a Memory Card
Before inserting/removing a memory
card, remove battery cover and battery
referring to Battery Installation
(P. 1-14).
Insertion
1
Insert memory card into
Memory Card Slot until it
locks
Insert gently with the printed logo
facing up.
Tip
・ If
appears in Display, there may be a
contact failure. Remove and reinsert
memory card.
Removal
1 Press and release
Gently pull out memory card.
Note
・ Memory card may break if inserted or
removed with force.
Data Management
Save files to memory cards. Still images
and videos shot with handset camera
can be saved directly to memory card.
Data can be copied and moved
between handset and memory card.
Data on memory card can also be
accessed from Data Folder.
● Handset supports memory cards of up to
8 GB.
● Do not insert or remove memory cards
when handset power is on.
● Insert memory cards properly. Otherwise,
they cannot be used on handset.
● Do not affix stickers or labels to memory
cards. As memory cards are very thin
and precise mechanisms, even a thin
sticker or label on a memory card may
cause contact failure or destruction of
data.
● Keep memory cards out of reach of
infants who may accidentally swallow
them or be injured.
● Do not remove a memory card or power
off handset while writing and reading
data with that memory card. It may
cause data loss or malfunction.
● Access to memory cards may be
unavailable when the battery level is
low.
12
Logo should
face up
12-11
Managing Memory Cards
Formatting a
Memory Card
Accessing Memory
Card Data
● Format memory cards on handset only.
Memory cards formatted on another
device or PC may not work.
● Formatting a memory card deletes all
the data on it.
1
Data Management
12
i
Tools d
d
Manager
2u
1
i
Tools d
d
Manager
Data List Window
4 Select a data item
d
d
d
Note
・ Do not remove memory card while
microSD Manager Window
2 Select a category
d
Data Details Window
formatting. Handset/memory card
malfunction may occur.
・ Make sure that there is no important
data left on the memory card before
formatting it.
File List Window
12-12
d
microSD
microSD
microSD format
Enter Security Code
d
YES
3 Select a file
Managing Memory Cards
Copying Data between
Handset & Memory Card
Following items can be copied to/from
handset and memory card:
PIM Data
Copying Handset Data to
Memory Card
Copy Phone Book entries, Schedule,
messages, images, videos, etc.
<Example> Copy data in Data Folder
to memory card
1
[Data List] window
Copy to microSD
u
d
d
■To Copy Multiple Data
d
Copy selected
Copying Memory Card
Data to Handset
● To Copy Images or Other Data
Select
d
copy destination folder
d
Select a data item
Repeat
the same step to specify other data
o
Select copy destination
d
folder
YES
■To Copy All Data
d
Copy All
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
Tip
・ When one Phone Book entry or
Schedule event that is set as secret is
copied to memory card, its secret
setting is canceled.
・ Files attached to messages may be
deleted.
・ You need to select a destination folder
when copying data in Data Folder.
・ You must select the copy destination
folder to copy data from Data Folder.
・ Data saved in Pre-installed folders of
Data Folder cannot be copied.
・ Content keys are copied collectively at
one time.
to Handset
1i
d
Data Folder
d
Select a folder type
d
Select a
microSD
d
folder and sub-folder
Select a data item u
d
Copy to Phone
2 Copy this
d
■To Copy Multiple Data
d
Copy selected
Select a
d
data item
Repeat the
same step to specify other data
d
YES
■To Copy All Data
d
Copy all
Enter Security
d
d
Code
YES
o
Data Management
Files in Data
Folder
Phone Book entries,
Schedule, To Do List,
text memos, Inbox,
Outbox, Draft,
bookmarks, content
keys
Still images, My
Pictograms, Flash®,
melodies, videos, songs
d
Select
copy destination folder
2 Copy this
12
12-13
Managing Memory Cards
● To Copy PIM Data to Handset
<Example> Copy Data in Overwrite
Mode
1
i
d
Tools
d
microSD Manager
Select a PIM data type d
Select a data item u
d
Copy/OW to Phone
2 Copy This
Data Management
12
d
■To Copy All Files
d
Copy All
YES
d
YES
d
d
Note
・ When copying memory card data to
handset in overwrite mode, the
corresponding data on handset is
overwritten by the copied data.
・ If the maximum storable number of
items is reached when copying all
items, copying stops at that point.
12-14
Specify which images on memory card
to be printed and the number of
prints, etc. in DPOF (Digital Print Order
Format) settings so that the images can
be printed by DPOF compatible
printers or print service shops.
1
■To Copy Multiple Files
d
Copy selected
Select a
d
file
Repeat the same step
o
to specify other files
3 Enter Security Code
Configuring Print
Settings of Images
i
d
Data Folder
d
My Picture
d
microSD
DCIM
d
2 Select a folder
d
3 DPOF set One
d
u
Select a still image
d
DPOF setting
■To Specify Multiple Images
d
DPOF set Choice
Select
d
a still image
Repeat the
same step to specify other images
o
4 Print
d
prints
d
Print Sheets
Enter number of
d
5 a Date
d
d
ON or OFF
6o
More Features
Advanced
Memory Card
● Check Available Memory Space of
Memory Card
● Check & Repair Memory Card
● Delete Data on Memory Card
● Cancel Print Settings of Images
( P. 12-18)
Advanced Features
Accessing Files
Set an Image to Appear in
Standby
Start Here
【File List】window ..................... P. 12-3
【Opened File】window ............. P. 12-3
【My Picture】window................ P. 12-3
【Melody】window ..................... P. 12-3
【Original Animation List】window
.................................................... P. 12-5
【Playlist List】window ............... P. 12-6
Opening Files
Set images to appear when making
calls or sending messages.
Image Info, Video Info or Melody
d
Info
Change Order of Files
Sort
d
【File List】window
Select a file
u
d
Stand-by Display
d
YES
Set a Melody/Video as Ringtone
【File List】window/【Opened File】
u
window ( Select a file)
d
Ring Tone
Select an item
d
u
【My Picture】window
d
Retry
Compose Four Images to Make One
【File List】window
u
d
Composite Image
Select a
d
position
Select a folder
d
d
Select an image
Repeat the same step to assign
three other images to their
o
d
respective positions
Only images in JPEG format can be
used for creating composite images.
Copyright-protected images are
unavailable.
Images saved on memory card cannot be
used.
Data Management
【File List】window/【Opened File】
u
window ( Select a file)
【File List】window
u
d
Select a criterion
Play Animation from the Beginning
【File List】window/【Opened File】
u
window ( Select a file)
d
Set as Display
Stand-by
d ( Select a layout
Display
d
d)
Confirm preview
Set a Video to Appear in Standby
Check File Information
Viewing Images
12
12-15
Advanced Features
Set Display Size of an Image
【My Picture】window
u
Set
d
Image Disp.
Normal or Fit
d
in Display
Edit Title of an Original Animation
【Original Animation List】window
u
Select an animation
d
d
Edit Title
Edit title
Data Management
12
Cancel an Original Animation
【Original Animation List】window
u
Select an animation
d
Release Animation
YES
d
Playing Melodies
Play All Melodies in the Same
Folder Repeatedly
【Melody】window
d
Repeat Play
12-16
u
ON
Set
d
Editing Files
Playing Videos
Switch Display Format of File List
Window
【File List】window
u
d
Setting
Title or
d
Title+Image
List
Clear a Playlist
【Playlist List】window
Select a
u
playlist
Release Playlist
d
d
YES
Start Here
【My Picture】window ................ P. 12-8
Editing Still Images
Retouch an Image
【My Picture】window
u
Edit
d
d
Image
Retouch
d (three times)
Select an effect
d
YES or NO
Adjust Image Brightness
【My Picture】window
u
d
Image
Brightness
v to adjust brightness
d
(twice)
YES or NO
Edit
d
d
Rotate an Image
【My Picture】window
d
Image
Rotate
u
d
Edit
90°to right, 90°to left or 180°
d (three times)
d
YES or NO
Advanced Features
Change Image Size
【My Picture】window
u
Edit
d
d
Image
Change Size
d (three times)
Select a size
d
YES or NO
Correct Backlight
Refresh Skin Tone
【My Picture】window
u
Edit
d
Refresh Skin Tone
Image
d (three times)
YES or NO
d
Start Here
【Folder List】window .............. P. 12-10
Edit a Folder Name
【Folder List】window
Select a
u
folder
Edit Folder Name
d
d
Edit folder name
Only names of user-created folders
can be edited.
Delete a Folder
【Folder List】window
Select a
u
d
folder
Delete Folder
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
Only user-created folders can be
deleted.
Files in the selected folder are also
deleted.
When files that are set as wallpaper,
ringtone, alarm tone, etc. are deleted,
their settings are reset to default.
Delete All Files in My Picture,
Melody or Videos Folder
【Folder List】window
u
Delete all Image or Delete All
d
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
When files that are set as wallpaper,
ringtone, alarm tone, etc. are deleted,
their settings are reset to default.
Managing Files
Start Here
【File List】window ..................... P. 12-3
Edit a Title in My Picture File List
Window
【File List】window
Select an
u
d
image file
Edit Title
d
Edit title
Data Management
【My Picture】window
u
Edit
d
Image
Correct Backlight
d (three times)
YES or NO
d
Managing Folders
12
Titles of files saved in Pre-installed
folders cannot be edited.
12-17
Advanced Features
Check Volume of Saved Files
【File List】window
d
Memory Info
u
Edit a File Name
【File List】window
Select a file
u
d
Edit File Name
d
Edit file name
Data Management
Names of files saved in Pre-installed
folders cannot be edited.
Delete Files
【File List】window
Select a file
u
d
Delete
●
●
12
●
12-18
To Select Delete this
d
d
Delete this
YES
To Select Delete selected
d
Delete selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
files
To Select Delete all
d
Delete all
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
Memory Card
Delete Data on Memory Card
Start Here
【microSD Manager】window.. P.
【File List】window ................... P.
【Data List】window ................. P.
【Data Details】window ........... P.
12-12
12-12
12-12
12-12
Check Available Memory Space of
Memory Card
【microSD Manager】window,【File
List】window,【Data List】window
u
or【Data Details】window
d
microSD Info
Check & Repair Memory Card
【microSD Manager】window
u
d
Check microSD
YES
d
To cancel checking and repairing a
memory card, press o or y.
Some memory cards may not be
repairable.
【File List】window
Select a data
u
d
item
Delete
●
●
●
To Select Delete this
d
d
Delete this
YES
To Select Delete selected
d
Delete selected
Select
d
o
d
YES
files
To Select Delete all
d
Delete all
Enter Security
d
d
YES
Code
Cancel Print Settings of Images
i
d
Data Folder
My
d
d
Picture
microSD
d
DCIM
Select a folder
d
u
Select a still image
d
DPOF setting
DPOF set
d(
One or DPOF set Choice
d
Select an image
Repeat
the same step to specify other
o)
images
Print OFF or All
d
Print OFF
Connectivity
Infrared .............................................. 13-2
Getting Started ....................................... 13-2
Transferring Data via Infrared ............... 13-3
Bluetooth® ......................................... 13-5
Overview.................................................. 13-5
Using Bluetooth® .................................... 13-6
PC Connection.................................... 13-9
USB Driver................................................ 13-9
Data Transfer........................................... 13-9
Setting USB Mode ................................... 13-9
Accessing Memory Card Data
from a PC ............................................... 13-10
Using Handset as Modem..................... 13-10
13
Advanced Features .......................... 13-11
Bluetooth®............................................. 13-11
13-1
Infrared
Getting Started
Connectivity
13
Wirelessly exchange files with infrared
compatible devices.
The following data can be transferred
via infrared:
・ Still images
・ Melodies
・ Videos
・ My Pictograms
・ Songs
・ Books
・ Widget
・ Phone Book entries, Account Details
・ Schedule events
・ To Do List tasks
・ Received messages, sent messages
・ Draft messages
・ Text memos
・ Common Phrases (Templates)
・ Own Dictionary data
・ Bookmarks (Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site
Browser)
Note
・ Handset cannot send all still images,
melodies, videos, My Pictograms or
songs at one time.
13-2
Precautions
● Data may not be sent depending on the
status of the receiving device. Folder
settings of received messages or
bookmarks, etc., or contents of Graphic
Mails may be lost or incorrectly
transferred depending on the receiving
handset model.
● Handset is out of range during infrared
transmission, so such functions as voice
and video calls, the Internet access and
sending/receiving S! Mails are
unavailable. This may continue even
after infrared transmission is finished.
● Transferring data may take a while
depending on the amount of data.
Some data may not be received by
handset.
● During transmission, progress bar
shows approximate number of files
transferred. Note that actual progress
may be faster.
● Some pictographs and symbols in
messages and Phone Book entries may
not be received by handset correctly.
● All the still images on handset are
overwritten, even those set as Phone
Book entry images, if handset receives
all still images at once.
● Align Infrared Ports of both sending and
receiving devices, as shown below.
Infrared
Port
Within 20 cm
Infrared
Port
Within ±15°
● Do not move either device until a
message appears indicating completion
of data transmission. Do not place any
objects between the devices. Do not
obstruct Infrared Ports.
● Infrared transmission may be disrupted
by direct sunlight, directly under
fluorescent lighting or near other
infrared devices.
Infrared
Authentication
Password
3 Align Infrared Ports
To transfer multiple files at once, the
same authentication password must
be entered on both sending and
receiving devices.
Transferring Data via
Infrared
Sending One File
Send one file at a time from a data list
window/data details window.
1
■To Send a JPEG Image
o
In a data list window
This enables faster transmission.
2 Set the receiving device to
receive data
Transfer starts.
When the file is sent, a message
appears indicating completion of
transfer.
■To Cancel Transfer
o
Tip
・ In the case of high-speed transmission
of JPEG images, the receiving device
may fail to receive images, even when
the image transmission is successfully
completed by the sending device.
Receiving One File
1
i
Tools d Receive
d
Ir Data
Receive
d
2 Align Infrared Ports
Transfer starts.
■To Cancel Transfer
o
3 When file is received
YES
d
File is saved to handset.
File is discarded if no operation is
done in about 30 seconds of
transfer.
Sending All Files
Send all files at one time from a data
list window/data details window.
1 In a data list window/data
u
details window
d
Send All Ir Data
2 Enter Security Code
d
Enter authentication
password
Connectivity
In a data list window, select
a file or open a data details
u
window
Send Ir
d
Data
YES
d
3 Set the receiving device to
receive data
4 Align Infrared Ports
YES
d
Transfer starts.
When all files are sent, a message
appears indicating completion of
transfer.
■To Cancel Transfer
13
o
13-3
Infrared
Receiving All Files
1
Note
i
Tools d Receive
Ir Data d Receive All
d
2 Enter Security Code
d
Enter authentication
password
3 Align Infrared Ports
YES
d
4 When an overwrite
Connectivity
13
13-4
confirmation appears
d
YES
Transfer starts.
When files are saved to handset, a
saving completed message
appears.
■To Cancel Transfer
o
・ When handset receives all files, the
corresponding files on handset are
overwritten. For example, when
handset receives all messages, all the
messages on handset including
protected ones are overwritten; and
when it receives all Phone Book data or
Schedule data, all the Phone Book
entries or events, including those set as
secret, are overwritten.
・ Receiving of data ends automatically if
data reaches the maximum storable
capacity.
More Features
Customize
Phone Book
● Do Not Send Phone Book Entry Images
via Infrared
( P. 14-16)
Bluetooth®
Overview
Transmit data by wireless connection
between Bluetooth® compatible
devices (wireless headset, handsfree
device, audio device, etc.).
Handset Bluetooth® specifications are
as follows.
Version Bluetooth® standard Ver. 2.0 +
EDR compliant
● Handset is not guaranteed for
connection/operation with all
Bluetooth® devices.
● Connected Bluetooth® devices must be
certified as Bluetooth® standard as
designated by Bluetooth® SIG.
● Depending on other party device
characteristics/specifications, there may
be inability to connect, incompatible
operation/display methods, or inability
to transmit data even if other party is
Bluetooth® standard.
● The frequency band (2.4 GHz) used by
Bluetooth® devices is shared with other
kinds of devices. Interference from
other devices may result in decreased
transmission speed/distance or
disconnection.
● Static noise may occur depending on
the connection device and environment
during wireless/handsfree talk.
● TV audio is unavailable with Bluetooth®
devices non-compliant with the
copyright protection standard SCMS-T.
● Handset Functions
Function
Description
Headset
Profile
Wireless talk is available
when connected to a
wireless headset.
Handsfree
Profile
Handsfree talk is available
when connected to a car
navi and using a
microphone-speaker.
Audio Profile Enjoy music/TV audio
when connected to a
wireless headset and
audio device.
Note
・ When connected to a wireless headset
or handsfree compatible device, a ring
tone sounds when Forward Ring Tone
is set to OFF and Headset Usage
Setting is set to Headset+speaker.
Connectivity
Profiles HSP: Headset Profile
HFP: Handsfree Profile
A2DP: Advanced Audio
Distribution Profile (stereo,
high quality)
AVRCP Audio/Video
Remote Control Profile
Precautions
13
13-5
Bluetooth®
Using Bluetooth®
Adding a Bluetooth®
Device
Search and add a device.
1
i
Tools
Bluetooth
d
d
3 Select device to add
d
YES
Enter
Bluetooth passkey
d
d
Enter the same Bluetooth® passkey
(4 to 16 characters) for both
sending/receiving devices.
Receiving device must have
passkey entered within 30 seconds
after the sending device.
Enter the designated passkey for a
handsfree device (other party).
Connecting
Connect to an added device.
1 [Bluetooth Menu]
List
Device
d
Tip
・ When a Bluetooth® device is not
Connectivity
added, search and add from Device
List in Bluetooth® menu.
・ You do not need to enter a passkey
again for a device that has been added.
Bluetooth Menu
2
13
13-6
Register New Devices
d
Handset searches for devices.
Added device appears in Device
List.
Device List
■To Search for New Bluetooth®
Device
o
2 Select target device
d
Connectiong to the device starts.
Bluetooth®
d
3 Select service
2 Service status appears as below.
flashes once connected.
For a device capable of connecting
to multiple services, a
confirmation window will ask if
you want to connect to another
service.
①
②
Device Name
Bluetooth® address appears for nonadded devices.
③
Status
Added
Not added (newly detected)
■To Discontinue a Connected
Service
d
YES
d
Device List
The type of added device and service
are shown by indicators.
①
②
④
④
Services2
Headset
Handsfree
Audio
Remote Control
1 An icon with a key mark appears for
protected devices.
Icon Letters Backgr. Border
Status
gray
−
white
−
gray Connection
history: Yes
white
−
white Connection
standby
−
Connection
history: No
black green white Connected
Calling with Wireless
Device
Connect wireless headsets or
handsfree devices.
1 Connect to target device
2 Make/receive call with
device
■Switching Between Handset and
Device List
Device
Press and hold r
Talk switches each time you press
and hold r
Connectivity
③
Device Type1
PC
Phone
AV device
Other
13
13-7
Bluetooth®
Playing music and audio
with Wireless Device
Connect to a device with audio device
to play Music Player music and TV
audio.
1 Connect to target device
2 Play music, TV or etc.
Tip
Suspending Bluetooth®
Connections
®
Suspend all Bluetooth functions
(connected or on standby) and disable
Bluetooth.
1
■To Activate Bluetooth®
[Bluetooth Menu]
d
ON
on Bluetooth device.
Connectivity
13
with audio service is stored as a
connection history. When handset’s
Bluetooth® function is active
(Bluetooth ON), audio devices with a
connection history are automatically
connected through audio service when
playing music or TV.
YES
d
・ To adjust volume, use volume control
・ Connecting once to an audio device
[Bluetooth Menu]
Bluetooth OFF d
Bluetooth
Setting Bluetooth® to
Connection Standby
Set standby status for all added devices.
1
[Bluetooth Menu]
Registered d
d
All
Accept
Accept
■To Release all Connection Standby
d
Release All
■To Set Individually
d
Separate Setting
o
Select service
Services with checked boxes enter
Connection Standby.
13-8
More Features
Advanced
Bluetooth®
● Protect Added Device
● Change Name of Added Device
● Delete Added Device
● Open Information for Added Device
( P. 13-11)
Customize
Bluetooth®
● Set Detection Time for Device
● Set Whether to Send Ring Tone for Voice
Call, Video Call to Headset or Handsfree
Device
● Set Whether to Enable Calling from
External Device
®
● Check Handset Bluetooth Information
( P. 14-42)
PC Connection
Connect handset to a PC with a USB
cable to use the following functions.
● USB cable is sold separately as an
optional accessory.
Function
Data transfer*
USB memory
Description
Transfer Phone Book,
Schedule and To Do
List data between
handset and a PC
(P. 13-9).
* USB driver must be installed in advance.
This software is required for your
handset to connect with a PC. First
install on your PC referring to the web
site below for installation details.
http://www.n-keitai2.com/guide/
download
Data Transfer
Use SoftBank Utility Software to
connect with a PC via USB cable and
use various kinds of data on a PC. See
the following web site for software
details.
http://www.n-keitai2.com/guide/
download/
● USB Driver must be installed before
using SoftBank Utility Software.
● Synchronization unavailable for Phone
Book, Schedule, and To Do List.
Setting USB Mode
Set USB mode before connecting
handset to your PC via USB cable.
To use a data transfer tool, or use
handset as a modem for packet
transmission, set USB mode to
Communication Mode.
To access memory card data from a PC,
set it to microSD Mode.
1i
d
Settings
External Connection
USB Mode Setting
d
d
2 Communication Mode or
microSD Mode
d
Connectivity
Use memory card
inserted in handset as
an external drive of a
PC to read and write
data with memory card
(P. 13-10).
USB Driver
13
13-9
PC Connection
Accessing Memory
Card Data from a PC
Connect handset to your PC using a
USB cable, and access memory card
data from the PC.
● Set USB Mode Setting to microSD Mode
in advance.
1
Connect handset to your PC
using a USB cable
This enables memory card data to
be accessed from your PC.
2 When you are finished,
Connectivity
13
13-10
disconnect handset from the
PC
Follow the procedure for safely
removing external devices (which
differs slightly according to the
operating system), when
disconnecting handset from the
PC.
Note
・ Make sure handset and the PC are properly
connected. Otherwise, data cannot be
transferred, and may even be lost.
・ If handset’s battery is almost or
completely empty, data cannot be
transferred, and may even be lost.
Check handset’s battery level and the
power of your PC.
・ Do not remove the USB cable while
copying data from your PC to handset.
If the USB cable is removed during data
transfer, data cannot be transferred,
and may even be lost.
Using Handset as Modem
Use handset as an external modem for
packet transmission.
● Refer to the instructions of your Internet
service provider or the manual of your
PC for the network connection settings
on your PC.
● To use “Access Internet“ for data
communication, you do not have to
sign up with a service provider. For
information about the service overview,
access points and setting procedures,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P. 15-52).
Advanced Features
Bluetooth®
Start Here
【Device List】................... P. 13-6、P. 13-7
Protect Added Device
【Device List】
u
device
d
Open Information for Added
Device
【Device List】
u
device
Select target
Description
d
Select target
Protection Setting
If already protected, select Protection
Setting to cancel protection.
Change Name of Added Device
Select target
Change Device
Enter device name
Delete Added Device
【Device List】
u
device
d
YES
Select target
d
Delete
Connectivity
【Device List】
u
device
d
Name
d
13
13-11
Customization
Clock, Display & Sounds.................... 14-2
Phone Book & Calls ......................... 14-16
Mail................................................... 14-21
Internet ............................................ 14-25
TV...................................................... 14-27
Camera ............................................. 14-31
Player & S! Appli.............................. 14-33
Entertainment.................................. 14-35
Other Settings ................................. 14-38
14
14-1
Clock, Display & Sounds
Clock
Start Here i
Settings
d
Clock
d
Hide Clock
Clock Display
d
Display
Clock Size
Clock Display
d
Size
Clock Color
Clock Display
d
Color
Set Auto Time Adjustment
Set Main Time
Select a time zone
d
d
d
d
OFF
d
Select a size
d
d
Black or White
d
Auto Time Adjust
d
Auto
d
・ Press o to change city/area name in Time Zone Selection field.
Manually Adjust Time
Summer Time
Customization
Time Zone (Sub Clock)
d
d
Set Main Time
Auto Time Adjust
Manual(Date Time
d
d
d
Set)
Select a time zone
Enter date and time
Set Main Time
d
d
Summer Time
d
Always
d
OFF
Set Sub Clock
d
Display Method
Summer Time (Sub Clock)
Set Sub Clock
d
Summer Time
Time Zone Major City (Sub Clock)
Set Sub Clock
d
Area Name
14-2
d
d
Set Sub Clock
Display Method
d
Select a time zone
Hide Sub Clock
14
ON
d
d
ON
Display
d
d
d
d
Clock, Display & Sounds
Alarm
Start Here i
Settings
d
Clock
Set Priority at Alarm Notification Time
Change Alarm Tone
d
Alarm Setting
d
Operation Preferred or Alarm Preferred
d
Clock Alarm Tone Set
tone
Select an item
d
d
Set an alarm
Auto Power On/Off
i
Set Auto Power On/Off
OFF
d
d
Settings
Clock
Auto Power ON or Auto Power
d
d
d
d
ON
Enter time
1 Time or Daily
Style Mode Settings
Start Here i
Settings
d
Style Mode Setting
Check Default Style Mode Settings
Select a style
d
Select a style
o
YES
d(
YES
d)
・ Details of some items can be checked by selecting an item and pressing o.
Edit Title of a Style
Save Current Style Mode Settings as
Favorite
Select a style
u
お気に入り (Favorites)
Edit Title
o
u
d
Edit title
d
Take Setting Info
d
YES
d
Customization
Set Display Design Collectively
d
14
・ The current style mode settings can later be recalled collectively from お気に入り
when they are changed.
14-3
Clock, Display & Sounds
Change Each Item for Favorites
お気に入り (Favorites)
o
Select an item
d
Clear All Favorite Settings
お気に入り (Favorites)
u
Reset Setting Info
Set an image
d
d
YES
Display Settings
Start Here i
Settings
d
Display
d
Wallpaper
d
d
Display Setting
Stand-by Display
My Picture or
d
d (twice))
Videos
Set an image/video ( Select a layout
Show Calendar in Standby
Display Setting
d
Background
d
d
d
Stand-by Display
Calendar
d (twice)
Set an image
Select a layout
・ Select No Background if you do not want any image in the background of the
calendar.
・ Press d, use c to select the calendar and press d to operate it. Use c to switch
to the previous/next month. Press d to activate Schedule.
Customization
14
Set Random Display of Images in
Standby
d
d
Display Setting
Stand-by Display
d
Select a folder
Select a layout
d
Random Display
d
・ Images switch at random each time handset is opened or returns to Standby.
Set a Wake-up Image
Set a Wake-up Message
14-4
d
Wake-up Display
d
My Picture
d
Display Setting
d
Enter message
Wake-up Display
d
Message
Display Setting
Set an image
d
d
Clock, Display & Sounds
Set an Outgoing Call/Message Image
d
Display Setting
Set an image
d
Dialing, Video Call Dialing or Mail Sending
Set an Incoming Call, Message Image
or Video
d
Display Setting
Calling, Video Call Calling or Mail Receiving
d
d(
Select Calling Disp. or Select Receiving Disp.
My
d)
Picture or Videos
Set an image/video
Set an Image for New Messages or
Received Result Window
Display Setting
Set an image
Display Color Scheme
Set a Battery Level Indicator/Signal
Strength Indicator Pattern
Change Softkey Color
Set Font Type
Display Design
d
Retrieve New or Mail Rec’d Result
d
Color Theme
d
d
d
Display Design
Icon Pattern
d
d
Icon
Select a pattern
Display Design
Font
d
d
Font Type
d
Soft Key
d
d
d
Select a color
Battery Icon or Antenna
d
Select a color
Gothic or Ming-cho
d
Set Font Thickness
Font
d
Thickness
d
Thin or Bold
d
・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
Set Font Sizes Collectively
Font
d
Character Size
d
Standard or X-large
d
・ Items settable with Separate Setting for Character Size can be set collectively.
・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
Customization
・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
14
14-5
Clock, Display & Sounds
Set Font Size for Each Function
Window
d
Font
Character Size
d
a window
Select a size
d
Separate Setting
d
o
d
Select
・ Alternatively, press and hold 7 in Standby to make font settings.
・ In PC Site Browser, this procedure is only available in Small Screen view.
Interface Language
言語選択
d
日本語 or English
d
・ To change interface language from Japanese to English:
i
設定
d
ディスプレイ
d
Language
Set Image List View
Guard from Prying Eyes
d
Viewer Settings
Privacy Angle
d
English
d
d
Picture or Title
ON
d
d
・ Alternatively, press and hold 8 in Standby to toggle Privacy Angle on and off.
・ When Privacy Angle is set, Display is whitish and the viewing angle is narrower.
・ Turning power off/on cancels Privacy Angle.
Customization
14
Show Information of Messages
Received When Watching TV
Quick Info Setting
Set 3D Effect When Returning to
Standby
Screen Effect
Display Quality
d
Display Sender or Display Sender/Subject
d
d
Image Display Mode
Select an item
d
d
Normal, Vivid or Dynamic
d
・ The Visual Image Effect setting in TV Effect has preference for TV display quality.
・ A preview image for each mode appears during selection in Image Display Mode
to check the effect.
Charging Display (Handset Closed)
14-6
d
Display On Charge
Wide Stand-by Clock, Photo Slide-show
d
d
or OFF
Select a folder
Clock, Display & Sounds
Backlight
Start Here i
Settings
d
Display
d
Backlight
d
d
d ( Select time Backlight is lit
d)
Lighting
ON or OFF
d(
ON or OFF
Enter a time before the Power Saver Mode is
activated)
Set Backlight & Power Saving
・ Press and hold 5 to toggle TV Power Saving on/off.
・ When the Power Saver Mode is activated, nothing appears in Standby and Keypad
backlight flashes. Pressing any key cancels the Power Saver Mode.
Set Backlight during Charging
Charging
Set Brightness of Backlight
d
Brightness
Standard or All Time ON
d
ON or OFF
d
d
d
Select a Level
・ Set Brightness to Level 6 to use Display with the maximum brightness. Backlight is
Level 4 by default. A higher setting reduces battery life.
Start Here i
Settings
d
Set Desktop Theme
Display
d
Desktop Icon
d
Select a theme
d
YES
d
・ Press o to see details of the selected theme.
Change Icon Design of a Theme
Desktop Icon
CHG Icon Image
Set an icon
d
d
o
u
Select a theme
Select an icon
d
Select Icon Image or Default Icon Image
Customization
Desktop Icons
14
14-7
Clock, Display & Sounds
Change Order of Icons of a Theme
d
Desktop Icon
Select a theme
d
d
Sort
Select a position
o
Copy Icons to Another Theme
d
o
u
Desktop Icon
Select a theme
Select an icon
d
d
Copy
Copy This, Copy Selected or Copy All
Select a
d(
d
o)
destination theme
Select icons
Select an icon
u
・ When Copy Selected or Copy All is selected, select YES and press d at the end of
the procedure.
Move Icons to Another Theme
d
o
u
Desktop Icon
Select a theme
Select an icon
d
d
Move
Move This, Move Selected or Move All
Select a
d ( Select icons
d
o)
d
destination theme
YES
Delete Icons of a Theme
d
o
Desktop Icon
Select a theme
Select an icon
d
d(
Delete
Delete This, Delete selected or Delete All
d
o)
d
icons
YES
Customization
Show New Message Indicator as 3D
Animation
3D Display Setting
d
ON
d
Menu Display Settings
Start Here i
Settings
List View and Details View
14
d
Display
d
Menu Display
d
List or Detail
・ Select View for menus from i
Set Main Menu Theme
14-8
Theme
d
Menu Display Set
d
Settings
Select a theme
d
d
d.
u
Select
Clock, Display & Sounds
Change Icon Design (Original Theme)
d
Theme
Set an image
d
Original Theme
d
Select a menu item
・ Change Main Menu icons to any preferred image.
Change Background (Original Theme)
d
Theme
Set an image
d
Original Theme
d
Background Image
・ Change Main Menu background to any preferred image.
Reset Original Theme Settings
d
Theme
Reset or All reset
d
Original Theme
d
d
YES
u
Select a menu item
・ This procedure is only available when any Original theme settings have been
changed.
Save Last Selected Menu Item to
Memory
Start Here i
Memory Focus
d
ON
d
p
b to select a function
<Not Recorded>
Change Order of Original Menu Items
Select an item
u
Sort
Cancel Original Menu Items
Select an item
u
Release or Release All
Reset Original Menu
u
Reset Org. Menu
d
d
YES
d
Select a position
d
d
d
YES
d
Customization
o
Add a Menu Item to Original Menu
14
14-9
Clock, Display & Sounds
Standby Indicators
i
Enable Indicator Selector
Settings
d
Display
d
Icons Setting
d
ON
d
・ The indicators at the top of Display are enabled by pressing d in Standby. Use b to
select an indicators and press d to access the corresponding function.
Incoming Call/Message Alerts
Start Here i
Settings
d
Adjust Ringtone Volume
Incoming Call
d
Ring Volume
d
Phone, Video Call or Mail
d
c
d
・ When Step is set, the ringtone volume increases every three seconds. When Silent
is set, no ringtone sounds.
Customization
Set a Ringtone
d
d
Select Ring Tone
Phone, Video Call or Mail
Select
d
d
d
Ring Tone
Select an item
Select a folder
Set a
ringtone
Set Random Playback of Melodies as
Ringtones
d
d
Select Ring Tone
Phone, Video Call or Mail
d
d
Ring Tone
Random Melody
Select a folder
Select
d
・ Melodies in the selected folder are played at random as ringtones.
Set Ringing Duration of Incoming
Message Ringtone
14
14-10
Mail Ring Time
duration
d
Mail
d
ON
d
Enter ringing
・ When OFF is set, no ringtone sounds and handset does not vibrate when receiving
messages.
Clock, Display & Sounds
Set Vibration*
Vibrator
d
d
Phone, Video Call or Mail
Select a pattern
d
・ When Melody Linkage is set, handset vibrates to the melody set as ringtone.
Set Illumination Color
d
Set Illumination Pattern
d
Illumination
Set Color
d
Select a color
Illumination
d
Linkage
d
Set Pattern
d
Phone, Video Call or Mail
d
Standard or Melody
・ Even when Melody Linkage is set, Illumination may not flash to the melody
depending on the set ringtone.
Set Illumination to Flash for Missed
Calls/New Messages
Set an Incoming Call/Message Image
d
Missed Info
d
ON
d
d
d
Select Ring Tone
Phone, Video Call or Mail
Select
d(
My Picture or Videos
Calling Disp. or Select Receiving Disp.
d)
Set an image/video
Disp. Phone Book Image
d
ON
d
* When Vibrator is not set to OFF, be careful not to let handset fall off a desk or slide too close to a stove, etc. when it vibrates.
Start Here i
Settings
d
Slide-style Setting
d
Open New Mail Window by Opening
Handset
Setting When Open
d
Display New Mail
Open Missed Calls Window by
Opening Handset
Setting When Open
d
Display Missed Call
d
d
o
o
Customization
Show Phone Book Entry Images for
Incoming Calls/Messages
Illumination
14
14-11
Clock, Display & Sounds
Answering Incoming Calls
Start Here i
Settings
d
Set to Answer Calls by Pressing Any
Key
Incoming Call
d
Answer Setting
d
Any Key Answer
d
・ Answer incoming voice calls by pressing a key from r, d, 0 - 9, w, t,
o, p and b. The any key answer function is disabled for incoming video calls.
d
d
Set to Mute Ringtone by Pressing Any
Answer Setting
Quick Silent
Key
・ Mute the ringtone by pressing a key from 0 - 9, w, t, o (for voice calls
only), p and b or by opening handset.
Start Here i
Settings
d
Set to Answer Calls by Opening
Handset
Slide-style Setting
Setting When Open
d
d
Answer Incoming
Silent.
Customization
14
14-12
d
o
・ When set to ON, opening handset starts call even if Answer Setting is set to Quick
・ When set to OFF, operation follows Answer Setting.
Clock, Display & Sounds
Manner Mode
Start Here i
Settings
d
Incoming Call
Set Manner Mode Type
d
Manner Mode Set
Manner Mode Setting
d
Select a Manner Mode
d
d
・ When Super Silent is set, all tones emitted through the earpiece are also muted.
Configure Original Manner Mode
Manner Mode Set
d
Original
d
Set each item
o
Set Time for Auto Manner Mode Start
d
o
Manner Start Time
Start Time Set1 or Start Time Set2
d
d
d
Enter time
1 Time, Daily ( ) or Select
d
o)
o
Day ( )
(Select day
Set Time for Auto Manner Mode
Release
d
Manner Release Time
Release Time Set1 or Release Time Set2
o
d
d
d
Enter time
1 Time, Daily ( ) or
d
o)
o
Select Day ( )
(Select day
Toggle Auto Manner Mode Start and
Release On/Off
Manner Start Time or Manner Release Time
d
Select an item
・ On/off toggles each time you press p. Settings (e.g., time) are not updated.
・ Use the following procedure to cancel all settings at once.
u
d
d
Release All
YES
Customization
p
14
14-13
Clock, Display & Sounds
Checking Call Logs
Start Here i
Settings
d
Incoming Call
d
d
d
Change Colors of Names, Phone
Disp. Call/Receive No.
Select a color
Numbers and E-mail Addresses in Call ・ Pressing o toggles the color palette between 16 colors and 256 colors.
and Message Log Windows
・ To reset the color settings to default, press p.
Sounds
Start Here i
Settings
d
Other Settings
Set to Play Charging Start/End Tones
Sound Emitted at Level 1 for First
three Seconds
Customization
Start Here i
Settings
d
14-14
d
Charge Sound
Volume Restriction
ON
d
d
ON
d
・ Applies to ring tone and alarm.
・ After three seconds pass, ring tone and alarm sounds at set volume.
Slide-style Setting
Set Handset Open/Close Sound
14
d
d
Slide Sound
Ring Time
d
d
d
Open Sound or Close Sound
Select time sound emitted
・ Slide and close sounds not emitted when set OFF.
Select a sound
d
Clock, Display & Sounds
Start Here i
Tools
d
Voice Announce
Record Sound to Set as Ringtone or
Outgoing Message
Select an item
seconds)
d
d
d
YES
Record sound (for about 15
・ Press d to stop recording.
Play Recorded Sound
Select an item with “★“
d
Delete Recorded Sound
Select an item with “★“
u
YES
d
Audio Output
d
External Connection
Headset Usage Setting
d
Headset+speaker or Headset Only
d
Microphone Setting
d
External Connection
Headset Mic. Setting
d
Microphone or Headset Microphone
Answer Calls Automatically
External Connection
d
Video Call
ON
Erase
d
Earphone-Microphone
Start Here i
Settings
d
Auto Answer Setting
Enter ring time
Built-in
d
Phone or
d
d
d
Save a Phone Number to Dial with an
Dialing
Headset SW to Dial
Voice Call
Earphone-Microphone
d
Select a Phone Book search method
Search Phone Book
d
d
an entry
Select a phone number
Select
Customization
d
d
d
14
14-15
Phone Book & Calls
Phone Book
Set Preferred Search Method
[Phone Book Search] window (P. 2-23)
d
OK
Select a search method
o
・ To cancel the preferred search method, press t in Phone Book Search window,
select the search method with “★ ,“ and then press o.
Change Group Name
u
[Phone Book Entry List] window (P. 2-23)
d
Select a group
Edit group name
Group Setting
d
d
・ The name remains the same only for No Group.
Do Not Send Phone Book Entry
Images via Infrared
i
Tools
d
Forwarding Image
d
OFF
d
S! Addressbook Back-up
Start Here i
Tools
d
Customization
Set Auto Synchronize
Check Auto Synchronize Settings
14
14-16
S! Addressbook Back-up
d
d
d
Auto Sync Settings
ON/OFF
d
Security Code
Set synchronize timing
d)
cycle and day
Select synchronize type
ON
d
d
Auto Sync Settings
Confirm Settings
d(
d
d
Enter
Set synchronize
d (twice)
YES
Phone Book & Calls
Outgoing Calls
Start Here i
Settings
d
Dialing
d
d
Save Area Code and Country Code as
Prefix Setting
Select an item
Prefix Numbers
d
Enter prefix numbers
Save Touch Tones
Pause Dial
d
o
o
Enter name
Enter touch tone numbers
d
d
・ Press and hold w to enter “P“ (Pause).
Set Numbers after “*“ as Sub Address
Sub-address Setting
d
d
ON
International Calls
Start Here i
Settings
d
Change International Access Code
Automatically Dialed with “+“
Dialing
d
Int’l Dial Assistance
Auto Int’l Call Set.
d
ON
d
Select a country code
d
d
・ When OFF is set, the international access code is not entered when you press and
hold 0.
・ Select an international access code you set in IDD Prefix Setting.
Change a Country Code
d
Country Code Setting
Select an item
d
d
name
Enter country code
o
Save an International Access Code
d
o
IDD Prefix Setting
Select an item
Enter international
d
d
access name
Enter international access code
Enter country
Customization
国際発信
d
14
14-17
Phone Book & Calls
Call Settings
Start Here i
Settings
d
Talk
d
Set Reconnection Tone
Reconnect Signal
Set Noise Reduction
Noise Reduction
Set Weak Signal Alarm
Quality Alarm
d
d
d
d
High Tone or Low Tone
ON
d
High Tone or Low Tone
d
・ Calls may be disconnected without sounding the alarm when signal suddenly
becomes too weak.
Set Clarity of Other Party Voice
Automatically Record During Voice
Call
Set a Hold Message
Hyper Clear Voice
d
High, Low and OFF
Auto Voice Memo
d
ON
d
d
・ Record latest 60 seconds of call (two recordings).
Set Hold Tone
d
On Hold Tone
d
Select a hold tone
d
Customization
Call Costs
Start Here i
Settings
d
Set Auto Reset of Total Call Cost
14
14-18
Call Time/Charge
d
Auto Reset Total Cost
d
Reset
ON or OFF
d
d
Enter Security Code
d
Enter PIN2
d
Auto
・ When ON is set, the total call cost indication is automatically reset to zero at twelve
midnight on the first day of each month.
Phone Book & Calls
d
d
Set Max Cost Limit
Enter Security Code
d
d
d
Enter cost limit
ON
Set alarm tone
o
d
alarm volume
Enter PIN2
Set/Cancel a Maximum Call Cost
Limit*
d
Set
・ A call ends automatically and
appears in Display when the total call cost exceeds
the set maximum limit.
・ When the set total call cost limit has been reached, all outgoing calls are disabled. To
enable outgoing calls, set the maximum call cost limit to 0:
d
d (twice)
Set Max Cost Limit
Enter Security Code
d
o
d
Enter PIN2
* Cost display may not be available depending on your subscription. If unavailable, you will also be unable to set a cost limit.
Video Calls
Start Here i
Settings
d
Video Call
Select Image
d
d
Select an item
Pre-installed or Original
d
・ To set an image other than the preinstalled image:
u
Original
Change Setting
Set an image
d
Redial Automatically as Voice Call
When Video Call Connection Fails
Auto Redial as Voice
Set an Image to Appear in Main
Window
Display Setting
Automatically Switch to Handsfree
Mode in Video Calls
Hands-free Switch
d
d
ON
d
Main Display
d
d
Other Side or My Side
Customization
Set an Image to be Sent during Video
Calls
d
14
d
ON
d
14-19
Phone Book & Calls
Global Roaming
Start Here i
Settings
d
Int’l Roaming Set
Set Operator
NW Search Mode
d
d
Manual
d
Select an operator
d
・ When Auto is set, an available operator is set automatically.
・ Use this procedure when handset is out of the service area of the currently used
operator.
Activate Network Re-search for an
Available Operator
NW Search Mode
d
operator
d
Network Re-search
d
Select an
・ An operator is available when NW Search Mode is set to Manual.
Set Priority for Operators
d
d
u
PLMN Setting
Select an operator
Change Priority
d
o
d
Select a position on the priority list
YES
・ When Auto or Network Re-search is set under NW Search Mode, you are
automatically connected to the highest priority operator among available operators.
Customization
Show Operator Name While Roaming
14
14-20
Display Operator Name
d
Display ON
d
Mail
S! Mail Settings
Start Here o
Mail Setting
d
Edit Header/Signature
d
Header/Signature
Edit Header or Edit Signature
o
Edit header/signature
Insert Header/Signature
Automatically
Header/Signature
d
Set to Check Delivery
d
Insert Setting
d
d (twice)
Header or Signature
o
S! Mail Settings
d
Delivery Report
d
ON
d
・ After a recipient receives your S! Mail, a message titled S! Mail Report is sent to your
handset.
SMS Settings
Start Here o
Mail Setting
SMS Settings
d
SMS Report Request
d
ON
d
・ After a recipient receives your SMS message, a message titled SMS Report is sent to
your handset.
Set Server Storage Period of SMS
Messages
Set SMS Input Language
SMS Validity Period
d
Select a period
d
・ When None is set, SMS messages you send are not stored on the server.
SMS Input Character
d
d
Japanese (70char.) or English (160char.)
Customization
Set to Check Delivery
d
14
14-21
Mail
Incoming Message Settings
Start Here o
Mail Setting
d
Customize E-mail Address
Custom Mail Address
Do Not Show Emotion Indicators
Emotion/Keyword
d
d
Follow onscreen instructions
Take the checkmark off from Disp. Emotion
o
Show Keyword Indicators
d
Emotion/Keyword
Select a keyword entry field
Put a checkmark to Disp. Keyword
d
d
o
Enter keyword
・ When handset receives an S! Mail containing the specified keyword, a keyword
indicator
-
appears.
・ In case a message contains both the content that matches an emotion indicator
(P. 5-7) and a specified keyword, the keyword indicator takes priority.
Delete Keywords
d
Emotion/Keyword
Select a keyword
d
d
o
or Delete All Keyword
YES
u
Customization
Set Priority When Receiving Messages
Receiving Setting
during Operation
d
d
Set Whether to Read Out Received
Messages
d
Read Out Received Mail
d
Select Voice
Read Out Setting
Delete Keyword
Alarm Preferred or Operation Preferred
d
ON or OFF
d
Set Voice to Read Out Messages
Read Out Setting
d
Select a voice type
d
14
Set Manual Receive
S! Mail Settings
d
Message Download
・ The entire text is receivable by user operation.
14-22
d
Manual
d
Mail
Reply Settings
o
d
Mail Setting
Header/Signature
d
d
Marks
Edit quotation mark
Change Quotation Marks
d
Edit Quotation
Message View Settings & Others
Start Here o
Mail Setting
d
Set Message List View
Play Attached Melodies Automatically
d
Mail List Disp.
Name or Address
2 Lines, 1 Line or 1 Line+Body
d
Subject,
d
Start Attachment (auto)
d
d
ON
・ Automatic play only for received mail.
Set Number of Text Lines to Scroll
Scroll
d
1 Line, 3 Lines or 5 Lines
d
Font Size
Check Mail Settings
Check Settings
Reset Mail Settings
Reset
d
Select a size
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
d
Customization
Set Font Size of Text
d
d
14
14-23
Mail
SMS Server Settings
Start Here i
Settings
Change SMS Center Address
d
Connection Settings
d
SMS Center Selection
d
819066519300
Enter SMS Center address
d
International or Unknown
d
d
・ Adress is 819066519300 by default. SMS may become unavailable if Center address
is changed.
Reset to SoftBank SMS Center
Address
Customization
14
14-24
Reset
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
d
Internet
Internet
Start Here for Yahoo! Keitai Press and hold p
Browser Settings
d
PC Site Browser
d
Start Here for PC Site Browser Press and hold p
Set Scroll Unit/Speed
Set Whether to Show Images or Play
Melodies
Scroll
d
d
d
Display Images or Play Sounds
Clear Cache
Memory Manager
d
d
YES
d
Delete Cache
Delete Cookies
Memory Manager
d
Delete Cookies
d
Initialized Browser
Set Whether to Send Manufacture
Number
Security
d
Manufacture Number
Set Whether to Send Referer
Security
d
Send Referer
Enable/Disable Cookies
Security
d
Cookie Settings
Set Whether to Activate Scripts
Security
d
Script Settings
Check Internet Settings
Check Settings or Check PC Site Brw. Set
d
Enter Security Code
d
Reset or Reset PC Site Brw. Set
d
YES
d
d
d
d
Select an option
d
d
YES
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
d
d
YES
d
Enter Security Code
d
ON or
Select an option
d
d
d
Enter Security Code
d
Customization
Initialize Memory Status of Internet
Reset Internet Settings
d
Whole Page, Half Page or Single Line
Downloads
d
OFF
d
PC Site Brw. Settings
14
14-25
Internet
Yahoo! Keitai
Start Here Press and hold p
d
Browser Settings
Set Font Size
Font Size
®
Set Flash Sound On/Off
d
d
Select a size
Flash Sound Effect
d
ON or OFF
d
PC Site Browser
Start Here Press and hold p
PC Site Browser
Do Not Show Alert When Activating
PC Site Browser & Switching Browsers
Set Page Layout
d
Warning Messages
PC Site Brw. Settings
d
Display Mode Settings
d
Select a size
OFF
d
d
d
PC Screen or Small Screen
d
Customization
Network Connection Settings
Set Whether to Send Location
Information
14
14-26
i
d
d
Settings
Send Location Info
d
Confirm, Send or Not Send
・ Set to Confirm or Send to obtain information.
d
Enter Security Code
TV
Channel List
Start Here i
TV
d
Channel List
Change Title of Channel List
Delete a Channel List
d
Select a channel list
u
Edit Title
Select a channel list
u
Delete This
d
d
Edit title
YES
d
d
・ The currently used channel list cannot be deleted.
Assign Channels to Remote Control
Numbers
o
u
Select a channel list
Remote Control No.
d
d
a remote control number
Select a channel
o
d
same step
YES
Delete a Channel
d
Select a channel list
d
YES
o
Select a channel
u
d
Select
Repeat the
Delete This
Customization
14
14-27
TV
Image & Sound
Start Here i
TV
d
User Settings
Set Subtitle Display
Show/Hide Icons in Landscape View
d
Subtitles
d
ON (Wide: Bottom), ON (Wide: Top) or OFF
d
Icon Always Show
ON or OFF
d
d
・ Icons other than for program title no longer displayed if set to OFF.
d
Customization
TV Power Saving
Keep Backlight Lighted While
Watching TV
Display Light
d
Constant Light
Set Time Backlight Stays Lit While
Watching TV
Display Light
d
Lighting Duration
Set Sound Effect
TV Effect
d
Sound Effect
Set Visual Image Effect
TV Effect
d
Visual Image Effect
Set TV to Pause or Continue for
Incoming Calls (Time Shift Playback)
Time Shift Setup
14
14-28
YES
d
Save Battery by Dimming Backlight
d
d
Enter lighting time
d
d
d
Select an effect
d
d
Select an effect
Auto ON or Auto OFF
d
d
TV
Data Broadcasts
Start Here i
TV
d
User Settings
d
Data BC Settings
Set Whether to Show Images in Pages
Accessed from Data Broadcasts
Set Image Disp.
Enable/Disable Sound Effects of Data
Broadcasts
Sound Effect
Set Whether or Not to Show
Confirmation Window Again
Reset Disp. Set.
d
d
d
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
d
d
YES or NO
d
d
・ Once you select YES (By default) in a confirmation window for accessing a web
page from Data Broadcast, the window no longer appears. Use this procedure to set
the window to reappear.
Recording Programs
i
d
TV
User Settings
d
ON or OFF
d
Rec. While Low Battery
d
Customization
Continue/End Recording at Low
Battery
14
14-29
TV
Other Settings
Start Here i
TV
d
User Settings
d
d
Check TV Settings
Check TV Settings
Reset Channel Settings
Reset Channel Setting
Clear Data Broadcast Memory
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
d
u
Reset Storage Area
Select an affiliated station
d(
d)
Delete This or Delete All
Enter Security Code
YES
d
Rest TV Settings
Customization
14
14-30
Reset TV Settings
d
Enter Security Code
d
YES
d
d
Camera
Camera/Video Settings
Set Image Quality
[Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-5)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
d
d
Setting
Select a quality
Set File Size
[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
Set White Balance
[Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-5)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
d
item
3
Select a file size
u
Quality
d
6
Select an
・ In Photo Viewfinder, you need to set Photo Mode (P. 7-13) to OFF before setting
white balance.
Reduce Flicker
u
[Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-5)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
Camera
d
d
Settings
Flicker
Auto, Mode 1 (50Hz) or Mode 2 (60Hz)
d
[Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-5)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
d
d
Sound
Select a shutter sound
u
Shutter
Set Display for Handset Closed
Shooting
[Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-5)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
d
d
Always Show
ON or OFF
u
Icon
・ Below icons do not appear if set to OFF.
● Photo Viewfinder
Focus Frame, Auto Timer, Number of Files That Can Be Saved
● Video Viewfinder
Auto Timer, Storage Capacity, Recording Status, Recording Time (remaining)
Set Interval for Continuous Shooting
u
[Continuous Shooting Viewfinder] (P. 7-10)
Interval/Number
d
d
Shot Interval
0.5 Seconds, 1.0 Seconds or 2.0 Seconds
Customization
Set Shutter Sound
14
d
14-31
Camera
Set Number of Shots for Continuous
Shooting
u
[Continuous Shooting Viewfinder] (P. 7-10)
d
Shot Number
Enter Shot Number
d
Interval/Number
d
File Storage & Continuous Shooting
Set Storage Location for Shot Still
Images/Videos
u
[Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-5)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
Select to
d
d
d
Save
Phone or microSD
Select a folder
・ To save videos on memory card, select a folder of Inbox.
Save Shot Still Images/Videos
Automatically
[Photo Viewfinder] (P. 7-5)/[Video Viewfinder] (P. 7-7)
d
d
Set
ON
u
Auto save
・ Still images and videos shot with handset camera are saved to the folders specified
in Select to Save.
Customization
14
14-32
Player & S! Appli
Playback Window
Change Playback Window Mode
u
d
[Video Player Playback] window (P. 9-5)
Action Setting
d
d
Screen Setting
Normal Screen Mode or Full Screen Mode
Change Design of Playback Window
u
[Music Player Playback] window (P. 9-5)
d
d
Change Skin
Select a design
Action Setting
d
Set Image Display Size
u
[Video Player Playback] window (P. 9-5)
Action Setting
d
d
Set Image Disp.
Normal or Fit in Display
d
When Running S! Appli
Start Here i
S! Appli
d
Settings
Set Sound Volume
d
Sound/Vib Settings
d
Volume
Sound/Vib Settings
d
Vibration
d
c to adjust volume
d
d
Backlight Settings
Switch ON/OFF
d
Always OFF or Link To Phone Set.
Set Backlight
Set Blinking of Backlight
Start Here i
d
S! Appli
Backlight Settings
d
S! Appli List
Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Connect to
Network
d
Blink
d
ON or OFF
d
d
Customization
Set Vibration
Always ON,
ON or OFF
d
d
u
d
d
Select an S! Appli
Security Settings
Net Access
d
All Permit, Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable
14
14-33
Player & S! Appli
u
d
Select an S! Appli
Security Settings
Write User Data
All Permit, Prompt at 1st only, Prompt each time or Disable
Allow/Prohibit S! Appli to Write
Personal Information
d
d
Reset Security Settings of S! Appli
u
Select an S! Appli
d
d
Set.
YES
Security Settings
d
Reset Security
S! Appli Settings
Start Here i
S! Appli
d
Settings
d
d
Reset S! Appli Settings
Reset
d
YES
Delete All S! Appli
d
Reset
d
YES
Customization
14
14-34
Set to Default
Delete All S! App
d
Enter Security Code
d
Enter Security Code
d
d
Entertainment
Mobile Widget Settings
Start Here i
Entertainment
d
Mobile Widget
Set Whether to Use Mobile Widget
Standby Disp. Set.
Check Auto Synchronize Settings
Auto Refresh
Set Whether to Automatically
Transmit When Abroad
Auto Roaming
Delete All Widgets from Desktop
Page
Delete Content
d
d
d
d
d
Settings
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
d
d
d
d
Select a Desktop page
d
YES
d
・ All Widgets in selected Desktop page are deleted.
d
Set Whether to Use Cookies
Cookies
Delete Cookies
Delete Cookies
ON or OFF
d
YES
d
d
Customization
14
14-35
Entertainment
S! Quick News
Start Here i
Entertainment
Hide S! Quick News in Standby
d
d
S! Quick News
Standby Settings
Settings
d
d
Standby Disp. Set.
d
Speed Settings
d
OFF
d (twice)
Set Ticker Speed
Standby Settings
d (twice)
Slow
d
d
Set Information to appear in S! Quick
Standby Settings
Unread & Read Set.
News
d (twice)
or Unread & Read
Hide S! Quick News Images
Reset S! Quick News Registered
Contents
Customization
14
14-36
Set Image Disp.
Del. Quick News
d (twice)
d
d
OFF
YES
Fast, Normal or
d
Unread Only
d (twice)
d (twice)
Enter Security Code
Entertainment
S! Info Channel
Start Here i
Entertainment
d
Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon
For New Received Information
S! Information Notif.
Set Font Size for Web Pages
Font Size
Start Here i
Settings
d
Set Font Size
d
S! Info Ch./Weather
Display
d
d
d
Settings
ON or OFF
d
d
d
Select font size
d
Font
d
Character Size
d
Select font size
Separate Setting
d
d
S! Info Ch.
Weather Indicators
d
S! Info Ch./Weather
d
Weather Indicator
Set Whether to Automatically Update
Weather Information
Weather Update
d
ON or OFF
d(
Set Whether to Display Weather
Indicators in Standby
Standby Setting
d
ON or OFF
d
Set Whether to Display Desktop Icon
For New Received Information
Weather Notif.
d
ON or OFF
d
YES
d)
d
Customization
Start Here i
Entertainment
d
Settings
14
14-37
Other Settings
Text Entry
Start Here i
Customization
14
Settings
d
d
Other Settings
Set Text Input Method
Input Mode
Set Word Prediction
Prediction
d
d
ON or OFF
d
d
T9 Change Mode
d
Mode
Clear Learning History
d
Clear Learned
Enter Security Code
d
Pic. or Kana/Kanji Change/Face
CHG Input Size
Set Auto Cursor Movement in 5-Touch
Mode
Auto Cursor
d
Select an input method
Set to Show T9 Suggestion Words in
Kanji or Hiragana
Change Font Size
d
Character Input Set
d
d
T9 Kanji Change Mode or T9 Kana Change
Select a size
d
T9/Expect Words/
d
Fast, Normal, Slow or OFF
d
Key/Touch Sensor
Start Here i
Settings
d
Set Key/Touch Sensor Sound Off
Key/Touch Sensor
Keypad Sound
d
d
OFF
d
d
d
Change Function Assigned to Shortcut
Shortcut-key Setting
Select a function
YES
Key
・ Alternatively, press and hold u in Standby to set Shortcut-key Setting.
14-38
d
・ To return to original settings, press u, select Reset Shortcut-Key, and press d.
Other Settings
Set Touch Sensor Backlight
d
Touch Sensor Setting
d
color
Set Vibrator and Illumination for
Touch Sensor Operation
d
Set Touch Sensor Scroll
d
Touch Sensor Setting
Vibrator or Illumination
d
Touch Sensor Setting
d
ON
d
Backlight
Select a
d
Touch Sensor Linkage
d
ON or OFF
ON
d
d
ON
d
Scroll
ON or OFF
d
・ Touch Sensor scrolling will be available for web pages and Message Details window
when set to ON.
Set Not to Use Touch Sensor
d
OFF
d
Key Illumination
d
Touch Sensor Setting
Key Illumination
Start Here i
Settings
d
Illumination
d
Power ON or OFF
d
Set Pattern
Set Flashing Color for Power On/Off
Power ON or OFF
d
Set Color
Set Flashing Pattern for Call Start
Talking Start
d
Set Pattern
Set Flashing Color for Call Start
Talking Start
d
Set Color
Set Illumination for EmotionExpressing Mail
Set Flashing Pattern for Alarm
Notification
d
d
Emotion
ON or OFF
Alarm
d
d
d
d
d
d
ON or OFF
Select a color
d
Select a pattern
d
d
Select a color
Always, Unread Mail Only or OFF
d
d
Set Pattern
d
Scroll
Customization
Set Illumination for Power On/Off
ON
14
d
Select a pattern
d
14-39
Other Settings
d
d
Set Flashing Color for Alarm
Notification
Alarm
Set Color
Set Illumination for Snooze
Notification
Snooze
d
Set Pattern
Set Flashing Color for Snooze
Notification
Snooze
d
Set Color
Select a color
d
ON or OFF
d
d
d
d
Select a color
Set Illumination for Ir/IC Transmission
Ir Exchanging or IC Exchanging
d
OFF
d
Set Pattern
Set Flashing Color for Ir/IC
Transmission
Ir Exchanging or IC Exchanging
d
color
d
Set Color
d
Customization
Charge Starting
d
Set Pattern
Set Flashing Color (When Charging
Begins)
Charge Starting
d
Set Color
d
Select a color
Set Flashing Pattern for Handset
Open or Close
Open or Close
d
Set Pattern
d
ON or OFF
Set Flashing Color for Handset Open
or Close
Open or Close
d
Set Color
14
14-40
d (
d
ON or OFF
YES
d)
ON or
Select a
Illuminate When Charging Begins
d
d
d
d
d
Select a color
Other Settings
Key Backlight
Start Here i
Settings
d
d
Illumination
Set Key Backlight Color
Key Backlight
d
Select a color
Set Key Backlight Off
Key Backlight
d
OFF
d
d
Osaifu-Keitai®
Set illumination for IC Card
Delete all Lifestyle-Appli
i
Tools
ON or OFF
i
d
Osaifu-Keitai
d
IC Card Illumination
d
d
S! Appli
d
LifeApp
d
d
Settings
Enter Security Code
d
Reset
Delete All
d
YES
d
Customization
d
d
d
Set Whether to Enable Opening from i
Tools
Osaifu-Keitai
Interface Settings
Browser
d
d
d
Enter Security Code
Browser
ON or OFF
14
14-41
Other Settings
Bluetooth®
Start Here i
Tools
d
Bluetooth
Set Detection Time for Device
Set Whether to Send Ring Tone for
Voice Call, Video Call to Headset or
Handsfree Device
d
Bluetooth Settings
d
Time-out to Search
d
Enter search time
Forward Ring Tone
d
ON or OFF
d
d
・ Ring tone will also sound from handset if Headset Usage Setting is set to
Headset+speaker and Forward Ring Tone is set to OFF.
Set Whether to Enable Calling from
External Device
Dial From Other Device
Check Handset Bluetooth®
Information
Bluetooth Info
d
Valid or Invalid
d
d
・ Press o to change name of added device.
Resetting Handset
Customization
Start Here i
Settings
d
Reset All Settings to Default
Initialize Handset to Default Status
14
14-42
Other Settings
Reset Settings
Initialize
d
d
d
Enter Security Code
Enter Security Code
d
d
YES
YES
d
d
YES
d
・ When the initialization is completed, handset automatically shuts down and restarts.
・ When handset is initialized, all data downloaded and saved on handset are deleted
and cannot be restored.
・ Your Security Code will also be reset to default.
Appendix
Multitask Combinations.................... 15-2
Software Update ............................... 15-4
Updating Software ................................. 15-4
Troubleshooting ................................ 15-6
Text Entry Key Assignments........... 15-10
In 5-touch Mode.................................... 15-10
In 2-touch Mode.................................... 15-11
In T9 Input Mode .................................. 15-12
Kuten Code List ............................... 15-13
Menu List ......................................... 15-19
Specifications ................................... 15-34
Main Specifications ...............................
Handset Materials .................................
Maximum Number of Storable Items ..
Memory Card Folders & Files................
15
15-34
15-35
15-36
15-37
Index..................................................15-39
Warranty & After Sales Service ...... 15-51
Warranty................................................ 15-51
After Sales Service................................. 15-51
Customer Service............................. 15-52
15-1
Multitask Combinations
Function
Appendix
15
Currently
Active Function
Mail
Yahoo!
S!
Data
Settings
Keitai
Appli
Folder
menu
Mail Group
Function
○2
○
○
○6
○
○8
○
○ 13
○
○
Yahoo! Keitai
Group Function
○
×
○
○6
○
○8
○
○ 13
○
S! Appli Group
Function
○
○
×
○6
○
○8
○
○ 13
Settings Group
Function
○
○
○
×
○
○8
×
Tools Group
Function1
○
○
○
○6
×
×
TV & Music Group
Function
○3
○4
○5
○6
○4
During a Voice Call
○
○
×
×7
During a Video Call ×
×
×
During Packet
○
Transmission with a
PC Connected
○
○
Camera
Original
Menu
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○ 13
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
○6
○6
×
○
○6
○
○ 13
○
×
×
○ 16
○
×
○9
○ 11 12
○ 13
○ 14
×
× 15
×
○
×
×
× 10
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○6
○
○8
○
○ 13
○
×
× 15
○
○
Tools
Optional
Services
Phone
Book
Own
Data
Music
TV
○ : Can be activated. × : Cannot be activated.
1 Except Receive Ir Data and USIM Operation which cannot be activated with another function.
2 Compose Message and Compose SMS cannot be activated at the same time.
3 Audio functions such as those for reading out messages and playing mail-attached melodies cannot be activated at the same time
as Music Player.
15-2
Multitask Combinations
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Audio functions such as those for playing melodies and videos cannot be activated at the same time as Music Player. TV is
temporarily paused.
S! Appli cannot be activated when Music Player is playing. TV is temporarily paused.
Cannot be activated depending on the function.
Only Pause Dial, IC Card Lock Set., Keypad Sound and Network Status are available.
Receive Ir Data, microSD Manager, Voice Announce and USIM Operation are unavailable.
Only the following functions are available: Schedule, Calculator, Dictionary, Text Memo, To Do List, IC Card Lock Set.,
S! Addressbook Back-up, Account Details, Bluetooth and voice memo during a call.
Voice memo during a call is available only when you press and hold a.
Playing messages at Voice Mail Center is impossible.
Caller ID Notification is unavailable.
Restrictions is unavailable.
Common Phrases, Own Dictionary and DL Dictionary are unavailable.
Only Booking Program List, Timer Recording List and Program Guide (only during packet transmission) are available.
Camera cannot be activated when Music Player is playing.
Appendix
15
15-3
Software Update
Appendix
Check if software on handset needs to
be updated, and update it through the
network if necessary.
● Before updating software, turn off
handset and restart it to make sure that
all handset functions have ended.
● Disconnect the USB cable from handset.
The software update, if it is done with
the USB cable connected, may not be
properly completed.
● No transmission fees apply to check or
update software.
● Updating software may take 30 minutes
or so. Wait for the software update to
finish before using handset.
● Make sure battery is sufficiently charged
before updating software.
● Update software in a location of good
signal reception. Do not change
locations while updating software.
● Never remove battery or USIM Card or
turn off handset while updating
software.
● Other handset functions are available
once the software update is completed.
15
15-4
● Data saved on handset is retained when
you update software. However, data
may be lost depending on the handset
condition (e.g. a malfunction). We
recommend that you make backups of
important data (though it may be
impossible to back up some
downloaded data) before updating
software. SoftBank is not liable for any
data loss.
● If software update fails, handset may
become inoperable. If this happens,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance (P. 15-52).
Updating Software
1
i
d
Settings
d
Other Settings
d
Software Update
2 Software Update
d
3 Follow onscreen instructions
● After Software is Updated
After an update completion message
appears, handset restarts automatically,
and update results appear.
Software Updated Window
Checking Update Results
1i
d
Settings
d
Other Settings
d
Software Update
2 Update Result
d
Software Update
Using Regular Updates
A confirmation for software update
appears at the scheduled time. Press d
or leave handset for a while to start
automatic software update.
● If other functions are being used at the
scheduled time, software update
cannot start. End all functions to open
the software update confirmation
window (if you keep using other
functions for more than ten minutes
after a scheduled time, software update
is canceled).
Appendix
15
15-5
Troubleshooting
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Cannot turn on Is battery properly installed?
handset.
Is battery exhausted?
It takes a long It takes time if there are large
time to turn on amounts of data (e.g., Phone
handset.
Book entries) saved on handset.
Refer to
P. 1-14
P. 1-22
-
Cannot charge
battery.
Charging
Indicator does
not light up.
Is battery properly installed?
P. 1-14
Is the charger (sold separately)
plugged into an outlet properly?
P. 1-17
Battery drains
too fast.
Has the battery reached the end
of its service life?
The battery life may shorten
depending on the usage
environment.
Is the connector of AC Charger
correctly inserted into handset?
P. 1-14
Appendix
15
15-6
Is handset out of service area or in
a location with a weak signal?
Is a maximum call cost limit set?
P. 14-19
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
Is Keypad Lock active?
P. 4-4
Is Dial/Sending Mail specified to
be locked in Original (Dial) Lock
mode?
P. 4-3
Is Restrict Dialing set?
P. 2-26
A message is
Did you include the area code
heard saying
when dialing a phone number?
that the
number you
have reached is
not in service.
-
Only a busy
Does Network is busy at this
tone is heard
moment Please try again later
after dialing a appear in Display?
phone number.
-
Cannot receive
calls.
The incoming
ringtone does
not sound.
The battery operation time
fluctuates according to how you
use handset.
Cannot make
calls.
Problem
Cannot make
calls using
Keypad.
Is handset in Manner Mode?
P. 1-20
Is handset in Emission OFF
Mode?
P. 4-7
Is Ring Volume set to Silent?
P. 14-10
Troubleshooting
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Is the earpiece properly placed
The other
party’s voice is against your ear?
difficult to hear
Is anything obstructing the
during calls.
speaker if it is in handsfree mode?
Refer to
-
Is the earpiece volume properly
adjusted?
P. 3-3,
P. 3-8
Is the earpiece volume properly
The other
party’s voice is adjusted?
too loud during
calls.
P. 3-3,
P. 3-8
This may occur when there are
large amounts of data saved on
handset, or when large amounts
of data are being transferred
between handset and memory
card.
Cannot hear
key operation
tones.
Is Keypad Sound set to OFF?
P. 14-38
Is handset in Manner Mode?
P. 1-20
Is Keypad Lock active?
P. 4-4
Side Key is
inoperable
when handset
is closed.
Possible Cause & Remedy
Is Power Saver Mode activated?
Refer to
P. 14-7
If handset is left in a very hot place,
it may automatically shut down.
If this happens, move handset to a
location at an appropriate
C) and wait
temperature (5 to 35°
for a while until the keys become
operable again.
-
Is Brightness under Backlight set
to Dark?
P. 14-7
Is ECO Mode set to ON?
P. 1-23
Is Privacy Angle set to ON?
P. 14-6
Display
backlight does
not light.
Is Lighting under Backlight set
to OFF?
P. 14-7
A message
appears instead
of an image,
video or song.
The image, video or song is unavailable
with the function being used when any
of the following messages appear.
Not available, Expiredfile and No
preview data
-
appears
The image file may be corrupted.
instead of an
image or preview.
-
Display is hard
to see.
-
Appendix
Handset is slow
to react when
keys are
pressed.
Problem
Nothing
appears in
Display.
15
15-7
Troubleshooting
Problem
Appendix
15
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
The Flash® clock
appearing in
Standby is
stopped.
Is Keypad Lock active?
Images shot
with handset
camera flicker.
When shooting images indoors,
flicker may occur due to
fluorescent lighting, etc.
Changing the Flicker setting may
help reduce flicker.
P. 14-31
Still images or
videos shot with
handset camera
are too bright.
Were the still images or videos
shot with Flicker not set to
Auto?
Set Flicker to Auto.
P. 14-31
Still images or
videos shot with
handset camera
are blurred.
Select a Photo Mode suited to the
subject or scene.
P. 7-13
Cannot watch
TV.
Is handset out of the digital
terrestrial broadcast service area
or in a location with a weak
signal?
-
Are the channel settings done?
P. 8-5
USIM Card is not properly inserted
or may be damaged.
P. 1-12
Insert USIM
appears.
15-8
P. 4-4
Problem
Possible Cause & Remedy
Refer to
Insert microSD Memory card is not properly
appears.
inserted or may be damaged.
P. 12-11
Replace with a Perform a scan disk on memory
new one or
card.
check the disk
appears.
P. 12-18
Network is
busy at this
moment
Please try
again later
appears.
This may be due to errors or heavy
traffic on the voice call lines or packet
transmission network. Try again after
a while.
Emergency calls to 110, 119 and 118
are still possible.
-
Function
cannot
operate any
more appears.
End one of the currently active
functions to continue operation.
-
Other
These messages appear when you
function
try to use an unavailable function
active Cannot when another function is active.
start appears.
Other
function
active Cannot
operate
appears.
-
Troubleshooting
Problem
Memory
shortage
appears.
Possible Cause & Remedy
This message appears when
operation is interrupted due to
insufficient memory. Reboot
handset.
Refer to
-
Connection
Network connection is interrupted
failed appears. due to weak signal.
-
The page you are trying to access
is very busy. Try again after a
while.
-
(microSD
The indicator appears when a
card indicator
defective memory card is inserted.
marked with ?)
appears.
P. 12-18
Osaifu-Keitai® Has the battery run out?
cannot be used.
Has IC Card Lock or Call Remote
Lock been set?
P. 1-22
P. 11-4
Appendix
15
15-9
Text Entry Key Assignments
In 5-touch Mode
Key Kanji/hiragana Entry Mode Katakana Entry Mode
1
あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉ
アイウエオァィゥェォ 1
Alphanumeric Entry Mode
Number Entry Mode
. / @ - : ~1 _1
1
2
かきくけこ
カキクケコ 2
abcABC2
2
3
さしすせそ
サシスセソ 3
defDEF3
3
4
たちつてとっ
タチツテトッ 4
ghiGHI4
4
5
なにぬねの
ナニヌネノ 5
jklJKL5
5
6
はひふへほ
ハヒフヘホ 6
mnoMNO6
6
7
7
まみむめも
マミムメモ 7
pqrsPQRS7
8
やゆよゃゅょ
ヤユヨャュョ 8
tuvTUV8
8
9
らりるれろ
ラリルレロ 9
wxyzWXYZ9
9
0
わをんゎー
ワヲンヮ 2ー 0
0
0+3
w
゛ ゜456
゛ ゜4 5 6
―――― 4 5
*
, .?! ' - & ( ) ¥ Space
#
q
Appendix
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
15
15-10
7
、。?!・ Space
7
、。?!・ Space
Appears as “ 〜 “ during double-byte entry.
The lower case of “ ワ “ can be entered in double-byte mode.
Press and hold w to enter “+.“
Can be toggled between upper case and lower case.
w to insert line feed “ .“
Before confirming characters, press j to display “_,“ and press again in this state to enter “゛“ or “゜.“
“、,“ “。,“ “? ,“ “! “ and “・“ cannot be entered when entering readings in Own Dictionary or in USIM Phone Book.
Text Entry Key Assignments
In 2-touch Mode
● In Double-byte Mode
Key
● In Single-byte Mode
Press Next
1
2
3
Key
4
5
6
7
8
9
Press Next
0
ぁ ぃ ぅ ぇ ぉ a b c d e
2 か き く け こ F G H I J
f g h i j
3 さ し す せ そ K L M N O
Press First
Press First
1 あ い う え お A B C D E
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
ア
イ
ウ
エ
オ
A
B
C
D
E
ァ
ィ
ゥ
ェ
ォ
a
b
c
d
e
カ
キ
ク
ケ
コ
F
G
H
I
J
f
g
h
i
j
L
M
N
O
3
サ
シ
ス
セ
ソ
K
k
l
m
n
o
4
タ
チ
ツ
テ
ト
P
Q
R
S
T
p
q
r
s
t
5
ナ
ニ
ヌ
ネ
ノ
U
V
W
X
Y
u
v
w
x
y
6
ハ
ヒ
フ
ヘ
ホ
Z
?
!
-
/
k l m n o
4 た ち つ て と P Q R S T
っ
p q r s t
5 な に ぬ ね の U V W X Y
ッ
u v w x y
6 は ひ ふ へ ほ Z ? !
ー /
z
z
1
8 や ( ゆ ) よ * #
1
ゅ
7
2
8
3
3
0 わ を ん ゛ ゜ 6
ゎ
、 。
ミ
ム
メ
モ
\
&
1
ヤ
(
ユ
)
ヨ
*
#
1
1
2
ャ
ょ
9 ら り る れ ろ 1
マ
2
7
3
8
4
9
5
0
9
0
ュ
2
ョ
ラ
リ
ル
レ
ロ
@
/
-
̲
:
ワ
ヲ
ン
゙
゚
˜
'
,
.
3
.ne.jp .co.jp .ac.jp
6
7
8
www. .com .html
4
5
@softbank.
ne.jp
9
0
http://
https://
double-byte mode when
entering readings in USIM
Phone Book.
1 Can be entered as doublebyte characters when
entering pictographs is
possible, such as in Text
Memo and Common Phrases.
2 Press 8 0 to toggle
between upper-case and
lower-case modes. Pressing
w after entering an upper
case character switches to the
lower case character.
3 After characters that cannot
have “゛“ or “゜,“ a separate
“゛“ or “゜“ is entered.
Before confirming characters,
press j to display “_,“ and
press again in this state to
enter “゛“ or
“゜.“
: A space is entered for these
key combinations.
Appendix
7 ま み む め も ¥ &
ゃ
・ Katakana are entered in
15
15-11
Text Entry Key Assignments
In T9 Input Mode
Appendix
Key
Kanji/hiragana
Entry Mode
Katakana
Entry Mode
1
Row あ , 1
Row ア , 1
2
Row か , 2
Row カ , 2
abcABC2
3
Row さ , 3
Row サ , 3
defDEF3
4
Row た , 4
Row タ , 4
ghiGHI4
5
Row な , 5
Row ナ , 5
jklJKL5
6
Row は , 6
Row ハ , 6
mnoMNO6
7
Row ま , 7
Row マ , 7
pqrsPQRS7
8
Row や , 8
Row ヤ , 8
tuvTUV8
9
Row ら , 9
Row ラ , 9
wxyzWXYZ9
0
わをん
ゎ ー、0
ワヲン
ヮ 4ー、0
0
w
12
12
26
q
3
3
15
15-12
Alphanumeric Entry Mode
./@?!(),-_:
~5 & ¥ 1 Single-byte
space
・ For key assignments in number entry mode,
see the table in “In 5-touch Mode.“
・ Numbers do not appear when entering
readings in USIM Phone Book and Own
Dictionary.
・ Press w to toggle the case as follows:
Caps-lock cancel mode → Shift mode →
Caps Lock mode
・ Caps Lock mode: All characters are entered
in upper case.
Shift mode: The first characters of words are
capitalized and the rest of characters are
entered in lower case.
Caps-lock cancel mode: All characters are
entered in lower case.
・ Once characters entered in Shift mode have
been determined, the mode is switched to
Caps-lock cancel mode.
1 When editing a reading, pressing w
adds/cancels “゛“ or “゜.“
2 w to insert line feed “ .“
3 “、,“ “。,“ “? ,“ “! ,“ “・“ and “(space)“
appear right after a reading or character is
determined.
4 The lower case of “ワ“ can only be entered
in double-byte mode.
5 “ ̄ “ is entered in double-byte mode.
6 Pressing before confirming characters
enters a space before confirming.
Kuten Code List
●Actual Display font may differ in appearance from the following.
1st - 3rd
digits 0
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
、 。 , .・
゛゜´`¨^
ゝゞ〃仝々〆
/\〜‖|…
( )〔 〕[
〉《 》「 」『
−±×÷=≠
∞∴♂ ♀°′
¢£%#&
○●◎◇
◆□■△▲▽
←↑↓
∈
⊃∪∩
∧∨¬⇒⇔
(スペース)
!
ヾ
‐
〈
+
≧
$
★
→
⊂
:;
 ̄_
〇ー
‥
]{
』【
<>
″℃
@§
9
?
ヽ
―
}
】
≦
¥
☆
▼※〒
1st - 3rd
digits
9
オ
ゴ
ゾ
ト
ヒ
ボ
ユ
ヰ
ΑΒΓΔΕΖΗΘΙ
ΚΛΜΝΞΟΠΡΣΤ
ΦΧΨΩ
αβγδεζη
1st - 3rd
digits
0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
ijklmno
stuvwxy
064
065
θικλμνξοπρ
στυφχψω
ぃ
き
し
ち
に
ふ
み
ら
ん
い
ぎ
じ
ぢ
ぬ
ぶ
む
り
ぅ
く
す
っ
ね
ぷ
め
る
う
ぐ
ず
つ
の
へ
も
れ
ぇ
け
せ
づ
は
べ
ゃ
ろ
え
げ
ぜ
て
ば
ぺ
や
ゎ
ぉ
こ
そ
で
ぱ
ほ
ゅ
わ
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
А
ИЙ
ТУ
ЬЭ
ВГДЕЁЖЗ
ЛМНОПРС
ХЦЧШЩЪЫ
Я
а
бвгдеёжзий
клмнопрсту
фхцчшщъыьэ
юя
ィ
キ
シ
チ
ニ
フ
ミ
ラ
ン
イ
ギ
ジ
ヂ
ヌ
ブ
ム
リ
ヴ
ゥ
ク
ス
ッ
ネ
プ
メ
ル
ヵ
ウ
グ
ズ
ツ
ノ
ヘ
モ
レ
ヶ
ェ
ケ
セ
ヅ
ハ
ベ
ャ
ロ
エ
ゲ
ゼ
テ
バ
ペ
ヤ
ヮ
ォ
コ
ソ
デ
パ
ホ
ュ
ワ
080
081
082
083
─│┌┐┘└├┬┤
┴┼━┃┏┓┛┗┣┳
┫┻╋┠┯┨┷┿┝┰
┥┸╂
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
①②③④⑤⑥⑦⑧⑨
⑩⑪⑫⑬⑭⑮⑯⑰⑱⑲
⑳ⅠⅡⅢⅣⅤⅥⅦⅧⅨ
Ⅹ
㎜㎝
㎞㎎㎏㏄㎡
平成
№ ㏍ TEL ㊤
㊥㊦㊧㊨㈱㈲㈹㍾㍽㍼
≒≡∫∮∑
∟⊿
Б
К
Ф
Ю
∋⊆⊇
026
027
028
029
∠⊥⌒∂∇≡≒≪≫√
∽∝∵∫∬
ʼn♯♭♪
¶
◯
031
032
033
034
035
036
0 1 2 3
D
N
X
b
060
061
062
063
8 9
BC
LM
VW
a
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
fgh
pqr
z
ぁあ
おかが
ごさざ
ぞただ
とどな
ひびぴ
ぼぽま
ゆょよ
ゐゑを
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
4 5 6 7
A
HIJ K
RSTU
0
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
∀∃
E
O
Y
c
FG
PQ
Z
de
ァ
カ
サ
タ
ド
ビ
ポ
ョ
ヱ
ア
ガ
ザ
ダ
ナ
ピ
マ
ヨ
ヲ
1st - 3rd
digits
0
139
∵
160
161
162
163
164
葵
梓
鮎
鞍
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
あ
亜
茜
圧
或
杏
唖
穐
斡
粟
娃
悪
扱
袷
阿
握
宛
安
以
惟
緯
域
芋
淫
陰
伊
意
胃
育
鰯
胤
隠
位
慰
萎
郁
允
蔭
韻
哀
渥
姐
庵
愛
旭
虻
按
挨
葦
飴
暗
姶
芦
絢
案
逢
鯵
綾
闇
偉
椅
謂
一
咽
囲
為
違
壱
員
夷
畏
遺
溢
因
委
異
医
逸
姻
い
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
威
移
井
稲
引
尉
維
亥
茨
飲
院
依
易
衣
磯
印
吋
う
170
171
172
173
右宇烏羽
迂雨卯鵜窺丑碓臼渦嘘
唄欝蔚鰻姥厩浦瓜閏噂
云運雲
え
173
174
175
176
177
178
曳
衛
閲
掩
艶
栄
詠
榎
援
苑
永
鋭
厭
沿
薗
荏
泳
液
円
演
遠
餌
洩
疫
園
炎
鉛
叡
瑛
益
堰
焔
鴛
営
盈
駅
奄
煙
塩
嬰
穎
悦
宴
燕
影
頴
謁
延
猿
映
英
越
怨
縁
Appendix
15
15-13
Kuten Code List
1st - 3rd
digits 0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
お
178
179
180
181
182
凹央
押
鴎黄
牡乙
奥
旺
岡
俺
往
横
沖
卸
於汚甥
応
欧殴王翁襖鴬
荻億屋憶臆桶
恩温穏音
か
Appendix
15
15-14
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
仮
家
禍
蝦
我
介
恢
蟹
慨
馨
拡
赫
顎
恰
叶
噛
勘
幹
款
竿
諌
舘
贋
何
寡
禾
課
牙
会
懐
魁
開
概
蛙
撹
較
掛
括
椛
鴨
粥
勧
患
歓
管
貫
丸
雁
伽
科
稼
嘩
画
解
戒
晦
階
涯
垣
格
郭
笠
活
樺
栢
刈
巻
感
汗
簡
還
含
頑
価
暇
箇
貨
臥
回
拐
械
貝
碍
柿
核
閣
樫
渇
鞄
茅
苅
喚
慣
漢
緩
鑑
岸
顔
佳
果
花
迦
芽
塊
改
海
凱
蓋
蛎
殻
隔
橿
滑
株
萱
瓦
堪
憾
澗
缶
間
巌
願
加
架
苛
過
蛾
壊
可
歌
茄
霞
賀
廻
嘉
河
荷
蚊
雅
快
下
夏
火
華
俄
餓
怪
化
嫁
珂
菓
峨
駕
悔
灰
劾
街
鈎
獲
革
梶
葛
兜
界
外
該
劃
確
学
鰍
褐
竃
皆
咳
鎧
嚇
穫
岳
潟
轄
蒲
絵
害
骸
各
覚
楽
割
且
釜
芥
崖
浬
廓
角
額
喝
鰹
鎌
乾
姦
換
潅
翰
閑
玩
侃
完
敢
環
肝
関
癌
冠
官
柑
甘
艦
陥
眼
寒
寛
桓
監
莞
韓
岩
刊
干
棺
看
観
館
翫
き
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
基奇嬉
旗既期
機帰
紀徽規
鬼亀偽
犠疑祇
寄
棋
毅
記
儀
義
岐
棄
気
貴
妓
蟻
企伎危喜器
希幾忌揮机
汽
起
宜
誼
畿
軌
戯
議
祈
輝
技
掬
季
飢
擬
菊
稀
騎
欺
鞠
1st - 3rd
digits
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
0
吉
客
宮
究
巨
禦
卿
挟
蕎
業
巾
芹
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
吃
脚
弓
窮
拒
魚
供
叫
教
郷
局
錦
菌
喫
虐
急
笈
拠
亨
侠
喬
橋
鏡
曲
斤
衿
桔
逆
救
級
挙
享
僑
境
況
響
極
欣
襟
橘
丘
朽
糾
渠
京
兇
峡
狂
饗
玉
欽
謹
詰
久
求
給
虚
競
強
狭
驚
桐
琴
近
砧
仇
汲
旧
許
共
彊
矯
仰
粁
禁
金
杵
休
泣
牛
距
凶
怯
胸
凝
僅
禽
吟
黍
及
灸
去
鋸
協
恐
脅
尭
勤
筋
銀
9
却
吸
球
居
漁
匡
恭
興
暁
均
緊
1st - 3rd
digits
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
効勾
后
巧巷
拘控
江洪
紅紘
航荒
砿鋼
号合
告国
忽惚
此
昏昆
厚
喉
幸
攻
浩
絞
行
閤
壕
穀
骨
頃
根
口
坑
広
昂
港
綱
衡
降
拷
酷
狛
今
梱
倶句区狗
駒具愚虞
串櫛釧屑
掘窟沓
栗繰桑鍬
郡
玖
喰
屈
靴
勲
九
矩苦躯駆駈
空偶寓遇隅
轡窪熊隈粂
君薫訓群軍
け
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
肩
鹸
絃
卦
型
敬
罫
芸
欠
倦
憲
検
見
元
舷
袈
契
景
茎
迎
決
健
懸
権
謙
原
言
祁
形
桂
荊
鯨
潔
兼
拳
牽
賢
厳
諺
係
径
渓
蛍
劇
穴
券
捲
犬
軒
幻
限
姑
糊
顧
御
乞
孤
袴
鼓
悟
鯉
己
股
五
梧
交
庫
胡
互
檎
佼
弧
菰
伍
瑚
侯
珪
携
繋
鶏
傑
倹
建
傾
恵
畦
計
戟
結
剣
刑
慶
稽
詣
撃
血
喧
兄
慧
系
警
激
訣
圏
啓
憩
経
軽
隙
月
堅
圭
掲
継
頚
桁
件
嫌
献研硯絹県
遣鍵険顕験
弦減源玄現
こ
243
244
245
246
247
248
乎
戸
虎
午
碁
候
好
康
更
甲
考
貢
香
豪
黒
孔
弘
杭
皇
肯
購
高
轟
獄
孝
恒
校
硬
肱
郊
鴻
麹
漉
宏
慌
梗
稿
腔
酵
剛
克
腰
工
抗
構
糠
膏
鉱
劫
刻
甑
坤墾婚恨懇
痕紺艮魂
さ
く
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
向
垢
庚
晃
溝
耕
講
項
濠
鵠
込
困
混
9
個
故
誇
呉
語
倖
古
枯
跨
吾
誤
光
呼
湖
鈷
娯
護
公
固
狐
雇
後
醐
功
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
佐
詐
哉
災
載
堺
咋
鮭
叉
鎖
塞
采
際
榊
搾
笹
察
鯖捌
惨撒
讃賛
唆
裟
妻
犀
剤
肴
昨
匙
拶
錆
散
酸
嵯
坐
宰
砕
在
咲
朔
冊
撮
鮫
桟
餐
左
座
彩
砦
材
崎
柵
刷
擦
皿
燦
斬
使
子
施
紙
諮
字
司
市
枝
肢
賜
慈
滋
蒔
雫
疾
縞
者
史
師
止
脂
雌
持
治
辞
七
質
舎
謝
嗣
志
死
至
飼
時
爾
汐
叱
実
写
車
沙
催
栽
細
冴
鷺
索
瑳
再
歳
菜
坂
作
錯
些
砂
最
済
裁
阪
削
桜
差
挫
才
祭
罪
埼
窄
査
債
採
斎
財
碕
策
札
晒
珊
暫
殺薩雑皐
三傘参山
産算纂蚕
残
し
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
耳
軸
湿
屡
社
刺
屍
旨
紫
資
寺
次
自
宍
漆
蕊
紗
四
思
氏
視
歯
士
指
獅
詞
事
仕
始
支
祉
詩
似
仔
姉
孜
私
試
侍
伺
姿
斯
糸
誌
児
璽
鹿
執
蔀
射
遮
痔
式
失
篠
捨
蛇
磁
識
嫉
偲
赦
邪
示
鴫
室
柴
斜
借
而
竺
悉
芝
煮
勺
1st - 3rd
digits
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
0
尺
惹
腫
綬
終
輯
従
夙
述
旬
醇
署
恕
妾
彰
松
照
紹
詳
丈
情
醸
蝕
心
疹
身
尋
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
杓
主
趣
需
宗
繍
週
戎
宿
俊
楯
順
書
鋤
勝
娼
承
梢
症
肖
象
丞
擾
錠
拭
辱
慎
真
辛
甚
灼
取
酒
囚
就
習
酋
柔
淑
峻
殉
処
薯
除
匠
宵
抄
樟
省
菖
賞
乗
条
嘱
植
尻
振
神
進
尽
爵
守
首
収
州
臭
酬
汁
祝
春
淳
初
藷
傷
升
将
招
樵
硝
蒋
醤
冗
杖
埴
殖
伸
新
秦
針
腎
酢
睡
髄
菅
澄
図
粋
崇
頗
摺
厨
翠
嵩
雀
寸
酌
手
儒
周
修
舟
集
渋
縮
瞬
準
所
諸
償
召
小
掌
沼
礁
蕉
鉦
剰
浄
飾
燭
信
晋
紳
震
訊
9
釈錫若寂弱
朱殊狩珠種
受呪寿授樹
愁
蒐
醜
獣
粛
竣
潤
暑
助
拾
衆
什
縦
塾
舜
盾
曙
叙
洲
襲
住
重
熟
駿
純
渚
女
秀
讐
充
銃
出
准
巡
庶
序
秋
蹴
十
叔
術
循
遵
緒
徐
哨
少
捷
消
祥
衝
鍾
城
状
商
尚
昇
渉
称
裳
鐘
場
畳
唱
庄
昌
湘
章
訟
障
壌
穣
嘗
床
昭
焼
笑
証
鞘
嬢
蒸
奨
廠
晶
焦
粧
詔
上
常
譲
織
侵
森
臣
人
迅
職
唇
榛
芯
仁
陣
色
娠
浸
薪
刃
靭
触
寝
深
親
塵
食
審
申
診
壬
す
笥諏
逗吹垂帥推水
衰遂酔錐錘随
数枢趨雛据杉
裾
315
316
317
318
319
320
須
炊
瑞
椙
320
321
322
世瀬畝是凄制
勢姓征性成政整星晴棲
栖正清牲生盛精聖声製
せ
Kuten Code List
1st - 3rd
digits 0
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
西
脆
籍
接
蝉
扇
煽
誠
隻
績
摂
仙
撰
旋
繊
選遷
全禅
誓
席
脊
折
先
栓
穿
羨
銭
繕
請
惜
責
設
千
栴
箭
腺
銑
膳
逝
戚
赤
窃
占
泉
線
舛
閃
糎
曽
組
倉
捜
漕
草
霜
狙
訴
壮
挿
争
葬
像
蔵
測
其
疏
阻
奏
掻
痩
蒼
増
贈
足
揃
疎
遡
爽
操
相
藻
憎
造
速
存
醒
斥
跡
節
宣
浅
青
昔
蹟
説
専
洗
静
析
碩
雪
尖
染
斉
石
切
絶
川
潜
9
税
積
拙
舌
戦
煎
船薦詮賎践
鮮前善漸然
1st - 3rd
digits
0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
凋
帳
潮
超
沈
喋
庁
牒
跳
珍
359
360
361
362
363
丁兆
帖
暢朝
調諜
直朕
363
364
365
366
津墜椎
槌追鎚痛通塚栂掴槻佃
漬柘辻蔦綴鍔椿潰坪壷
嬬紬爪吊釣鶴
楚
蘇
喪
掃
燥
荘
騒
臓
捉束
卒袖
噌
礎
鼠
宋
早
窓
装
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
剃貞呈堤
悌抵挺提
艇訂諦蹄
邸鄭釘
的笛適鏑
鉄典填天
転顛点伝
岨
租
創
匝
巣
総
送
措
粗
双
惣
槍
綜
遭
曾
素
叢
想
槽
聡
鎗
促側則即息
俗属賊族続
孫尊損村遜
た
他
柁
岱
腿
台
宅
諾
棚
担
綻
暖
多
舵
帯
苔
大
托
茸
叩
谷
探
耽
檀
太
楕
待
袋
第
択
凧
但
狸
旦
胆
段
汰
陀
怠
貸
醍
拓
蛸
達
鱈
歎
蛋
男
詑
駄
態
退
題
沢
只
辰
樽
淡
誕
談
唾
騨
戴
逮
鷹
濯
奪
誰
湛
鍛
堕
体
替
隊
滝
琢
脱
丹
炭
団
妥
堆
泰
黛
瀧
託
巽
単
短
壇
惰
対
滞
鯛
卓
鐸
竪
嘆
端
弾
打
耐
胎
代
啄
濁
辿
坦
箪
断
智
畜
中
註
池
竹
仲
酎
痴
筑
宙
鋳
稚
蓄
忠
駐
置
逐
抽
樗
彫徴懲挑
聴脹腸蝶
頂鳥勅捗
陳
亭低停偵
帝底庭廷弟
汀碇禎程締
泥
哲
店
澱
摘
徹
添
田
擢敵滴
撤轍迭
纏甜貼
電
と
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
堵
賭
怒
宕
盗
答
鐙
憧
鴇
独
寅
頓
塗
途
倒
島
淘
筒
董
陶
撞
匿
読
酉
呑
妬
都
党
嶋
湯
糖
蕩
頭
洞
得
栃
瀞
曇
屠
鍍
冬
悼
涛
統
藤
騰
瞳
徳
橡
噸
鈍
徒
砥
凍
投
灯
到
討
闘
童
涜
凸
屯
斗
砺
刀
搭
燈
謄
働
胴
特
突
惇
杜
努
唐
東
当
豆
動
萄
督
椴
敦
渡
度
塔
桃
痘
踏
同
道
禿
届
沌
兎
登
土
塘
梼
祷
逃
堂
銅
篤
鳶
豚
吐
菟
奴
套
棟
等
透
導
峠
毒
苫
遁
な
ち
354
355
356
357
358
定
梯
逓
鼎
溺
展
殿
値
致
秩
昼
瀦
知
蜘
窒
柱
猪
地
遅
茶
注
苧
弛
馳
嫡
虫
著
恥
築
着
衷
貯
0
386
387
388
奈那内乍凪薙
謎灘捺鍋楢馴縄畷南楠
軟難汝
388
389
二尼弐迩匂賑肉
虹廿日乳入
に
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
如尿韮任妊忍認
濡禰
祢寧葱猫熱年念捻撚燃
粘乃廼之埜嚢悩濃納能
脳膿農覗蚤
422
423
424
425
426
丙
幣平弊柄並蔽閉
僻壁癖碧別瞥蔑
片篇編辺返遍便
鞭
波
拝
倍
陪
柏
爆
畑
抜
半
犯
頒
派
排
培
這
泊
縛
函
畠
筏
反
班
飯
琶
敗
媒
蝿
白
莫
箱
八
閥
叛
畔
挽
破
杯
梅
秤
箔
駁
硲
鉢
鳩
帆
繁
晩
婆
盃
楳
矧
粕
麦
箸
溌
噺
搬
般
番
否
泌
費
毘
鼻
弼
謬
豹
鰭
瓶
妃
疲
避
琵
柊
必
俵
廟
品
庇
皮
非
眉
稗
畢
彪
描
彬
彼
碑
飛
美
匹
筆
標
病
斌
巴
罵
牌
煤
萩
舶
把
芭
背
狽
伯
薄
播
馬
肺
買
剥
迫
覇
俳
輩
売
博
曝
杷
廃
配
賠
拍
漠
肇
発
塙
斑
藩
盤
筈
醗
蛤
板
販
磐
櫨
髪
隼
氾
範
蕃
幡
伐
伴
汎
釆
蛮
肌
罰
判
版
煩
ひ
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
卑
比
誹
枇
肘
百
評
蛭
敏
匪
悲扉批披斐
秘緋罷肥被
樋簸備尾微
疋
逼
氷
秒
浜
髭
桧
漂
苗
瀕
彦
姫
瓢
錨
貧
膝
媛
票
鋲
賓
菱
紐
表
蒜
頻
ふ
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
府
膚
武
伏
怖
芙
舞
副
福
物鮒
粉糞
不
扶
譜
葡
復
腹
分
紛
付
敷
負
蕪
幅
複
吻
雰
埠
斧
賦
部
服
覆
噴
文
夫
普
赴
封
併
陛
箆
勉
兵
米
偏
娩
塀
頁
変
弁
ほ
は
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
9
へ
ぬ〜の
390
391
392
393
1st - 3rd
digits
婦
浮
阜
楓
富
父
附
風
冨
符
侮
葺
布
腐
撫
蕗
淵弗払沸仏
墳憤扮焚奮
聞
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
穂
俸
抱
蜂
亡
望
鉾
牧
本
保
募
包
捧
法
褒
傍
某
防
睦
翻
舗
墓
呆
放
泡
訪
剖
棒
吠
穆
凡
鋪
慕
報
方
烹
豊
坊
冒
頬
釦
盆
圃
戊
奉
朋
砲
邦
妨
紡
北
勃
捕歩甫補輔
暮母簿菩倣
宝峰峯崩庖
縫
鋒
帽
肪
僕
没
胞
飽
忘
膨
卜
殆
芳
鳳
忙
謀
墨
堀
萌
鵬
房
貌
撲
幌
蓬
乏
暴
貿
朴
奔
ま
436
437
438
439
440
摩磨魔麻埋妹
昧枚毎哩槙幕膜枕鮪柾
鱒桝亦俣又抹末沫迄侭
繭麿万慢満
漫蔓
440
441
味未魅巳箕岬密
蜜湊蓑稔脈妙粍民眠
441
442
夢無牟矛霧鵡椋婿娘
み
む
務
め
442
443
444
冥
名命明盟迷銘鳴姪牝滅
免棉綿緬面麺
444
445
446
447
摸模茂妄
孟毛猛盲網耗蒙儲木黙
目杢勿餅尤戻籾貰問悶
紋門匁
447
也冶夜爺耶野弥
も
や
Appendix
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
張
眺
長
鎮
て
塑
祖
僧
層
曹
糟
走
1st - 3rd
digits
390
つ
そ
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
寵
弔
町
銚
賃
9
15
15-15
Kuten Code List
1st - 3rd
digits 0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
448
449
矢厄役約薬訳躍靖柳薮
鑓
449
450
451
452
愉
諭
悠憂
祐裕
ゆ
愈
輸
揖
誘
油
唯
有
遊
癒
佑優勇友宥幽
柚湧涌猶猷由
邑郵雄融夕
よ
452
453
454
455
456
余
揚
窯
養
与
揺
羊
慾
誉
擁
耀
抑
輿
曜
葉
欲
預
楊
蓉
沃
傭
様
要
浴
幼
洋
謡
翌
妖
溶
踊
翼
予
容庸
熔用
遥陽
淀
ら
456
457
458
羅
螺裸来莱頼雷洛絡落酪
乱卵嵐欄濫藍蘭覧
り
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
利吏
履李
痢
葎掠
隆竜
両凌
糧良
厘林
梨
裏
略
龍
寮
諒
淋
理
裡
劉
侶
料
遼
燐
璃
里
流
慮
梁
量
琳
466
467
468
469
470
瑠
嶺
齢
漣
涙
玲
歴
簾
連
累
礼
列
練
錬
類令伶例冷励
苓鈴隷零霊麗
劣烈裂廉恋憐
聯
470
471
472
473
呂魯櫓炉賂路
露労婁廊弄朗楼榔浪漏
牢狼篭老聾蝋郎六麓禄
肋録論
離
溜
旅
涼
陵
臨
陸
琉
虜
猟
領
輪
律
留
了
療
力
隣
率
硫
亮
瞭
緑
鱗
立
粒
僚
稜
倫
麟
る〜れ
Appendix
15
15-16
塁
怜
暦
煉
蓮
ろ
わ
473
474
475
倭和話歪賄脇惑
枠鷲亙亘鰐詫藁蕨椀湾
碗腕
1st - 3rd
digits
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
0
乖
亟
仂
佝
侑
俑
倅
偃
傀
僮
儡
兢
冏
冫
几
刎
剞
劒
勣
甸
匸
卮
厰
叭
吩
咒
咥
唔
售
咯
喩
嘔
嘴
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
弌
乘
亠
仗
佗
佯
俚
伜
假
傚
僉
價
儺
竸
冑
决
處
刧
剔
剱
辧
勦
匍
區
夘
厶
叺
吝
呻
咬
咫
哽
啜
喊
喇
嗷
嘶
丐
亂
亢
仞
佇
來
俐
俶
會
傅
僊
僵
儷
兩
冓
冱
凩
刪
剪
劈
劬
飭
匐
卆
卻
參
吁
呎
咀
哄
哂
哮
啅
喟
喨
嘖
嘲
丕
亅
亰
仭
佶
侖
俤
倡
偕
傴
傳
儉
儼
兪
冕
冲
凭
刮
剴
劑
劭
勠
匏
卅
卷
簒
吽
咏
呶
哈
咤
哭
啖
啻
嗚
嗾
嘸
个
豫
亳
仟
侈
儘
俥
倩
偐
傲
僂
儁
儻
兮
冖
冰
凰
刳
剩
辨
劼
勳
匕
丗
厂
雙
呀
呵
咄
咨
咾
哺
啗
啾
嗅
嗽
噫
9
丱
亊
亶
价
侏
俔
倚
倬
偈
丶
舒
从
伉
侘
俟
倨
俾
做
丼
弍
仍
佚
佻
俎
倔
俯
偖
丿
于
仄
估
佩
俘
倪
們
偬
乂
亞
仆
佛
佰
俛
倥
倆
偸
僖
儂
儿
冀
冤
况
凵
刹
剳
僞
儖
兀
冂
冦
冽
凾
剏
剿
僥
儕
兒
囘
冢
凅
刄
剄
剽
僭
儔
兌
册
冩
凉
刋
剋
劍
僣
儚
兔
冉
冪
凛
刔
剌
劔
劵
勵
匚
卉
厖
叟
听
咎
咐
勁
勸
匣
卍
厠
曼
吭
呟
咆
勍
勹
匯
凖
厦
燮
吼
呱
哇
勗
匆
匱
卞
厥
叮
吮
呷
咢
勞
匈
匳
卩
厮
叨
吶
呰
咸
咼
哢
唸
喘
嗟
嘛
噤
哘
唹
唳
喞
嗄
嗹
嘯
哥
啀
啝
單
嗜
噎
噬
哦
啣
喙
啼
嗤
噐
噪
唏
啌
喀
喃
嗔
營
嚆
1st - 3rd
digits
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
嚀嚊嚠嚔
嚼囁囃囀
囹圀囿圄
圈國圍
圷圸坎圻
坿垉垓垠
埔埒埓堊
堡塢塋塰
墟墫墺壞
壗壙壘壥
壻壼壽夂
夭夲夸夾
奢奠奧奬
奸妁妝
姜妍姙姚
婀婬婉娵
嫋嫂媽嫣
嬌嬋嬖嬲
孀孑孕孚
學斈孺宀
寔寐寤實
寳尅將專
尹屁屆屎
屐屏孱
岑岔妛岫
峇峙峩峽
崗嵜崟崛
嵌嵒嵎嵋
嶢嶝嶬嶮
巓巒巖巛
帑帛帶帷
幟幢幤幇
廁廂廈廐
廖廣廝
廬廱廳廰
彜弋弑弖
彎弯彑彖
徃徂彿徊
徠徨徭徼
悳忿怡恠
怕怫怦怏
嚏
囈
圉
圓
址
垳
埖
毀
墻
壜
夊
竒
奩
佞
娥
娶
嫗
嫐
孛
它
寢
對
屓
屬
岻
峺
崑
嵬
嶽
巫
幄
幵
廏
廚
廴
弩
彗
很
忖
怙
怺
9
嚥嚮嚶嚴囂
囎囑囓囗囮
團
坏
垤
埣
塒
墸
壤
夐
奕
圖
坩
垪
堋
堽
墮
壟
夛
奐
嗇
埀
垰
堙
塹
壅
壯
梦
奎
圜
垈
埃
堝
墅
壓
壺
夥
奚
圦
坡
埆
塲
墹
壑
壹
夬
奘
侫
娟
婢
嫦
嬪
孥
宦
寞
尓
妣
娑
婪
嫩
嬶
孩
宸
寥
尠
妲
娜
媚
嫖
嬾
孰
寃
寫
尢
姆
娉
媼
嫺
孃
孳
寇
寰
尨
姨
娚
媾
嫻
孅
孵
寉
寶
尸
屮
岶
峭
崔
嵳
嶐
已
幃
并
乢
岼
嶌
崢
嵶
嶷
巵
幀
幺
屶
岷
峪
崚
嶇
嶼
帋
幎
麼
屹
峅
崋
崙
嶄
巉
帚
幗
广
岌
岾
崕
崘
嶂
巍
帙
幔
庠
廛
廸
弭
彙
徑
忻
怐
恚
廢
廾
弸
彡
徇
忤
怩
恁
廡
弃
彁
彭
從
忸
怎
恪
廨
弉
彈
彳
徙
忱
怱
恷
廩
彝
彌
彷
徘
忝
怛
恟
1st - 3rd
digits
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
0
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
恊恆恍
悁悍惧
悄悛
惠惓悴
愆惶惷
愍愎慇
愴愽慂
慴慯慥
憇憬憔
應懷懈
懣懶懺
戉戍戌
戞戡
扞扣扛
抓抖拔
拆擔拈
挌拮拱
捍搜捏
掉掟掵
揉插揶
攝搗搨
撓撥撩
據擒
舉擠擡
擺攀擽
攵攷收
敞敝敲
斷旃旆
旡旱杲
昜晏晄
晟晢晰
曁暹曉
曄暸
曵曷朏
朶杁朸
枉杰枩
枷柯枴
柢柮枹
桀桍栲
梟梏梭
梵梠梺
恣
悃
悖
忰
愀
愾
慄
慱
憚
懃
懴
戔
截
扠
抃
拜
挧
掖
捫
揄
搏
撈
擅
抬
攘
攸
數
旁
昊
晉
暃
暾
曖
朖
朷
杼
柬
柎
桎
梔
椏
恃
悚
悗
悽
惴
愨
慳
慟
憊
懆
懿
戛
戮
扨
抔
拌
挂
掎
捩
搖
摧
撼
擇
擣
攜
畋
斂
旄
昃
晁
暈
暼
曚
朞
杆
杪
枳
柆
梳
條
梍
9
恤恂恬恫恙
悒
惆
惺
愧
慷
慝
憑
憺
懽
悧
悵
愃
慊
慘
慓
憫
懋
懼
悋
惘
愡
愿
慙
慵
憮
罹
懾
惡
慍
惻
愼
慚
憙
懌
懍
戀
悸
愕
惱
愬
慫
憖
懊
懦
戈
戰
扼
拗
拊
挈
掀
掾
搴
摯
戲
抂
拑
拂
拯
掫
揩
搆
摶
戳
抉
抻
拇
拵
捶
揀
搓
摎
扁
找
拏
抛
捐
掣
揆
搦
攪
扎
抒
拿
拉
挾
掏
揣
搶
撕
撻
擯
攅
效
斃
旌
旻
晞
暎
擘
攬
攤
敖
變
旒
杳
晝
暉
擂
擶
攣
敕
斛
旛
昵
晤
暄
擱
擴
攫
敍
斟
旙
昶
晧
暘
擧
擲
攴
敘
斫
无
昴
晨
暝
曠
朦
杞
枌
柩
柧
栫
梛
桾
昿
朧
杠
枋
枸
檜
桙
梃
椁
曦
霸
杙
枦
柤
栞
档
檮
棊
曩
朮
杣
枡
柞
框
桷
梹
椈
曰
朿
杤
枅
柝
栩
桿
桴
棘
Kuten Code List
1st - 3rd
digits 0
椢椦
棔
棹棠
楷楜
楙椰
榿槁
榧樮
樛槿
樔槫
樶橸
檍檠
檗
櫑櫟
欖鬱
歉歐
殀殄
殯殲
毬毫
氣汞
汾汨
泅泝
沺
洽洸
浚浹
涵淇
淅淺
渙湲
湃渺
滉溷
溥滂
滲漱
漾
潛濳
澳澣
濔濘
瀏濾
瀲灑
炮烟
煕熈
熕熨
燠燬
棡
棧
棯
楸
楡
槓
榑
權
樊
橇
檄
蘗
檪
欟
歙
殃
殱
毳
汕
汳
沮
泛
洙
浙
淦
淙
湟
湎
滓
溟
滯
漓
潭
澡
濱
瀛
灣
烋
煦
熬
燧
椌
棕
椨
楫
楞
榾
榠
槹
樒
橢
檢
檻
櫚
欸
歔
殍
殳
毯
汢
沒
沱
泯
洵
涎
涸
淤
渾
渤
溽
潁
漲
滷
澂
澤
濮
瀚
炙
烝
煢
燗
燵
棍
椶
椪
楔
楝
槎
榜
槲
櫁
橙
檣
櫃
櫪
欷
歛
殘
殷
麾
汪
沐
沾
泙
洳
涕
淆
淕
渣
滿
溯
漑
滌
澆
潼
澹
濛
潴
炒
烙
煌
熹
燼
椒
椚
楾
榁
寨
榕
槧
樣
橦
櫂
櫻
盜
歟
殕
殼
氈
沂
泄
泪
洒
濤
淬
淪
湫
渝
滄
灌
潺
潘
濆
瀉
瀝
炯
焉
煖
熾
椄
椣
楮
楪
槊
榴
樅
樓
橈
檸
欅
欹
歡
殞
毆
氓
沍
泱
洟
洌
涅
淞
淮
渫
游
溲
滬
潸
澎
澪
瀋
瀘
烱
烽
煬
燒
棗
椡
椹
榲
槝
槞
榱
橄
樸
檳
蘖
飮
歸
殤
毋
气
沚
泓
衍
浣
淹
淌
渭
湶
溂
滔
滸
澁
澑
濟
濺
瀟
炬
焜
熏
燉
棣
棆
楴
榮
榻
槨
樞
樌
樢
檬
櫺
歇
歹
殪
毓
氛
沁
沽
洶
涓
渕
淨
湮
湍
溪
滕
滾
澀
濂
濕
瀑
瀰
炸
焙
燻
燔
9
椥
楹
椽
槐
槃
樂
槭
橲
檐
櫞
欒
歃
歿
殫
毟
氤
沛
泗
洫
浤
渊
淒
渮
渟
溘
溏
漿
潯
潦
濬
瀁
瀾
炳
煥
熄
燎
1st - 3rd
digits
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
0
爲
犂
狆
猗
獎
獺
琅
瑁
璧
瓷
甦
畩
疊
痃
痣
瘋
瘰
癩
皖
盍
眈
眸
瞎
瞽
砌
碚
碾
礫
禊
秕
稟
穢
窖
竊
竦
笞
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
燹燿爍爐爛爨爭爬爰
爻爼爿牀牆牋牘牴牾
犁犇犒犖犢犧犹犲狃
狄狎狒狢狠狡狹狷倏
猊猜猖猝猴猯猩猥猾
獏默獗獪獨獰獸獵獻
珈玳珎玻珀珥珮珞璢
瑯琥珸琲琺瑕琿瑟瑙
瑜瑩瑰瑣瑪瑶瑾璋璞
瓊瓏瓔珱
瓠瓣瓧瓩瓮瓲瓰瓱瓸
甄甃甅甌甎甍甕甓甞
甬甼畄畍畊畉畛畆畚
畤畧畫畭畸當疆疇畴
疉疂疔疚疝疥疣痂疳
疵疽疸疼疱痍痊痒痙
痞痾痿痼瘁痰痺痲痳
瘍瘉瘟瘧瘠瘡瘢瘤瘴
瘻癇癈癆癜癘癡癢癨
癪癧癬癰
癲癶癸發皀皃皈皋皎
皓皙皚皰皴皸皹皺盂
盖盒盞盡盥盧盪蘯盻
眇眄眩眤眞眥眦眛眷
睇睚睨睫睛睥睿睾睹
瞋瞑瞠瞞瞰瞶瞹瞿瞼
瞻矇矍矗矚矜矣矮矼
砒礦砠礪硅碎硴碆硼
碌碣碵碪碯磑磆磋磔
碼磅磊磬
磧磚磽磴礇礒礑礙礬
祀祠祗祟祚祕祓祺祿
禝禧齋禪禮禳禹禺秉
秧秬秡秣稈稍稘稙稠
禀稱稻稾稷穃穗穉穡
穩龝穰穹穽窈窗窕窘
窩竈窰窶竅竄窿邃竇
竍竏竕竓站竚竝竡竢
竭竰笂笏笊笆笳笘笙
笵笨笶筐
筺笄筍笋筌筅筵筥筴
1st - 3rd
digits
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
0
筧
箚
箴
簇
簟
籘
粭
粽
糲
紵
經
緇
緘
縡
縵
繙
辮
纎
罟
羇
羮
翦
耙
聚
聿
胛
脛
腦
膣
臂
臠
舍
艝
艷
苣
苞
茯
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
筰
箋
篆
簓
簷
籟
粢
糀
糴
紂
絆
綉
綽
緝
縒
縹
繚
繿
纛
罅
罠
羌
羶
翩
耜
聟
肄
胥
脩
隋
腴
腟
膺
臧
舐
艚
艸
苟
茆
茵
茫
筱
箒
篝
篳
簫
籤
粫
糅
糶
紜
絳
絛
綫
緤
縱
繃
繹
纈
纜
罌
罨
羔
羸
翳
耡
聢
肆
胙
脣
腆
膃
膓
臉
臺
舖
艟
艾
苒
苜
茴
茗
筬
箏
篩
篷
簽
籖
粡
糂
糺
紕
絖
綏
總
緞
縟
縷
繪
纉
缸
罍
罩
羞
譱
翹
耨
聨
肅
胝
脯
脾
膈
膩
臍
臻
舩
艤
芍
苴
茉
茖
茘
筮
筝
簑
簗
籌
籥
粨
糘
紆
紊
絎
絽
綢
緻
縉
縲
繩
續
缺
罎
罧
羝
翅
飜
耿
聳
肛
胄
腋
腓
膊
膰
臑
臾
舫
艢
芒
苳
苙
茲
莅
9
箝
箙
簔
簍
籃
籬
粳
糒
箘
篋
篦
篶
籔
籵
粲
糜
箟
篁
篥
簣
籏
粃
粱
糢
箍
篌
籠
簧
籀
粐
粮
鬻
箜
篏
簀
簪
籐
粤
粹
糯
絅
絲
綛
綯
緲
縋
縺
繼
纒
絋
絨
綺
緜
緡
縢
繧
繻
纐
紮
絮
綮
綸
縅
繆
繝
纃
纓
紲
絏
綣
綟
縊
繦
繖
緕
纔
紿
絣
綵
綰
縣
縻
繞
繽
纖
罐
罸
羚
翆
耆
耻
聲
肓
胚
网
羂
羣
翊
耄
聊
聰
肚
胖
罕
羆
羯
翕
耋
聆
聶
肭
脉
罔
羃
羲
翔
耒
聒
聹
冐
胯
罘
羈
羹
翡
耘
聘
聽
肬
胱
腑
膀
膵
臙
舁
舸
艨
芫
苺
胼
膂
膾
臘
舂
舳
艪
芟
莓
腱
膠
膸
臈
舅
艀
艫
芻
范
腮
膕
膽
臚
與
艙
舮
芬
苻
腥
膤
臀
臟
舊
艘
艱
苡
苹
茱荀茹荐荅
莚莪莟莢莖
1st - 3rd
digits 0
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
茣
莨
菷
菻
蒂
蒿
蒡
蓼
薨
藉
蘊
虍
蚋
蛔
蜀
蜷
蝴
螽
蟯
蠑
衄
衵
袍
裝
褓
褸
覈
覺
訃
詒
誨
諚
諞
謳
證
讓
豐
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
莎
菴
萇
葭
葩
蒟
蔡
蕀
蕁
蕭
薺
蘓
乕
蚌
蛞
蜃
蜻
蝗
蝓
蟀
蟲
蠖
衂
衽
袤
裹
襃
襌
襦
覊
覽
訖
詆
誡
諫
諛
鞫
譖
譟
讖
豕
莇
萓
菠
萪
葆
蓙
蓿
蕣
蘂
薔
藏
蘋
虔
蚶
蛩
蛻
蜥
蝨
蝣
蟐
蟠
蠕
衒
袵
袰
褂
褞
褝
襤
覓
覿
訐
詈
誑
諳
謌
謦
譛
譬
讙
豢
莊
菫
菲
萼
萬
蓍
蓴
蕘
蕋
薛
薹
藾
號
蚯
蛬
蜑
蜩
蝮
蝪
雖
蠏
蠢
衙
衲
袿
裼
褥
襠
襭
覘
觀
訌
詼
誥
諧
謇
謫
譚
譯
讚
豬
荼
菎
萍
蕚
葯
蒻
蔗
蕈
蕕
藪
藐
藺
虧
蛄
蛟
蜉
蜚
蝙
蠅
螫
蠍
蠡
衞
袂
袱
裴
褪
襞
襪
覡
觚
訛
詭
誦
諤
謚
謾
譫
譴
谺
豸
莵
菽
萢
蒄
葹
蓚
蔘
荳
萃
萠
葷
萵
蓐
蔬
荵
菘
莽
葫
蓊
蓁
蔟
莠
萋
萸
蒭
葢
蓆
蔕
莉
菁
蔆
葮
蒹
蓖
蔔
薀
薇
藕
蘆
虱
蛆
蛛
蜍
蝠
薤
薜
藝
蘢
蚓
蚰
蛯
蛹
蝟
薈
蕷
藥
蘚
蚣
蛉
蜒
蜊
蝸
薑
蕾
藜
蘰
蚩
蠣
蜆
蜴
蝌
薊
薐
藹
蘿
蚪
蚫
蜈
蜿
蝎
螢
蟄
蟾
蠱
衢
袗
裃
裨
褫
螟
螳
蟶
蠶
衫
袒
裄
裲
襁
螂
蟇
蟷
蠹
袁
袮
裔
褄
襄
螯
蟆
蠎
蠧
衾
袙
裘
褌
褻
蟋
螻
蟒
蠻
袞
袢
裙
褊
褶
襯
覩
觜
訝
詬
誚
諱
諡
謨
襴
覦
觝
訥
詢
誣
謔
謖
譁
襷
覬
觧
訶
誅
諄
諠
謐
譌
襾
覯
觴
詁
誂
諍
諢
謗
譏
覃
覲
觸
詛
誄
諂
諷
謠
譎
譽讀讌讎讒
豁谿豈豌豎
豺貂貉貅貊
Appendix
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15
15-17
Kuten Code List
1st - 3rd
digits 0
Appendix
15
15-18
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
貍
貳
賻
賍
趾
跟
蹂
蹣
躊
躱
軾
輌
轆
辭
逅
逧
遞
邊
郛
酥
醪
釟
鈕
鉋
鋩
鍼
鏨
鐓
鑒
鑷
閔
閹
關
陏
險
雋
霈
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
貎
貮
贄
贔
趺
跣
踵
蹇
蹕
躓
躾
輊
輦
轎
辯
迹
逶
遏
遨
邉
鄂
酩
醵
釡
鈑
鉐
錏
錙
鍮
鏥
鐃
鑄
鑽
閖
閾
闡
陋
陝
隧
雉
霓
貔
貶
贅
贖
跏
跼
踰
蹉
蹶
躑
軅
輅
輳
轗
辷
迺
逵
遐
遯
邏
鄒
酳
醴
釛
鉞
銜
鋺
錢
鍖
鏘
鐇
鑛
鑚
閘
闊
闥
陷
陟
隱
雍
霎
豼
賈
贊
赧
跚
踈
踴
蹌
蹲
躔
軈
輕
輻
轜
迚
逑
逹
遑
遶
邨
鄙
酲
醺
釼
鉗
銖
鍄
錚
鎰
鏃
鐐
鑠
鑼
閙
濶
闢
陜
陦
隲
襍
霑
貘
賁
贇
赭
跖
踉
蹊
蹐
蹼
躙
軋
輒
輹
轢
迥
逕
迸
遒
隨
邯
鄲
醋
釀
釵
鉅
銓
錮
錣
鎬
鏝
鐶
鑢
鑾
閠
闃
阡
陞
陲
隰
雜
霏
9
戝
賤
贏
赱
跌
跿
貭
賣
贍
赳
跛
踝
貪
賚
贐
趁
跋
踞
貽
賽
齎
趙
跪
踐
貲
賺
贓
跂
跫
踟
蹈
躁
躪
軛
輙
轅
轣
迢
逡
蹙
躇
躡
軣
輓
轂
轤
迪
逍
蹤
躅
躬
軼
輜
輾
辜
迯
逞
蹠
躄
躰
軻
輟
轌
辟
邇
逖
踪
躋
軆
軫
輛
轉
辣
迴
逋
逎
遲
邱
鄰
醉
釁
釶
鉉
銛
遉
邂
邵
酊
醂
釉
鈞
鉤
鉚
逾
遽
郢
酖
醢
釋
釿
鉈
鋏
遖
邁
郤
酘
醫
釐
鈔
銕
銹
遘
邀
扈
酣
醯
釖
鈬
鈿
銷
錺
鎭
鏐
鐫
鑞
钁
閨
闍
阨
錵
鎔
鏈
鐵
鑪
鑿
閧
闌
阮
錻
鎹
鏤
鐡
鈩
閂
閭
闕
阯
鍜
鏖
鐚
鐺
鑰
閇
閼
闔
陂
鍠
鏗
鐔
鑁
鑵
閊
閻
闖
陌
陬
隴
霍
霖
隍
隶
雕
霙
隘
隸
雹
霤
隕
隹
霄
霪
隗
雎
霆
霰
1st - 3rd
digits
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
0
霹
靤
靺
鞴
韶
顏
飆
餞
饐
馮
駲
驅
驢
髏
髫
鬨
魎
鮠
鯣
鰔
鰛
鱠
鴃
鵁
鶫
鶸
鷯
麋
麭
黠
黽
齔
齲
Fourth digit of Kuten codes
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
霽
靦
鞆
韃
韵
顋
顱
飩
餤
饋
馼
駻
驂
驥
髑
髮
髻
鬩
魑
鮨
鯢
鰉
鰥
鱧
鴆
鴿
鵝
鵯
鶺
鷽
麌
靡
黥
鼇
齣
齶
堯
霾
靨
鞋
韆
頏
顫
顴
飫
餠
饑
駟
駸
驀
驤
髓
髴
鬆
鬪
魘
鮴
鯤
鰓
鰤
鱶
鴪
鴾
鵞
鵺
鷆
鸚
麒
黌
黨
鼈
齟
龕
槇
靄
勒
鞏
韈
頌
顯
顳
餃
餬
饒
駛
騁
驃
驩
體
髱
鬘
鬮
魴
鯀
鯔
鰌
鰡
鱸
鴦
鵆
鵤
鶚
鷏
鸛
麕
黎
黯
皷
齠
龜
遙
靆
靫
鞐
韋
頸
顰
颪
餉
餮
饌
駝
騏
騾
驫
髞
髷
鬚
鬯
鮓
鯊
鯡
鰆
鰰
鳧
鶯
鵈
鵑
鶤
鷂
鸞
麑
黏
黴
鼕
齡
龠
瑤
9
靈
靱
鞜
韜
頤
靂
靹
鞨
韭
頡
靉
鞅
鞦
齏
頷
靜
靼
鞣
韲
頽
靠
鞁
鞳
竟
顆
颯
餒
餽
饕
駘
騅
驕
驪
髟
颱
餔
餾
馗
駑
駢
驍
骭
髢
颶
餘
饂
馘
駭
騙
驛
骰
髣
飄
餡
饉
馥
駮
騫
驗
骼
髦
飃
餝
饅
馭
駱
騷
驟
髀
髯
鬟
鬲
鮃
鮹
鰺
鰈
鱇
鳬
鴣
鬢
魄
鮑
鯆
鯲
鰒
鰲
鳰
鴟
鬣
魃
鮖
鯏
鯱
鰊
鱆
鴉
鵄
鬥
魏
鮗
鯑
鯰
鰄
鰾
鴈
鴕
鬧
魍
鮟
鯒
鰕
鰮
鱚
鳫
鴒
鵐
鶩
鷙
鹵
麝
黐
黶
鼡
齦
鵙
鶲
鷓
鹹
麥
黔
黷
鼬
齧
鵲
鷄
鷸
鹽
麩
黜
黹
鼾
齬
鶉
鷁
鷦
麁
麸
點
黻
齊
齪
鶇
鶻
鷭
麈
麪
黝
黼
齒
齷
Menu List
・ Enter menu item numbers for direct menu access. Note that Main Menu theme must be set to Basic.
・ See “Check Default Style Mode Settings“ (P. 14-3) for menu items whose default settings differ according to the model color.
● Mail
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Inbox
−
−
−
P. 5-7,
P. 5-21
Outbox
−
−
−
P. 5-10,
P. 5-24
Draft
−
−
−
P. 5-24
Tomomato-Mail
BOX
−
−
−
P. 5-12
Compose Message
−
−
−
P. 5-3
Compose SMS
−
−
−
P. 5-5
−
−
P. 5-8,
P. 5-20
Server Mail
Mail List
Refer to
Server Mail Memory
−
−
P. 5-21
Retrieve New
−
−
−
P. 5-20
Template
−
−
−
P. 5-19
Custom Mail Address
−
−
Mail Setting
1 Line
Font Size
Standard
Mail List Disp.
1 Line+Body
Start Attachment (auto)
OFF
Header/Signature
−
P. 14-22
P. 14-23
Appendix
Scroll
P. 14-21,
P. 14-23
15
15-19
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
Mail Setting
● Yahoo! Keitai
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Mail Box Lock
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
−
−
Receiving Setting
Operation Preferred
Read Out Setting
Select Voice: Female 1, Read Out Received Mail: ON
Emotion/Keyword
Disp. Emotion: ON, Disp. Keyword: OFF
Refer to
P. 5-13
P. 14-22
S! Mail Settings
Message Download: Auto(All), Delivery Report: OFF
SMS Settings
SMS Report Request: OFF, SMS Validity Period: 3 Days, SMS
Input Character: Japanese(70char.)
Check Settings
−
Reset
−
P. 14-21
P. 14-23
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Yahoo! Keitai
−
−
−
P. 6-3
Bookmark
−
−
−
P. 6-11
Saved Pages
−
−
−
History
−
−
−
Enter URL
−
−
−
PC Site Browser
Appendix
Browser Settings
15
15-20
−
Font Size
Scroll
−
−
P. 6-3
See “ ● PC Site Browser under Yahoo! Keitai“ (P. 15-31).
Standard
P. 6-5
Single Line
P. 14-25
Downloads
Display Images: ON, Play Sounds: ON
Flash Sound Effect
ON
Memory Manager
Refer to
P. 14-26
P. 14-26
−
P. 14-25
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
Browser Settings
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Security
Default Setting
Refer to
Manufacture Number: ON, Send Referer: ON, Cookie Settings: P. 14-25
Enabled, Script Settings: Ask NW Access
Check Settings
Initialized Browser
−
−
Reset
−
−
● S! Appli
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
−
−
−
S! Appli List
Settings
Sound/Vib Settings
−
Backlight Settings
P. 14-33
Switch ON/OFF: Link To Phone Set., Blink: ON
Reset
Information
Volume: Level 4, Vibration: ON
Refer to
P. 9-8,
P. 9-9,
P. 9-13
−
P. 14-34
−
−
−
P. 9-8
● TV
2nd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
−
−
−
P. 8-6,
P. 8-14
Refer to
Program Guide
−
−
−
P. 8-9
Booking Program List
−
−
−
P. 8-12
Timer Recording List
−
−
−
Result Timer Rec
−
−
−
P. 8-18
TV Link
−
−
−
P. 8-15
Appendix
3rd-level Menu
Watch TV
15
15-21
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
−
−
−
P. 8-14
−
P. 8-5
Channel List
Channel Settings
User Settings
−
Subtitles
−
Refer to
ON (Wide: Bottom)
P. 14-28
Rec. While Low Battery
ON
P. 14-29
P. 14-28
−
TV Effect
Sound Effect: Auto, Visual Image Effect: Dynamic
TV Power Saving
OFF (not set)
Display Light
Constant Light
Data BC Settings
Set Image Disp.: ON, Sound Effect: ON
P. 14-29
Icon Always Show
ON
P. 14-28
Time Shift Setup
Auto ON
Check TV Settings
−
Reset Channel Setting
−
Reset Storage Area
−
Reset TV Settings
−
P. 14-30
● Camera
2nd-level Menu
Appendix
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Photo Mode
−
−
−
P. 7-5
Movie Mode
−
−
−
P. 7-7
Voice Mode
−
−
−
P. 7-8
Quick Album
−
−
−
P. 12-4
Videos
−
−
−
P. 7-14
15
15-22
Refer to
Menu List
● Entertainment
2nd-level Menu
Mobile Widget
3rd-level Menu
Widget Contents
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
−
−
Settings
Auto Refresh: ON, Auto Roaming: OFF, Cookies: ON
Information
S! Quick News
S! Quick News List
−
Settings
−
BookSurfing
P. 10-2
−
P. 10-5
−
History
−
Register/Cancel
−
Get Latest Contents
P. 14-35
−
See “● Settings for S! Quick News under Entertainment“(P. 15-32)
S! Info Ch./Weather What’s New
Refer to
P. 10-3
−
−
P. 10-6
P. 10-10
Settings
S! Information Notif.: ON, Font Size: Standard
P. 14-37
Weather Indicator
Weather Update: ON, Standby Setting: ON, Weather Notif.:
ON
P. 10-6
P. 14-37
−
−
−
P. 10-8
● Tools
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Alarm
−
44
−
P. 11-16
Schedule
−
45
−
P. 11-8
Calculator
−
85
−
P. 11-15
Dictionary
Enter Word
−
−
P. 2-31
Text Reader
−
−
−
Appendix
2nd-level Menu
Refer to
Reference History
−
−
P. 2-31
15
15-23
Menu List
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Text Memo
2nd-level Menu
−
42
−
P. 11-13
To Do List
−
95
−
P. 11-11
Life History Viewer
−
−
−
P. 11-6
Osaifu-Keitai
−
−
−
P. 11-2
Start Sync
−
−
P. 2-28
Auto Sync Settings
−
−
P. 14-16
Sync Log
−
−
P. 2-28
S! Addressbook
Back-up
Refer to
Appendix
Account Details
−
0
−
P. 1-22
Bar Code Reader
−
−
−
P. 11-18
Text Reader
−
−
−
P. 11-20
Receive Ir Data
−
79
−
P. 13-3
Bluetooth
−
−
−
P. 13-5
Play/Erase Msg.
−
−
−
P. 3-5,
P. 3-18
Play/Erase VC Msg.
−
−
−
P. 3-5
Voice Memo
−
43
−
P. 11-14
Voice Announce
−
91
−
P. 14-15
Forwarding Image
−
−
microSD Manager
−
−
−
P. 12-12
USIM Operation
−
−
−
P. 2-27,
P. 5-22
15
15-24
ON
P. 14-16
Menu List
● Data Folder
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
My Picture
2nd-level Menu
−
46
−
Melody
−
16
−
S! Appli
−
−
−
Ring Songs・Music
Videos
−
−
−
−
−
−
Books
−
−
−
Widget
−
−
−
TV
−
−
−
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
P. 12-2
● Music
2nd-level Menu
−
−
−
−
Default Setting
Refer to
P. 9-5
● Own Data
2nd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
−
24
−
P. 3-11
Refer to
Dialed Calls
−
−
−
P. 3-10
Blog/Mail Member
−
97
−
P. 5-4
Tomo-Den
−
−
−
P. 3-12
Common Phrases
−
38
−
P. 2-17
Own Dictionary
−
82
−
P. 2-17
DL Dictionary
−
−
−
Appendix
3rd-level Menu
Received Calls
15
15-25
Menu List
● Phone Book
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
−
−
−
−
2nd-level Menu
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Style Mode Setting
−
−
Refer to
P. 2-21
● Settings
Incoming Call
Appendix
Talk
15
15-26
Default Setting
Refer to
Differs according to the model color.
P. 14-3
P. 14-10
Ring Volume
50
Phone, Video Call, Mail: Level 4
Select Ring Tone
13
Phone (Select Ring Tone: Pattern 1, Select Calling Disp.: Flying Type),
Video Call (Select Ring Tone: Pattern 3, Select Calling Disp.: Flying Type),
Mail (Select Ring Tone: You’ve got mail 1, Select Receiving Disp.: Flying
Type)
Vibrator
54
Phone, Video Call, Mail: OFF
Illumination
89
Set Color (Phone: Color 10, Video Call: Color 5, Mail: Color
1), Set Pattern: Standard, Missed Info: ON
Manner Mode Setting
20
Manner Mode
P. 14-13
Disp. Phone Book Image
−
ON
P. 14-11
Answer Setting
58
Any Key Answer
Mail Ring Time
68
Mail: ON (Ring Time: 05 Seconds)
P. 14-10
Ring Time(sec.)
90
Set Mute Seconds: OFF, Missed Calls Display: Display
P. 4-7
Answering Machine
55
OFF
P. 3-4
Disp. Call/Receive No.
−
Solid Black, Berry Pink and Glitter Orange: White, Light Grey
and Frost Green: Black
P. 14-14
Hyper Clear Voice
−
Low
P. 14-18
Auto Voice Memo
−
OFF
Noise Reduction
76
ON
P. 14-11
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
Talk
Dialing
Dialing
Video Call
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
75
Reconnect Signal
77
No Tone
Set Hold Tone
−
On Hold Tone: Tone 1
No Tone
Refer to
P. 14-18
P. 14-17
Pause Dial
84
Sub-address Setting
−
OFF
Prefix Setting
−
国際発信 (Prefix: 0046010)
Headset SW to Dial
−
OFF
P. 14-15
Auto Int’l Call Set.: ON, Country Code Setting: 日本 (Country Code:
81), IDD Prefix Setting: 国際発信 (IDD Prefix Code: 0046010)
Normal
P. 14-17
Select Image
On Hold, Holding, Substitute Image, Answering Machine,
Preparing, Voice Memo: Pre-installed
P. 14-19
Auto Redial as Voice
OFF
Display Setting
Main Display: Other Side
Int’l Dial Assistance
−
Visual Preference
−
Hands-free Switch
Display
Default Setting
Quality Alarm
−
P. 3-17
ON
56
Differs according to the model color.
P. 14-4
Backlight
70
Lighting: ON+Saver (Light Time: 01 Minutes), Charging:
Standard, Brightness: ON+Level 4
P. 14-7
P. 14-5
Display Design
86
Differs according to the model color.
Font
66
Font Type: Gothic, Thickness: Bold, Character Size: Standard
Desktop Icon
63
Theme 1
3D Display Setting
−
ON
P. 14-8
Appendix
Display Setting
言語選択 (Language)
15
日本語
P. 14-6
15
P. 14-7
15-27
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
Display
Call Time/Charge
Clock
Appendix
15
15-28
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
Original Menu
52
Account Details, Retrieve New, Ring Volume, Vibrator, Alarm, P. 14-9
Change Security Code
Menu Display Set
57
Menu Display: List, Theme: Differs according to the model color, P. 14-8
Memory Focus: ON
Picture
P. 14-6
Viewer Settings
−
Icons
36
Icons Setting
−
ON
P. 14-10
Privacy Angle
−
OFF
P. 14-6
Image Display Mode
−
Vivid
Quick Info Setting
−
Display Sender
Display On Charge
−
Wide Stand-by Clock
Screen Effect
−
Turn
Call Data
61
Set Max Cost Limit
−
Reset Total
60
Auto Reset Total Cost
−
OFF
P. 14-18
Set Main Time
31
Auto Time Adjust: Auto, Summer Time: OFF
P. 14-2
Set Sub Clock
−
Display Method: OFF, Summer Time: OFF, Area Name: Display
Clock Display
39
Display: ON, Size: Small, Color: Differ according to the model color.
Alarm Setting
−
Alarm Preferred
Clock Alarm Tone Set
−
Alarm Tone
Auto Power ON
−
OFF
Auto Power OFF
−
OFF
−
−
Notify Setting: OFF
P. 1-7
P. 3-11
P. 14-19
−
P. 3-19
P. 14-3
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
Security
Illumination
Key/Touch Sensor
External Connection
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
−
OFF
P. 4-3
IC Card Lock Set.
−
OFF
P. 11-4
Call Remote Lock
−
OFF
Keypad Lock
−
After Closed: OFF, Timer: OFF, Lock Key: ON, Security Code:
NO
P. 4-4
Emission OFF Mode
−
NO (not set)
P. 4-7
Secret Mode
40
OFF (not set)
P. 4-8
Secret Data Only Mode
41
OFF (not set)
Reject Unknown
−
Accept
Call Setting W/O ID
10
Unknown, Payphone, User Unset: Accept (Select Ring Tone:
Same as Ring Tone, Select Calling Disp.: Same as Display)
P. 4-7
Change Security Code
29
9999
IC Card Authentic.
−
OFF
PIN Setting
−
Setting When Open
−
Answer Incoming, Display New Mail, Display Missed Call: OFF P. 14-11
Slide Sound
−
Open Sound: Open-1 (Ring Time: 2.0 Seconds), Close Sound: P. 14-14
Close-1 (Ring Time: 2.0 Seconds)
Key Illumination
−
See “●Key Illumination for Illumination under Settings“ (P. 15-32)
Key Backlight
−
Differ according to the model color.
P. 14-41
Keypad Sound
−
ON
P. 14-38
Touch Sensor Setting
−
ON
P. 14-39
Shortcut-key Setting
−
Music Player
P. 14-38
Appendix
Slide-style Setting
3rd-level Menu
Lock
P. 1-21
USB Mode Setting
−
Communication Mode
P. 13-9
15
P. 4-6
−
P. 4-2
−
15-29
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
External Connection
Connection
Settings
3rd-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Headset Usage Setting
−
Headset+speaker
Default Setting
Headset Mic. Setting
−
Headset Microphone
Auto Answer Setting
−
Phone, Video Call: OFF
SMS Center Selection
−
819066519300
Certificate
−
All Certificates: Valid
Retrieve NW Info
Send Location Info
Int’l Roaming Set
−
NW Search Mode
Confirm
−
Auto
PLMN Setting
Other Settings
Appendix
15
15-30
P. 6-14
P. 1-18
P. 14-26
P. 14-20
−
Display Operator
Name
Optional Services
P. 14-24
−
−
Refer to
P. 14-15
Display OFF
Caller ID Notification
17
Voice Mail/Divert
−
ON
−
P. 3-14,
P. 3-15,
P. 3-20
P. 3-22
Call Waiting
−
−
P. 3-20
Call Barring
−
−
P. 3-21
Charge Sound
−
Battery Level
71
−
P. 1-22
Network Status
−
Character Input Set
35
Input Mode: 5-touch, Prediction: ON, T9 Change Mode: T9
P. 14-38
Kanji Change Mode, CHG Input Size: Standard, Auto Cursor:
Normal
Volume Restriction
−
ON
ON
P. 14-14
−
P. 14-14
Menu List
2nd-level Menu
Other Settings
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Reset Settings
3rd-level Menu
23
−
Initialize
−
−
Software Update
−
−
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Refer to
P. 14-42
P. 15-4
● PC Site Browser under Yahoo! Keitai
4th-level Menu
5th-level Menu
Refer to
Home
−
−
−
P. 6-5
Bookmark
−
−
−
P. 6-11
History
−
−
−
P. 6-6
Enter URL
−
−
−
Yahoo! Keitai
−
PC Site Brw. Settings Warning Messages
−
−
P. 6-3
ON
Scroll
−
Single Line
P. 14-26
P. 14-25
Display Mode Settings
−
PC Screen: 100%, Small Screen: Standard
P. 14-26
Downloads
−
Display Images: ON, Play Sounds: ON
P. 14-25
Memory Manager
−
−
Security
−
Manufacture Number: ON, Send Referer: ON, Cookie Settings: Enabled, Script Settings: ON
Check PC Site Brw. Set.
−
−
Initialized Browser
−
−
Reset PC Site Brw. Set.
−
−
Appendix
−
15
15-31
Menu List
● Settings for S! Quick News under Entertainment
4th-level Menu
Auto Refresh
Standby Settings
5th-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
S! Quick News
−
OFF
General
−
OFF
Special
−
ON
Standby Disp. Set.
−
ON
Speed Settings
−
Normal
Unread & Read Set.
−
Unread & Read
ON
Set Image Disp.
−
−
Del. Quick News
−
−
Refer to
P. 10-9
P. 14-36
−
● Key Illumination for Illumination under Settings
4th-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Set Pattern
−
ON
Set Color
−
Color 7
Power OFF
Set Pattern
−
ON
Set Color
−
Color 7
Set Pattern
−
Ibuki
Set Color
−
Color 7
−
ON (Always)
Set Pattern
−
Kodou
Set Color
−
Color 1
Set Pattern
−
ON
Set Color
−
Color 2
Talking Start
Appendix
15
5th-level Menu
Power ON
Emotion
Alarm
Snooze
15-32
−
Refer to
P. 14-39
Menu List
4th-level Menu
Ir Exchanging
IC Exchanging
Charge Starting
Open
Close
5th-level Menu
Menu Item No.
Default Setting
Set Pattern
−
ON
Set Color
−
Color 5
Set Pattern
−
ON
Set Color
−
Color 3
Set Pattern
−
ON
Set Color
−
Color 5
Set Pattern
−
Differs with handset color.
Set Color
−
Differs with handset color.
Set Pattern
−
Differs with handset color.
Set Color
−
Differs with handset color.
Refer to
P. 14-39
Appendix
15
15-33
Specifications
Camera
Main Specifications
Model
830N
Dimensions (HxWxD)
107x49x13.9 mm
Weight
Approx. 113 g
Continuous Standby Time
Approx. 570 hrs
Continuous Talk Time
Charging Time
Voice Call: Approx. 220 min.
Video Call: Approx. 110 min.
Max. 120 min.
Display
Type
Display: TFT 262,144 colors
Size
Display: Approx. 3.0 inches
Pixels
Display: 409,920 pixels
(480x854 dots)
Imaging device
CMOS
Lens size
1/4 inch
Effective pixels
Approx. 3.2 million pixels
Camera
Appendix
15
15-34
Still images for
5 to 20 files2
continuous shooting
Still image file
JPEG
format
Video recording Handset: Up to approx. 272 sec.3
time
microSD™ memory card (64 MB):
Up to approx. 120 min.3
Video file format MP4
Continuous
Approx. 170 min.
watching time
TV
Storage
Capacity
Maximum
Approx. 600 min.4
recording time
Chaku-Uta® and Approx. 180.0 MB5
Chaku-Uta Full®
1 In case the image size is Sub QCIF (128x96) and the image
quality is set to Fine (the file size is 10 KB).
2 Varies depending on the image size.
3 Time for recording when recorded in the following conditions:
Handset
Image size
Recording pixels Approx. 3.14 million pixels
Image quality
Zoom (digital)
File size
Still images
Up to approx. 15x
Up to approx. 1,000
files1
Recording type
microSD™ memory card
Sub QCIF (128 × 96)
Normal
2MB
Long Time
Normal
4 Approximate time when recorded on a 2-GB microSD™ memory card.
5 Shared with images, videos and saved pages.
Specifications
Handset Materials
Outer
casing
Where Used
Display surface
Keypad surface
Material/Finish
PC resin + stainless plating,
acrylic UV-cured coating
Display back
SUS plating, electrodeposited
coating
Keysheet center confirmation PC resin, vapor deposition +
button
acrylic UV-cured coating
Battery
Screws
Iron, nickel plating
compart- Cover
PC resin, acrylic UV-cured
ment
coating
Terminals
Copper alloy, gold plating
Battery (terminals)
Epoxy resin (glass epoxy), gold
plating
Appendix
15
15-35
Specifications
Maximum Number of Storable
Items
Item
Maximum
That Can be
Protected
Template (Graphic Mail)
456
−
Answering Machine
Voice calls: 5
(20 sec. each)
Video calls: 2
(20 sec. each)
−
Phone Book entries
1,0001
−
Schedule
Events
2,500
−
Voice Memo
1 (20 sec.)
−
To Do List
Tasks
100
−
Dialed Calls
30
−
Mail
Received
messages
1,0002 3 4
Received Calls
30
−
Sent
messages
4002 3 4
Speed Dial
10 (Entry Number
000-009)
−
Draft
messages
202
1,0002
200
−
Bookmarks Yahoo! Keitai 1005
−
1005
−
PC Site
Browser
Appendix
15
Maximum
Number
Maximum
That Can be
Protected
Maximum
Number
Item
Saved Pages
1002
S! Appli
1002
−
Still images
1,0002 4
−
Videos
1002 5
−
Widget
1002
−
Melodies
2002
−
Songs
1002
−
15-36
50
1 Up to 50 entries can be saved on USIM Card.
2 The actual number that can be saved or protected may be less
depending on the data size.
3 An additional 10 received and sent SMS messages can be
saved on USIM Card.
4 Up to 100 additional messages/files can be saved in Secret
Folders.
5 Up to 10 additional files can be saved in Secret Folder.
6 Includes data stored by default.
Specifications
Memory Card Folders & Files
Folder
DCIM
XXXNECDT
PRIVATE
MYFOLDER
File
Still images captured with handset camera
Mail
Utility
My Items
Inbox
Backup data of Inbox
Sent Messages
Backup data of Outbox
Drafts
Backup data of Draft
Calendar
Backup data of Schedule
Contacts
Backup data of Phone Book
Memo
Backup data of Text Memo
Rights
Backup file of content keys
Tasks
Backup file of To Do List
Book
Book files
Widget files
Bookmarks
Backup file of Bookmarks
Flash(R)
Flash® files
Games and More
S! Appli files
Music
Songs
Pictograms
My Pictograms
Pictures
Still images
Sounds & Ringtones
Melodies
Appendix
Widget
15
15-37
Specifications
Folder
PRIVATE
MYFOLDER
My Items
File
Videos
WMAudio
NE_Folder
SD_VIDEO MGR_INFO
PRGXXX
Appendix
15
15-38
Videos
WMA files
Other files
TV Program recording management file
TV Program recording files
Index
Number
2-touch Mode ............................... 2-18
3D Display Setting ........................ 14-8
5-touch Mode ............................... 2-14
A
Auto Power On/Off .......................14-3
Auto Redial as Voice ...................14-19
Auto Reset Total Cost .................14-18
Auto save Set (Camera) ..............14-32
Auto Timer ....................................7-11
Auto Voice Memo .......................14-18
Auto-sort .......................................5-12
B
Backlight ........................................14-7
Bar Code Reader .........................11-18
Check Scanned Data ..................11-19
Delete Scanned Data ..................11-28
Scan ...........................................11-18
Basic Key Operations ......................1-3
Battery ...........................................1-14
Charge ................................1-14, 1-17
Check Battery Level ......................1-22
Installation ...................................1-14
Blog/Mail Member ..........................5-4
Add Addresses ...............................5-4
Blog Upload Destination .................5-4
Delete Addresses .......................... 5-18
Edit Address .................................5-18
Specify Recipients .........................5-16
Bluetooth® ....................................13-5
Add New Device ...........................13-6
Connecting ..................................13-6
Index
Access Files .................................... 12-3
Access Handset Functions ............... 2-2
Access the Internet
From Bookmarks .......................... 6-11
From Data Broadcasts .................... 8-8
From Entered URL Record ............ 6-13
From Scanned Data .................... 11-27
From TV Links .............................. 8-15
From URL in Text .......................... 5-24
From Web Page ........................... 6-15
Multi Window ................................ 6-8
PC Site Browser ............................. 6-5
Use Access History ......................... 6-3
Use URL History ............................. 6-6
Yahoo! Keitai ................................. 6-3
Account Details ............................. 1-22
Add Folder
Bookmark .................................... 6-17
Data Folder ................................ 12-10
Messages ..................................... 5-23
After Sales Service ...................... 15-51
Alarm ........................................... 11-16
Cancel ....................................... 11-17
Edit ............................................ 11-26
Release All ................................. 11-26
Set ............................................. 11-16
Alarm Activation Operations ..... 11-17
Alarm Notification Operations
Schedule ...................................... 11-9
To Do List ................................... 11-11
Answer Incoming (Slide-Style) ... 14-12
Answer Setting ............................ 14-12
Answer Video Calls ......................... 3-8
Answer Voice Calls .......................... 3-4
Answer Voice Calls
(Bluetooth®) .................................. 13-7
Answering Machine ........................ 3-4
Activate When Call Arrives ............. 3-5
Play/Delete Messages ............3-5, 3-18
Settings .......................................... 3-4
Any Key Answer .......................... 14-12
Attach to Mail
Bookmark .................................... 6-17
Delete Attached Files .................... 5-18
Files ............................................... 5-3
Shot Still Image/Video .........5-18, 7-14
Audio service (Bluetooth®) .......... 13-5
Authentication Password ............. 13-3
Auto Answer Setting .................. 14-15
15
15-39
Index
Index
15
Delete Added Device .................. 13-11
Device List .................................... 13-7
Discontinue .................................. 13-8
Playing Music ............................... 13-8
Search ......................................... 13-6
Settings ..................................... 14-42
Talk ............................................. 13-7
Booked Programs ......................... 8-12
Change Order .............................. 8-17
Delete .......................................... 8-18
Edit .............................................. 8-17
Bookmarks .................................... 6-11
Access Page ................................. 6-11
Add Folder ................................... 6-17
Delete .......................................... 6-18
Delete Folder ............................... 6-18
Edit URL ....................................... 6-17
Move ........................................... 6-17
Number of Bookmarks ................. 6-17
Save ............................................. 6-11
Save Scanned URL ...................... 11-27
Send by Mail ................................ 6-17
Sort Folder ................................... 6-17
Books ............................................. 10-8
BookSurfing® ................................ 10-8
C
Calculator .................................... 11-15
15-40
Call Barring .................................... 3-21
Call Forward .................................. 3-14
Call Rejection ................................ 3-16
Call Time/Charge ........................... 3-11
Call Waiting ................................... 3-20
Caller ID ................................3-16, 3-22
Camera ............................................ 7-2
Add Frames .................................. 7-11
AFchange ..................................... 7-13
Auto Timer ................................... 7-11
Blog Upload ................................. 7-13
Brightness .................................... 7-13
Camera Modes ............................ 7-13
Capture Still Images ....................... 7-5
Chance Capture ............................. 7-8
Continuous Shooting ................... 7-10
Effect ........................................... 7-13
Image Size ................................... 7-13
Memory Info ................................ 7-13
Photo Mode ................................. 7-13
Photo Viewfinder
(Landscape View) ........................... 7-5
Record Videos ................................ 7-7
Send Images/Videos by Mail ......... 7-14
Settings ...................................... 14-31
Shake Correction ......................... 7-13
Video Viewfinder
(Landscape View) ........................... 7-7
Viewfinders ....................................7-3
Voice Mode ....................................7-8
Capture Still Images ........................7-5
Center Access Code .......................1-21
Certificate ......................................6-14
Chance Capture ...............................7-8
Change
Entry Number ...............................2-33
Font Size (Message Text) ..............5-25
Graphic Mail Effects .....................5-18
Icon Image ...................................2-30
Network Password .......................3-21
PIN1/PIN2 .......................................4-2
Security Code ...............................1-21
Set To, Cc or Bcc .......................... 5-16
Change Skin ................................14-33
Channel List .................................14-27
Delete a Channel ........................14-27
Remote Control Numbers ...........14-27
Save Stations of a Different Area ..8-14
Switch ..........................................8-14
Channel Settings .............................8-5
Automatic ....................................8-14
Reset ..........................................14-30
Character Stamp ...........................12-9
Charge Battery ..............................1-14
AC Charger ..................................1-17
Charge Sound ..............................14-14
Index
Save ............................................. 5-17
Specify Blog/Mail Member List
Recipients .................................... 5-16
To, Cc or Bcc ................................ 5-16
Continuous Shooting .................... 7-10
Cookie Settings ........................... 14-25
Copy
Between Handset & Memory
Card .......................................... 12-13
Event ......................................... 11-24
Phone Book Entries .............2-27, 2-35
SMS Messages ............................. 5-22
Text ............................................. 2-17
Customer Service ......................... 15-52
D
Data BC Settings ......................... 14-29
Data Broadcasts .............................. 8-8
Data Folder .................................... 12-2
Add Folder ................................. 12-10
Change Order of Files ................ 12-15
Check File Information ............... 12-15
Delete Files ................................. 12-18
Delete Folder .............................. 12-17
Edit File Name ............................ 12-18
Edit Folder Name ........................ 12-17
Edit Still Images ............................ 12-8
Edit Videos ................................... 12-9
Memory Info ..............................12-18
Move Files ..................................12-10
Open Files ....................................12-3
Original Animation .......................12-5
Playlist (Melody) ...........................12-6
Playlist (Video) ..............................12-6
Ringtone ....................................12-15
Secret Folders .................................4-8
Stand-by Display .........................12-15
Delete Cache ...............................14-25
Delete Cookies ............................14-25
Delivery Report (S! Mail) ............14-21
Desktop Icons ..................................2-5
Change Order ..............................2-30
CHG Icon Image ...........................2-30
Delete Desktop Icons ....................2-30
Reset ............................................2-30
Show/Hide ...................................2-30
Desktop Info. ...................................2-5
Dial
Bluetooth® ...................................13-7
From Dialed Calls .........................3-10
From Phone Book .........................2-23
From Received Calls ......................3-10
From Redial ..................................3-10
From Scanned Data ....................11-27
From Tomo-Den ...........................3-12
From Web Page ............................6-15
Index
Check Battery Level ...................... 1-22
Check Settings (Mail) .................. 14-23
Check settings
(Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser) 14-25
Check TV Settings ....................... 14-30
CHG Input Method ....................... 2-13
CHG Input Size ............................ 14-38
Clear Learned (Text Entry) ......... 14-38
Clock .............................................. 14-2
Clock Alarm Tone Set ................... 14-3
Clock Display ................................. 14-2
Codes ............................................. 1-21
Center Access Code ..................... 1-21
Change ........................................ 1-21
Network Password ....................... 1-21
Security Code .............................. 1-21
Compose & Send Messages
Attach Files .................................... 5-3
Compose S! Mail ........................... 5-3
Compose SMS ............................... 5-5
Delete Receiver ............................ 5-16
Edit .............................................. 5-24
From Phone Book ........................ 2-34
From Scanned Data .................... 11-27
From Tomo-Den ........................... 3-12
From Web Page ........................... 6-15
Graphic Mail .................................. 5-4
Insert Header/Signature ................ 5-17
15
15-41
Index
Index
15
Global Roaming ........................... 3-13
International Calls .......................... 3-3
Phone Number in Message Text ... 5-24
Video Calls ..................................... 3-7
Voice Calls ..................................... 3-3
Dial Lock .......................................... 4-3
Dialed Calls .................................... 3-10
Dictionaries ................................... 2-17
Disp. Call/Receive No. ................. 14-14
Disp. Phone Book Image ............ 14-11
Display Design ............................... 14-5
Display Indicators ............................ 1-7
Display Light (TV) ........................ 14-28
Display Missed Call
(Slide-Style) ................................. 14-11
Display Mode Settings ................ 14-26
Display on Charge ......................... 14-6
Display Operator Name .............. 14-20
Display Setting .............................. 14-4
DL Dictionary ................................ 2-18
Delete .......................................... 2-33
Download
Books .......................................... 10-8
Music ............................................. 9-4
S! Appli ......................................... 9-8
Templates (Graphic Mail) ............. 5-19
Widgets ....................................... 10-3
Downloads .................................. 14-25
15-42
DPOF setting ............................... 12-14
E
ECO mode ...................................... 1-23
Edit
Address (Blog/Mail Member) ........ 5-18
Alarm Settings ........................... 11-26
Blog/Mail Member List Name ....... 5-18
Event ......................................... 11-24
File Name (Data Folder) .............. 12-18
Folder Name (Bookmark) .............. 6-17
Folder Name (Data Folder) .......... 12-17
Folder Name (Messages) ............... 5-23
Folder Name (Templates) .............. 2-32
Own Dictionary ............................ 2-32
Phone Book Entry ......................... 2-35
Readings in T9 Input Mode .......... 2-19
Still Images ................................... 12-8
Template (Graphic Mail) ............... 5-19
Templates
(Common Phrases) ..............2-17, 2-32
Text ............................................. 2-16
Text Memo ................................ 11-13
URL (Bookmark) ........................... 6-17
Videos .......................................... 12-9
View Timer Settings ..................... 8-17
Edit Still Images ............................. 12-8
Brightness .................................. 12-16
Change Size ...............................12-17
Character Stamp .......................... 12-9
Correct Backlight ........................12-17
Frame ...........................................12-8
Marker Stamp ..............................12-8
Refresh Skin Tone .......................12-17
Retouch .....................................12-16
Rotate ........................................12-16
Trim away ....................................12-9
Edit Videos ....................................12-9
Emission OFF Mode .........................4-7
Emotion/Keyword .......................14-22
Emotion-Expressing Mail ................5-7
Enter URL ..................................6-3, 6-6
Delete Records .............................6-14
External Device Port .......................1-2
F
FeliCa Mark .....................................1-2
IC Card Authentication ...................4-6
IC Card Illumination ...................14-41
Osaifu-Keitai® ..............................11-2
File Size ........................................14-31
Flash Sound Effect ......................14-26
Flicker ..........................................14-31
Font ................................................ 14-5
Font Size (Internet) .....................14-26
Font Size (Mail) ...........................14-23
Index
Font Size (S! Info Channel) ......... 14-37
Format Memory Card ................. 12-12
Forward (Message) ....................... 5-24
Forwarding Image
(Phone Book) .............................. 14-16
Frame .................................... 7-11, 12-8
G
Global Roaming ............................ 3-13
Call Japan and Other Countries .... 3-13
Call within the Same Country ...... 3-13
Settings ..................................... 14-20
Graphic Mail
Cancel Effects .............................. 5-19
Create ........................................... 5-4
Create Automatically ................... 5-19
Create from a Template ............... 5-19
Delete Templates ......................... 5-19
Edit a Template ............................ 5-19
Save Template ............................. 5-19
Group Calling ................................ 3-20
Group Setting (Phone Book) ...... 14-16
Ring Tone/Image .......................... 2-25
Handset Parts .................................. 1-2
Handsfree ...................................... 3-17
Handsfree (Bluetooth®) ................ 13-5
I
IC Card Authentication ................... 4-6
IC Card Lock ................................... 11-4
Icon Always Show ....................... 14-28
Icons Setting ................................ 14-10
Illumination ................................. 14-11
Image
Capture ......................................... 7-5
Edit .............................................. 12-8
Open Image File ........................... 12-3
Incoming Call Image ................... 14-11
Incoming Message Image ........... 14-11
Infrared .......................................... 13-2
Authentication Password .............. 13-3
Receive All ................................... 13-4
Receive One File ........................... 13-3
Send All Ir Data ............................ 13-3
Send One File ............................... 13-3
Initial Setup ................................... 1-18
Initialize
Handset .....................................14-42
Memory Status (Internet) ............14-25
Initialized Browser ......................14-25
Input Mode .................................14-38
Insertion & Removal
Battery .........................................1-14
Memory Card .............................12-11
USIM Card ...................................1-12
International Calls ...........................3-3
Enter “ + “ ...................................3-16
Internet ............................................6-2
Access History ................................6-3
Connect ..................................6-3, 6-5
Enter URL .......................................6-3
Home ...........................................6-13
Page Operations .............................6-8
Quick Search ................................6-15
Reload ..........................................6-14
Send URL by Mail .........................6-15
Settings ......................................14-25
Int’l Dial Assistance .....................14-17
J
JAN Code .....................................11-18
K
Index
H
Hands-free Switch (Video Call) .. 14-19
Header/Signature .............14-21, 14-23
Headset SW to Dial ..................... 14-15
Headset Usage Setting ............... 14-15
History ......................................6-3, 6-6
Delete .......................................... 6-13
Holidays ......................................... 11-9
Hyper Clear Voice ......................... 3-17
15
Key Backlight ..............................14-41
15-43
Index
Key Illumination ............................. 1-8
Settings ..................................... 14-39
Key/Touch Sensor ........................ 14-38
Keypad Lock .................................... 4-4
L
Language(言語選択) .................... 14-6
Life History Viewer ....................... 11-6
Lock
Dial Lock ........................................ 4-3
IC Card Lock ................................ 11-4
Keypad Lock .................................. 4-4
Original Lock .................................. 4-3
Remote Lock ................................ 11-4
M
Index
15
Mail .................................................. 5-2
Add Folder ................................... 5-23
Auto-sort ..................................... 5-12
Delete .......................................... 5-22
Delete All Reports ........................ 5-22
Delete Attached Files ................... 5-22
Delete Folder ............................... 5-23
Delete Read ................................. 5-22
Draft ............................................ 5-24
Edit .............................................. 5-24
Filter ............................................ 5-25
Folder Lock .................................. 5-13
15-44
Forward ....................................... 5-24
Mail Box Lock ............................... 5-13
Mail Setting ............................... 14-21
Mail Windows .............................. 5-11
Message Storage Locations .......... 5-10
Move ........................................... 5-21
Move to Trash Box ....................... 5-21
No. of Messages .......................... 5-23
Protect ......................................... 5-21
Search Mail .................................. 5-25
Secret Folders ............................... 5-13
Sort .............................................. 5-25
Sort Folder ................................... 5-23
Mail List Disp. .............................. 14-23
Mail Ring Time ............................ 14-10
Mail Setting ................................. 14-21
Manner Mode ............................... 1-20
Manner Mode Set ...................... 14-13
Manner Release Time ................. 14-13
Manner Start Time ..................... 14-13
Original ...................................... 14-13
Manufacture Number ................. 14-25
Marker Stamp ............................... 12-8
Melody Playback
Playlist .......................................... 12-6
Set Repeat Play .......................... 12-16
Memory Card .............................. 12-11
Access Data ............................... 12-12
Check & Repair ..........................12-18
Check Available Memory Space ..12-18
Check microSD ...........................12-18
Copy Data from Handset ............12-13
Copy Data to Handset ................12-13
Delete Data ................................12-18
DPOF setting ..............................12-14
Folders & Files ............................15-37
Format .......................................12-12
Insert & Remove .........................12-11
Transfer WMA Data .......................9-4
Memory Space (Memory info)
Camera ........................................7-13
Data Folder ................................12-18
Memory Card .............................12-18
Music ...........................................9-11
Number of Saved Pages ................6-18
S! Appli ........................................9-13
Server Mail Memory .....................5-21
Menu Display Set .......................... 14-8
Menu List .....................................15-19
Message Download .....................14-22
Missed Calls ...................................3-11
Mobile Widget ..............................10-2
Change Position of widgets ..........10-9
Delete from Desktop Page ............10-9
Downloading Contents ................10-3
Paste Contents .............................10-4
Index
Place widgets in Foreground or
Background ................................. 10-9
Settings ..................................... 14-35
Toggle Page ................................. 10-3
Update Display ............................. 10-9
Use .............................................. 10-2
Move
Bookmarks ................................... 6-17
Files ........................................... 12-10
Messages ..................................... 5-21
Multitask ....................................... 2-10
Activate Another Function ........... 2-10
Combinations .............................. 15-2
Toggle Functions .......................... 2-11
Music Player .................................... 9-2
Playback Windows ......................... 9-3
Settings ..................................... 14-33
My Phone Number ........................ 1-22
N
O
One Seg Digital TV .......................... 8-2
Open Inbox Messages ..................... 5-7
Open New Messages ....................... 5-7
Optional Services .......................... 3-14
Original Animation ....................... 12-5
Original Lock ................................... 4-3
Customize ...................................... 4-4
Settings .......................................... 4-3
Original Manner Mode ............... 14-13
Original Menu ............................... 14-9
Osaifu-Keitai® ............................... 11-2
Activate Lifestyle-Appli ................. 11-3
Download Lifestyle-Appli .............. 11-3
Restrict Use .................................. 11-4
Settings ...................................... 14-41
Use .............................................. 11-3
Own Dictionary ............................. 2-17
Delete .......................................... 2-33
Edit .............................................. 2-32
P
Panoramic Shooting ..................... 7-11
Pause Dial ...........................3-17, 14-17
PC Connection ............................... 13-9
Access Memory Card Data .........13-10
Packet Transmission ...................13-10
USB Mode Setting ........................13-9
PC Site Browser ...............................6-5
Change Disp. Mode .....................6-13
Check PC Site Brw. Set ...............14-25
Initialize ......................................14-25
Windows ........................................6-5
Phone Book
Access Entries from Other
Functions ..................................... 2-24
Change Entry Number .................. 2-33
Change Index Tab ........................2-34
Check Number of Entries ..............2-35
Copy ............................................2-35
Copy to USIM Card ......................2-27
Create Entries ...............................2-22
Create Entries from Other
Functions ..................................... 2-22
Delete Entries ...............................2-35
Delete Items .................................2-35
Dial ..............................................2-23
Edit an Entry .................................2-35
Group Setting ............................14-16
Restrictions ...................................2-26
Ring Tone/Image .......................... 2-25
S! Addressbook Back-up ..............2-28
Save from Scanned Data ............11-27
Index
Network Password ........................ 1-21
Network Status ............................. 1-22
Noise Reduction .......................... 14-18
Notify Caller ID ............................. 3-16
Number of Entries
Bookmarks ................................... 6-17
Events ........................................ 11-24
Phone Book Entries ...................... 2-35
Saved Messages ........................... 5-23
NW Search Mode ........................ 14-20
15
15-45
Index
Index
15
Search ......................................... 2-23
Set Incoming Image ..................... 2-22
Set Preferred Search Method ..... 14-16
Set Secret .................................... 2-26
Photo Viewfinder
(Landscape View) ............................ 7-5
PIN Lock & Cancellation ............... 1-11
PIN1/PIN2 ....................................... 1-11
Change PIN1/PIN2 .......................... 4-2
PIN1Code Entry Set ........................ 4-2
Place Calls on Hold ....................... 3-16
Play
Answering Machine ....................... 3-5
Music ............................................. 9-5
Playlist ........................................... 9-7
Voice Announce ........................ 14-15
Voice Mail .................................... 3-15
Playlist (Songs) ................................ 9-6
Add Music ................................... 9-11
Cancel Playlist Songs .................... 9-12
Create ........................................... 9-6
Delete .......................................... 9-12
Play ................................................ 9-7
Sort Playlist .................................. 9-12
Power On/Off ................................ 1-18
Prefix Numbers ............................. 3-16
Prefix Setting .............................. 14-17
Privacy Angle ................................ 14-6
15-46
Program Guide ................................ 8-9
Q
QR Code ....................................... 11-18
Quality Alarm .............................. 14-18
Quality Setting (Camera) ............ 14-31
Quick Album ................................. 12-4
Quick Info Setting ......................... 14-6
Quick Menu ..................................... 2-3
Play Music ...................................... 9-6
Record Voice Only .......................... 7-9
Shoot Still Images ........................... 7-5
Shoot Videos .................................. 7-7
Watch TV ....................................... 8-7
Quick Search .......................6-15, 11-25
Quick Silent ................................. 14-12
R
Read Out Message ........................ 5-20
Read Out Setting ........................ 14-22
Receive & Open Messages .............. 5-7
Manually Retrieve Messages ......... 5-20
Open Inbox Messages .................... 5-7
Open New Messages ...................... 5-7
Open New Messages
(Slide-Style) ................................ 14-11
Read Out Message ....................... 5-20
Reply .............................................. 5-8
Retrieve Complete S! Mail ............5-20
Save Attachments ........................5-14
Use Mail List ...................................5-8
Received Calls ................................3-10
Receiving Setting ........................14-22
Reconnect Signal .........................14-18
Record Sound .......................7-8, 11-14
Sound without Video
(Voice Mode) ..................................7-8
Voice Announce .........................14-15
Record Timer .................................8-12
Record Videos .................................7-7
Movie Type Set .............................7-13
Record Videos
(Landscape View) ...........................7-7
Redial .............................................3-10
Register S! Quick News
Contents ........................................10-5
Reject Calls w/o Caller ID ................4-7
Reject Unknown ..............................4-7
Reload Page ..................................6-14
Data Broadcasts ...........................8-15
Remote Control Numbers ...........14-27
Reply to Messages ...........................5-8
Reset
Blog/Mail Member List Name ........5-18
Channel Settings ........................14-30
Index
Confirmation Window
(Data Broadcasts) ....................... 14-29
Desktop Icons .............................. 2-30
Folder Name (Common Phrases) .. 2-32
Handset ..................................... 14-42
Holidays ..................................... 11-24
Internet Settings ........................ 14-25
Mail Settings .............................. 14-23
My Phone Number ....................... 1-22
Original Menu .............................. 14-9
PC Site Browser Settings ............ 14-25
S! Appli Settings ........................ 14-34
SMS Center Selection ................. 14-24
Total Call Cost ............................. 3-19
Total Call Time ............................. 3-19
TV Settings ................................ 14-30
Yahoo! Keitai Settings ............... 14-25
Reset PC Site Brw. Set ................. 14-25
Reset Settings .............................. 14-42
Reset Storage Area (TV) ............. 14-30
Retrieve New ................................. 5-20
Ring Volume ............................... 14-10
S! Quick News ..............................10-5
Saved Pages .................................6-11
Tasks ..........................................11-11
Text Memos ...............................11-13
Tomo-Den ....................................3-12
TV Links .......................................8-15
Saved Pages ...................................6-11
Delete ..........................................6-18
No. of Pages .................................6-18
Open ............................................6-11
Protect .........................................6-18
Save .............................................6-11
Schedule (Events) .......................... 11-8
Add Holidays ................................11-9
Check ..........................................11-9
Copy ..........................................11-24
Delete .............................11-10, 11-24
Edit ............................................11-24
No. of Schedules ........................11-24
Save .............................................11-8
Save a Text Memo to Schedule ...11-25
Windows ......................................11-8
Script Settings .............................14-25
Scroll (Internet) ...........................14-25
Scroll (Mail) .................................14-23
Scroll (Touch Sensor Setting) ......14-39
Search
Messages in a Folder ....................5-25
Index
S
S! Addressbook Back-up ............... 2-28
Auto Synchronize ....................... 14-16
Check Settings ........................... 14-16
Check Synchronize Log ................ 2-28
Delete Synchronize Log ................ 2-36
Synchronization Type ................... 2-28
Use .............................................. 2-28
S! Appli ............................................ 9-8
Activate ......................................... 9-9
Delete .......................................... 9-13
Download ...................................... 9-8
Settings ...................................... 14-33
S! Info Channel ............................. 10-6
Check Latest Information ............. 10-6
Check Updated Information ......... 10-5
Get Latest Contents ................... 10-10
Manually Update ........................ 10-10
Save File ..................................... 10-10
Settings ...................................... 14-37
Weather Indicators ....................... 10-6
S! Quick News
Auto Refresh ................................ 10-9
Delete Registered News ................ 10-9
Register News .............................. 10-5
Save
Blog/Mail Member List ................... 5-4
Bluetooth® ................................... 13-6
Bookmarks ................................... 6-11
Events .......................................... 11-8
Holidays ....................................... 11-9
Own Dictionary ............................ 2-17
Phone Book Entries ...................... 2-22
15
15-47
Index
Index
15
Phone Book ................................. 2-23
Songs .......................................... 9-11
Secret Data
Phone Book Entries ...................... 2-26
Schedule .................................... 11-24
Secret Data Only Mode .................. 4-8
Secret Folders .................................. 4-8
Secret Mode .................................... 4-8
Secure Remote Lock ....................... 4-5
Security Code ................................ 1-21
Select Image (Video Call) ........... 14-19
Select Microphone ...................... 14-15
Select to Save (Camera) .............. 14-32
Send Location Info ...................... 14-26
Send Messages ................................ 5-3
Check Delivery ............................. 5-17
Send Referer ............................... 14-25
Server Mail ...................................... 5-8
Delete .......................................... 5-21
Forward ....................................... 5-21
Mail List ................................ 5-8, 5-20
Set Hold Tone ............................. 14-18
Set Image Disp. (Video Player) ... 14-33
Set Main Time ............................... 14-2
Set Max Cost Limit ...................... 14-19
Set Mute Seconds ........................... 4-7
Set Ringtone ............................... 14-10
From Data Folder ....................... 12-15
15-48
Set Sub Clock ................................. 14-2
Setting When Open .................... 14-12
Answer Incoming ....................... 14-12
Display Missed Call ..................... 14-11
Display New Mail ....................... 14-11
Shoot Framed Images ................... 7-11
Shooting
Auto Timer ................................... 7-11
Blog Upload ................................. 7-13
Continuous Shooting ................... 7-10
Frame .......................................... 7-11
Panoramic .................................... 7-11
Record Videos (Landscape View) .... 7-7
Still Images ..................................... 7-5
Still Images (Landscape View) ......... 7-5
Videos ............................................ 7-7
Shutter Sound ............................. 14-31
Simple Menu ................................. 2-30
Slide Sound Setting ..................... 14-14
SMS
Receive .......................................... 5-7
Send .............................................. 5-5
SMS Center Selection ................. 14-24
SMS Settings .............................. 14-21
Software Update ........................... 15-4
Songs
Bluetooth® ................................... 13-8
Download ...................................... 9-4
Memory Info ................................9-11
Play ................................................9-5
Play Streaming ...............................6-9
Repeat Setting ..............................9-10
Resume Play .................................9-10
Search ..........................................9-11
Set as Ringtone ............................9-11
Sort ..............................................9-11
Transfer From PC ............................9-4
Sort (Change Order)
Booked Programs .........................8-17
Desktop Icons ...............................2-30
Files ............................................12-15
Folders (Bookmark) .......................6-17
Folders (Mail) ................................5-23
Messages ..................................... 5-25
Original Menu Items .....................14-9
Playlist Songs ................................9-12
Songs ...........................................9-11
Tasks ..........................................11-25
Specifications ..............................15-34
Start Attachment (auto) .............14-23
Stereo Earphone Conversion Cable .. x
Storage Location (Camera) .........14-32
Strap Eyelet .....................................1-2
Streaming ........................................6-9
Style Mode Settings ......................14-3
Sub-address Setting ....................14-17
Index
Subtitles ....................................... 14-28
T
To Do List (Tasks) ........................11-11
Change Order ............................11-25
Check ........................................11-12
Delete .............................11-12, 11-25
Save ...........................................11-11
Set Status ...................................11-25
To, Cc or Bcc ..................................5-16
Tomo-Den ......................................3-12
Cancel Entries ..............................3-19
Dial ..............................................3-12
Save Entries ..................................3-12
Send Messages .............................3-12
Touch Sensor ...................................1-2
Basic Operations .............................1-6
Quick Menu ...................................2-3
Scroll ..........................................14-39
Settings ......................................14-38
Trim away (Still Image) .................12-9
Troubleshooting ...........................15-6
TV .....................................................8-2
Brightness ....................................8-14
Channel Settings ............................8-5
Data Broadcasts .............................8-8
Program Guide ...............................8-9
Program Info ................................8-14
Record Timer ................................8-12
Settings ......................................14-27
TV Antenna ....................................1-2
Index
T9 Change Mode ........................ 14-38
T9 Input Mode .............................. 2-18
Templates (Common Phrases)
Delete .......................................... 2-32
Edit ..................................... 2-17, 2-32
Insert ........................................... 2-16
Text Entry ...................................... 2-12
2-touch Mode .............................. 2-18
5-touch Mode .............................. 2-14
Alphanumerics, Numbers &
Katakana ..................................... 2-16
Character Entry Modes ................ 2-13
Common Phrases (Templates) ...... 2-16
Copy ............................................ 2-17
Correction ................................... 2-16
Cut .............................................. 2-17
Dakuten (゛) & Handakuten (゜) ... 2-15
Deletion ....................................... 2-16
Emoticons .................................... 2-16
Key Assignments ........................ 15-10
Kuten Code List ......................... 15-13
Kuten Codes ................................ 2-32
Line Feed ..................................... 2-31
Lower Case .................................. 2-15
Lower Case & Upper Case ............ 2-31
Overwrite & Insert Modes ............. 2-31
Paste ............................................ 2-17
Pictographs .................................. 2-15
Quote Data .................................. 2-32
Settings ...................................... 14-38
Single-byte & Double-byte ............ 2-31
Space ........................................... 2-31
Split Windows .............................. 2-13
Symbols ....................................... 2-15
T9 Input Mode ............................. 2-18
Text Entry Window ....................... 2-12
Text Input Methods ...................... 2-13
Use Dictionary .............................. 2-31
Word Prediction ........................... 2-14
Text Memo .................................. 11-13
Check Information ..................... 11-25
Delete ........................................ 11-13
Edit ............................................ 11-13
Save ........................................... 11-13
Save from Scanned Data ............ 11-27
Sort ............................................ 11-25
Text Reader ................................. 11-20
Check Scanned Text ................... 11-22
Delete Scanned Data .................. 11-28
Edit Scanned Text ....................... 11-26
Scan ........................................... 11-21
Scan Modes ............................... 11-20
Text Scanning Window .............. 11-20
15
15-49
Index
View Timer .................................. 8-12
Watch ............................................ 8-6
Watch (Landscape View) ................ 8-7
Windows ....................................... 8-4
TV Link
Delete .......................................... 8-16
No. of TV Links ............................ 8-15
Save ............................................. 8-15
Show Details ................................ 8-15
TV Power Saving ......................... 14-28
U
Index
15
Update
Data Broadcast ............................ 8-15
Life History Viewer ..................... 11-23
S! Quick News List ....................... 10-9
Server Mail List ...................... 5-8, 5-20
Web Page .................................... 6-14
URL History ...................................... 6-6
Delete .......................................... 6-13
USB Mode Setting ......................... 13-9
USIM Card ..................................... 1-10
Copy Phone Book Entries .... 2-27, 2-35
Copy SMS Messages .................... 5-22
Delete Phone Book Entries ........... 2-36
Delete SMS Messages .................. 5-22
Insertion & Removal ..................... 1-12
PINs ............................................. 1-11
15-50
V
W
Vibrator ....................................... 14-11
Video Call ........................................ 3-7
Brightness .................................... 3-17
Color Mode Set ............................ 3-18
Hyper Clear Voice ........................ 3-17
Settings ...................................... 14-19
Visual Prefer. ................................ 3-17
White Balance .............................. 3-17
Windows ....................................... 3-7
Videos ............................................ 12-2
Streaming ...................................... 6-9
View Timer .................................... 8-12
Edit .............................................. 8-17
Viewer Settings ............................. 14-6
Voice Announce .......................... 14-15
Voice Call ......................................... 3-3
Hyper Clear Voice ........................ 3-17
Send Touch Tones ........................ 3-17
Voice Mail ...................................... 3-15
Missed Call Notification ................ 3-15
Play Messages .............................. 3-15
Voice Memo ................................ 11-14
Auto Voice Memo ...................... 14-18
Record the Other Party?s Voice .. 11-14
Record Your Voice ..................... 11-14
Wallpaper (Stand-by Display) ....... 14-4
Image in Data Folder ..................12-15
Recorded Video ............................7-14
Shot Still Image ............................7-14
Video in Data Folder ...................12-15
Warning Messages ......................14-26
Warranty .....................................15-51
Weather Indicators .......................10-6
Manual Update ..........................10-10
Settings ......................................14-37
Subscribe for Service ....................10-6
White Balance .............................14-31
Wireless Handset ...........................13-5
Word Prediction .................2-14, 14-38
Y
Yahoo! Keitai ..................................6-3
Initialize ......................................14-25
Switch to PC ................................6-13
Warranty & After Sales Service
Warranty
A warranty card is included with 830N.
● Check that the store name and purchase date sections have
been filled correctly.
● Read the card carefully and store it in a safe place.
● See the card for the warranty period.
Note
・ SoftBank assumes no responsibility for any damages incurred
by you or third parties as a result of losing opportunities to
make calls, etc. due to a failure or malfunction of this product.
Note
・ SoftBank assumes no responsibility for any damages incurred
by you or third parties as a result of losing opportunities to
make calls, etc. due to a failure, error or malfunction of this
product.
・ Data and settings you saved may be lost or altered as a result
of failure or repair of handset. It is recommended that you
keep a backup copy of important data (e.g. Phone Book
entries, image and sound files). SoftBank assumes no
responsibility for any damages due to the loss or alteration of
handset data.
・ Disassembling or modifying handset may constitute a violation
of Radio Law. Your handset will not be accepted for repairs if
it has been modified.
After Sales Service
Tip
・ For information on after sales service, contact your nearest
SoftBank shop or SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information (P. 15-52).
Appendix
Refer to “Troubleshooting“ (P. 15-6) before submitting your
handset for repair.
If problems still persist, contact SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance of your area (P. 15-52), or consult with
your nearest SoftBank shop.
Provide us with detailed information of your problems.
● Repair within the warranty period is carried out in accordance
with the conditions of the warranty.
● Repair after the warranty period is carried out if possible, and
the owner of handset is responsible for any repair costs.
15
15-51
Customer Service
If you have any questions about SoftBank handsets or services, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer
Assistance.
SoftBank Customer Centers
SoftBank Global Call Center
From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157 for General
Information or 113 for Customer Assistance.
From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491 (Make sure to
dial the correct number. International charges will apply.)
Call These Numbers Toll Free from Landlines
Subscription Area
Contact
Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo,
Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano,
Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui
General Information
0088-240-157
Customer Assistance
0088-240-113
Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka
General Information
0088-241-157
Customer Assistance
0088-241-113
General Information
0088-242-157
Customer Assistance
0088-242-113
General Information
0088-250-157
Customer Assistance
0088-250-113
Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama
Appendix
Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime,
Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima,
Okinawa
15
15-52
SoftBank 830N User Guide
April 2009, First Edition
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
* For additional information,
please visit a SoftBank Shop.
Model: SoftBank 830N
Manufacturer: NEC Corporation
MDT-000112-EAA0

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement